Ohio 7100 Operating Table - Service Manual

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 253

Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc.

7100
Go To Table Of Contents

General Surgery
Table
Service and
Parts Manual

FOR USE BY
SCHAERER MAYFIELD USA
TRAINED TECHNICIANS ONLY

SF-1471 Part No. 503-0269-00 Rev. M (5/04)


Go To Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section/Paragraph Page Section/Paragraph Page

IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS 4.11.1 Trendelenburg Cylinder Orifice(s)


General Safety Instructions........................................ iv Removal / Installation (New Style
Warnings .................................................................... iv Cylinder .................................................. 4-15
Warranty Instructions ................................................. iv 4.12 Trendelenburg Position Sensor
Removal / Installation ............................. 4-16
SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION 4.13 Lateral Tilt Cylinder Removal /
1.1 Scope of Manual ......................................... 1-1 Installation .............................................. 4-17
1.2 How to Use Manual ..................................... 1-1 4.14 Lateral Tilt Orifice(s) Removal /
1.3 Description of 7100 General Surgery Installation .............................................. 4-19
Table ....................................................... 1-1 4.15 Lateral Tilt Pilot Operated Check
1.4 Specifications ............................................. 1-8 Valves Removal / Installation .................. 4-20
1.5 Parts Replacement Ordering ....................... 1-9 4.16 Lateral Tilt Position Sensor Removal /
1.6 Special Tools .............................................. 1-9 Installation .............................................. 4-22
4.17 Leg Cylinder Removal / Installation ............ 4-23
SECTION II TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING 4.18 Leg Cylinder Orifice(s) Removal /
2.1 Operational Test .......................................... 2-1 Installation .............................................. 4-28
2.2 Troubleshooting Procedures ........................ 2-5 4.19 Leg Cylinder Pilot Operated Check
Valve Removal / Installation ................... 4-30
SECTION III SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 4.20 Leg Position Sensor Removal /
3.1 Scheduled Maintenance .............................. 3-1 Installation .............................................. 4-32
4.21 Seat Cylinder Removal / Installation ........... 4-35
SECTION IV MAINTENANCE/SERVICE 4.22 Seat Cylinder Orifice(s) Removal /
INSTRUCTIONS Installation .............................................. 4-39
4.1 Introduction ................................................. 4-1 4.23 Seat Cylinder Pilot Operated Check
4.2 Checking Oil Level / Adding Oil To Valve Removal / Installation ................... 4-41
Reservoir .................................................. 4-1 4.24 Seat Position Sensor Removal /
4.3 Calibration Of Return To Level / Neutral Installation .............................................. 4-42
Position .................................................... 4-2 4.25 Column Cylinder Removal /
4.4 Hand Control Button Board Removal / Installation .............................................. 4-44
Installation ................................................ 4-3 4.26 Column Pilot Operated Check Valve
4.5 Hand Control Board Removal / Removal / Installation ............................. 4-48
Installation ................................................ 4-4 4.27 Typical L.H. and R.H. Control Valve
4.6 Leg Cylinders Synchronization Procedure .... 4-5 Solenoids Removal / Installation ............. 4-49
4.7 Seat Cylinders Synchronization 4.28 Typical Base Mounted Control Valve
Procedure ................................................. 4-7 Solenoids Removal / Installation ............. 4-50
4.8 Column Cylinder Slave Line Volume 4.29 Discharge Filter Replacement .................... 4-52
Adjustment ............................................... 4-9 4.30 Supply Line Check Valve Removal /
4.9 Trendelenburg Cylinder Removal / Installation .............................................. 4-53
Installation .............................................. 4-10 4.31 Main Floor Lock or Outrigger Floor
4.10 Trendelenburg Pilot Operated Check Lock Cylinder Removal / Installation ....... 4-55
Valve Removal / Installation ................... 4-12 4.32 Motor Or Motor Pump Removal /
4.11 Trendelenburg Cylinder Orifice(s) Installation .............................................. 4-56
Removal / Installation (Old Style 4.33 Pump Unit Removal / Installation ............... 4-60
Cylinder .................................................. 4-15 4.34 Motor Pump Output Check Valve
Removal / Installation ............................. 4-61

(*) Indicates that there has been a serial number break for the illustration
and that there are additional point page(s) following the original page.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page i Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED


Section/Paragraph Page Section/Paragraph Page

4.35 Motor Pump Pressure Relief Valve 6.3 Torque Specifications And Important
Removal / Installation ............................. 4-62 Assembly Notes ....................................... 6-1
4.36 Outrigger Pressure Relief Valve Pictorial Index ............................................. 6-2
Removal / Installation ............................. 4-65 Accessories ................................................. 6-3
4.37 Main Controller Board Removal / Labels And Decals ....................................... 6-4
Installation .............................................. 4-67 Cushions and Table Tops ............................. 6-5
4.38 Charging / Power Driver Board Covers and Shields ...................................... 6-6
Removal / Installation ............................. 4-69 Head Section Assembly ............................... 6-7
4.39 Emergency Override Panel Removal / Bridge Components .................................... 6-8.*
Installation .............................................. 4-71 Lateral Tilt Cylinder Assembly .................... 6-9.*
4.40 Distribution Board Removal / Upper Hose Connections ............................ 6-10
Installation .............................................. 4-72 L.H. Side Components ............................... 6-11
4.41 RFI Filter Removal / Installation ................. 4-73 L.H. Control Valve Assembly ..................... 6-12
4.42 Transformer Removal / Installation ............. 4-74 L.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly ..................... 6-13
4.43 Line Power Pilot Lamp Removal / R.H. Side Components ............................... 6-14
Installation .............................................. 4-76 Emergency Override Panel Assembly ........ 6-15
4.44 Plug Receptacle Removal / R.H. Control Valve Assembly ..................... 6-16
Installation .............................................. 4-77 R.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly ..................... 6-17
4.45 Batteries Removal / Installation.................. 4-77 Column Assembly Components ............... 6-18.*
4.46 Primary Thermostat Removal / Column Assembly ...................................... 6-19
Installation .............................................. 4-78 Trendelenburg Cylinder Assembly ........... 6-20.*
4.47 Secondary Thermostat Removal / Column Cylinder Assembly ........................ 6-21
Installation .............................................. 4-79 Seat Components ...................................... 6-22
4.48 Floor Lock Status Switch Removal / L.H Leg Cylinder Assembly ........................ 6-23
Installation .............................................. 4-79 R.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly ...................... 6-24
4.49 Table Orientation Switches Removal / Leg Pivot Mechanism Assembly ................ 6-25
Installation .............................................. 4-81 Leg Section Assembly ............................... 6-26
4.50 Head Section Gas Spring Removal / Hand Control Assembly .............................. 6-27
Installation / Adjustment ......................... 4-83 Base Cover Components ........................... 6-28
4.51 Foot Control Interface Board Removal / Base Hydraulic / Electrical
Installation .............................................. 4-84 Components ............................................ 6-29
4.52 Typical Latch Mechanism Removal / Electrical Control Box Components ............ 6-30
Installation .............................................. 4-85 Base Hydraulic Plumbing ........................... 6-31
4.53 Typical Floor Lock Check Valve Base Control Valve Assembly .................... 6-32
Removal / Installation ............................. 4-87 Hydraulic Pump / Motor Components ......... 6-33
Hydraulic Motor Components ................... 6-34.*
SECTION V SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS Hydraulic Pump Components ................... 6-35.*
5.1 Electrical Schematics / Wiring Diagrams ..... 5-1 Floor Lock Components ............................. 6-36
5.2 Hydraulic Flow Diagram ................................ 5-5 Main Floor Lock Cylinder Components ..... 6-37 *
5.3 Hand Control Messages ............................... 5-7 Outrigger Floor Lock Cylinder
5.4 Error Code Chart .......................................... 5-8 Components ............................................ 6-38
Caster Components ................................. 6-39.*
SECTION VI PARTS LIST Power Driver Board Components ................ 6-40
6.1 Introduction ................................................. 6-1 Battery Components .................................. 6-41
6.2 Description of Columns ............................... 6-1 529-0788-00 Mode Reversing Pin ............... 6-42

(*) Indicates that there has been a serial number break for the illustration
and that there are additional point page(s) following the original page.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page ii Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONTINUED


Section/Paragraph Page Section/Paragraph Page

13100 / 13200 Montreal Lateral 71102 / 71103 Snaplock Arm


Position Device ....................................... 6-43 Board Cushion ........................................ 6-76
70542 Bierhoff Leg Holder .......................... 6-44 71104 Shoulder Brace Set .......................... 6-77
71070 Siderail Socket ................................ 6-45 71105 Universal Patient Brace /
71071 I.V. Arm Board Assembly ................ 6-46 71113 Circular Head Cushion ..................... 6-78
71072 / 71084 / 71085 / 71093 71106 / 71107 Uro Catch Bags ................... 6-79
I.V. Arm Board Cushion .......................... 6-47 71108 Winged Anesthesia Screen .............. 6-80
71073 Siderail Clamp ................................. 6-48 71109 X-Ray Top ....................................... 6-81
71074 Conventional Ether Screen .............. 6-49 71110 Footswitch ..................................... 6-82.*
71075 Foot Rest ......................................... 6-50 71111 Split Leg Set - 71118 / 71119 Split
71076 Procto Positioner ............................. 6-51 Leg Pad Set ............................................ 6-83
71077 Siderail Extender Set ....................... 6-52 71112 Foot Extension Assembly /
71078 A/P Cassette Holder ........................ 6-53 71114 Foot Extension Cushion ................... 6-84
71079 Lithotomy Leg Holder ....................... 6-54 71115 Cloward Saddle ................................ 6-85
71080 Universal Ether Screen .................... 6-55 71116 Conductive Safety Strap /
71082 Lateral Cassette Holder ................... 6-56 20715 Nonconductive Safety Strap ............ 6-86
71083 Cross Arm Support .......................... 6-57 71117 Standard Pad Set ............................ 6-87
71086 Decubitus Pad ................................. 6-58 71120 Side Extender Shelf ......................... 6-88
71087 Drain Tray ........................................ 6-59 71121 Uro Drain Tray ............................... 6-89.*
Mount Frame Assembly ............................. 6-60 71122 Extreme Reverse Trendelenberg
Tray Frame Assembly ................................ 6-61 Attachment ............................................. 6-90
71088 Neuro Headrest Adapter ................. 6-62.* E. R. T. Attachment ................................... 6-91
71089 Shoulder Arthroscopic 529-0624-00 Foot Rest Assembly .............. 6-92
Attachment ............................................. 6-63 71123 X-Ray Top ....................................... 6-93
Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar 71124 Leg Transfer Frame ......................... 6-94
Support Assembly ................................ 6-64.* 71125 Image Amplification Extension ....... 6-95
Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest ............... 6-65 71126 Shoulder Artroscopic Attachment ... 6-96
71090 Lateral Support Set .......................... 6-66 Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar
71091 Kidney Elevator ............................... 6-67 Support Assembly .................................. 6-97
71092 Infant Arm & Hand Table ................. 6-68 Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest ............... 6-98
71094 Table Side Extenders ...................... 6-69 71129 X-Ray Arm Board............................. 6-99
71096 Work Tray ........................................ 6-70 71130 IA Board (36-inch) .......................... 6-100
71097 Tri Clamp 2 ...................................... 6-71 73020 Leg Transfer Frame ....................... 6-101
71098 Flexguard Stirrup Set ....................... 6-72 73021 Yellofin Leg Holder System.... Not Shown
71099 Guardian Stirrup Set ........................ 6-73 73022 Clear Vision Drapes ............... Not Shown
71100 Leg Prep Stand ................................ 6-74
71101 Snaplock Arm Board ........................ 6-75 COMMENTS ............................................................ 7-1

(*) Indicates that there has been a serial number break for the illustration
and that there are additional point page(s) following the original page.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page iii Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents

IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS

General Safety Instructions Warranty Instructions

Safety First: The primary concern of Schaerer Refer to the SMI “Limited Warranty” printed on the
Mayfield USA is that this surgery table is back cover of the Installation and Operation Manual for
maintained with the safety of the patient and staff in warranty information. Failure to follow the guidelines
mind. To assure that services and repairs are completed listed below will void the warranty and / or render the
safely and correctly, proceed as follows: 7100 General Surgery Table unsafe for operation.

(1) Read this entire manual before performing any • In the event of a malfunction, do not attempt to
services or repairs on this surgery table. operate the surgery table until necessary repairs have
been made.
(2) Be sure you understand the instructions con-
tained in this manual before attempting to • Do not attempt to disassemble surgery table, replace
service or repair this surgery table. malfunctioning or damaged components, or perform
adjustments unless you are one of SMI’s
Warnings authorized service technicians.

Throughout this manual are Note, Caution, and Danger • Do not substitute parts of another manufacturer when
paragraphs that call attention to particular procedures. replacing inoperative or damaged components. Use
These items are used as follows: only SMI replacement parts.

NOTE
A note is used to amplify an operating procedure,
practice or condition.

!
CAUTION
A CAUTION is used for an operating
procedure, practice, or condition which, if
not correctly followed, could result in equipment
damage.

!
DANGER
A DANGER is used for an operating
procedure, practice, or condition
which, if not correctly followed, could result in
loss of life or serious personal injury.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page iv Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 Scope of Manual procedure can be accomplished. The 7100 was
designed for maximum C-arm access and X-ray
This manual contains detailed troubleshooting, sched- visibility.
uled maintenance, maintenance, and service instruc-
tions for 7100 General Surgery Table. This manual is The major serviceable components of the surgery table
intended to be used by SMI’s authorized service are the motor pump which includes two motors, two
technicians. pump units, two motor pump pressure relief valves, two
primary thermostats, two secondary thermostats, and a
1.2 How to Use Manual motor pump output check valve, a discharge filter,
supply line check valve, Trendelenburg (UP and
A. Manual Use When Performing Scheduled Mainte- DOWN) solenoid valves, Trendelenburg cylinder pilot
nance. operated check valves, Trendelenburg cylinder, seat
(UP and DOWN) solenoid valves, seat cylinder pilot
(1) Perform inspections and services listed in operated check valves, seat cylinders, leg (UP and
Scheduled Maintenance Chart (Refer to DOWN) solenoid valves, leg cylinder pilot operated
para 3.1). check valves, leg cylinders, lateral tilt (LEFT and
RIGHT) solenoid valves, lateral tilt cylinder pilot oper-
(2) If a component is discovered to be faulty or out ated check valves, lateral tilt cylinder, column (UP and
of adjustment, replace or adjust component in DOWN) solenoid valves, column cylinder pilot operated
accordance with maintenance/service instruc- check valve, column cylinder, main floor lock solenoid
tions (Refer to para 4.1). valves, outrigger floor lock valve solenoid valve, three
main floor lock cylinders, two outrigger floor lock
B. Manual Use When Unit Is Malfunctioning And cylinders, outrigger pressure relief valve, two head
Cause Is Unknown. section gas cylinders, column assembly which includes
slides, main controller board which includes a 10 amp
(1) Perform an operational test on unit (Refer to fuse, charging / power driver board which includes a 40
para 2.1). amp fuse, RFI filter, transformer, four batteries, hand
control which includes button board and hand control
(2) Perform troubleshooting procedures listed in board, foot control which includes foot switch pad and
Troubleshooting Guide (Refer to para 2.2). foot control interface board, lateral tilt position sensor,
trendelenburg position sensor, leg position sensor, seat
(3) If a component is discovered to be faulty or out position sensor, emergency override board, distribution
of adjustment, replace or adjust component in board, main floor lock status switch, outrigger floor lock
accordance with maintenance/service instruc- status switch, five table orientation switches, plug
tions (Refer to para 4.1). receptacle which includes two 5 amp fuses, and line
power pilot lamp.
C. Manual Use When Damaged Component Is Known.
B. Theory of Operation. See Figures 5-1, Sheets 1
(1) Replace or adjust component in accordance and 2, and Figure 5-2 for electrical schematic /
with maintenance/service instructions (Refer to wiring diagram. See Figure 5-3 for hydraulic
para 4.1). schematic.

Electrical Theory Of Operation


1.3 Description Of 7100 General Surgery
Table When the power cord is plugged into the power cord
receptacle, line voltage (approximately 115 VAC) is
A. General Description (See Figure 1-1, Sheets 1 supplied to the table. The line voltage is applied across
and 2). an RFI filter. The RFI filter reduces line conducted RFI /
EMI that is present on the incoming power line. Across
The 7100 General Surgery Table is designed for use as the RFI filter output is a line power pilot lamp which
a general surgery table on which virtually any surgical illuminates to indicate power is present at the output of

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

LATERAL LATERAL TRENDELENBURG


TILT RIGHT TILT LEFT UP SOLENOID
SOLENOID SOLENOID VALVE
VALVE VALVE

SEAT UP
SOLENOID
VALVE TRENDELENBURG
DOWN
SOLENOID
LEG UP VALVE
LEG DOWN R.H. SOLENOID
SOLENOID VALVE
VALVE CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY
LATERAL
TILT SEAT DOWN
CYLINDER SOLENOID
L.H. VALVE
CONTROL
VALVE ASSEMBLY

L.H.
SEAT
CYLINDER
GAS L.H.
CYLINDERS LEG
CYLINDER
R.H.
SEAT
CYLINDER
COLUMN
CYLINDER

R.H.
PRIMARY LEG
THERMOSTAT CYLINDER
SECONDARY TRENDEL-
THERMOSTAT ENBURG
CYLINDER
DISCHARGE
FILTER

SUPPLY LINE
CHECK VALVE

MAIN FLOOR
LOCK CYLINDER
MAIN FLOOR
LOCK CYLINDER PUMP & MOTOR
ASSEMBLY

COLUMN UP
SOLENOID OUTRIGGER FOOT CONTROL
VALVE FLOOR LOCK INTERFACE BOARD
(LOCK) OUTRIGGER
FLOOR LOCK
CYLINDER
COLUMN DOWN
SOLENOID
VALVE
MAIN FLOOR LOCK
SOLENOID VALVE
(LOCK)

ALL FLOOR LOCK FOOT CONTROL


SOLENOID VALVE BASE VALVE SWITCH PAD
ASSEMBLY FOOT CONTROL
(UNLOCK) ASSEMBLY
CA7639

Figure 1-1. Major Components (Sheet 1 of 2)

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

DISTRIBUTION
BOARD CONTROL VALVE
SOLENOID COILS
(REFER TO Fig. 1-1
FOR LOCATIONS)
LATERAL TILT
POSITION COLUMN
SENSOR ASSEMBLY

ORIENTATION ORIENTATION
SWITCH (S0) SWITCH (S1)

LINE POWER
PILOT LAMP SEAT
POSITION
SENSOR

TRENDELENBURG LEG
POSITION POSITION
SENSOR SENSOR

EMERGENCY
OVERRIDE ORIENTATION
BOARD SWITCH (S3)

PLUG
RECEPTACLE
(INCLUDES
5 amp FUSE) RFI
FILTER
BATTERIES
ORIENTATION
SWITCH (S2)

MAIN FLOOR
LOCK STATUS TRANSFORMER
SWITCH
ENA
BLE
LOC
K
DIS
AB
LE

ORIENTATION
SWITCH (S5)
LEV

HAND
EL

CASTERS SM
I
UN

710
LOC
K

CONTROL
ASSEMBLY

PUMP & MOTOR


ASSEMBLY
CHARGING / POWER
DRIVER BOARD CASTERS
(INCLUDES MAIN CONTROLLER OUTRIGGER
40 amp FUSE) BOARD (INCLUDES FLOOR LOCK
10 amp FUSE) STATUS SWITCH CA7640

Figure 1-1. Major Components (Sheet 2 of 2)

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-3 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

the RFI filter. The transformer primary lines are also LEFT is pressed, LATERAL TILT RIGHT function will
connected across the RFI filter output. The transformer actually move). This is so a doctor / nurse can operate
steps the line voltage down to 32.5 VAC ± 2 VAC. The the table in any orientation without having to remember
32.5 VAC from the output of the transformer is applied which orientation the table is in. This feature applies to
to the charging / power driver board. The charging / all functions except TABLE UP and TABLE DOWN.
power driver board uses a DC rectifying circuit to The foot control is functional only when the table is in
convert the 32.5 VAC to approximately 27.8 VDC. The normal orientation; the hand control must be used for
charging / power driver board regulates the charging reverse orientation. The main controller determines
rate of the four batteries by regulating the rate at which table orientation as follows: There are four possible
the 27.8 VDC is applied to the batteries. The charging / table orientations: Normal, Reverse, Normal-1, and
power driver board also supplies 27.5 VDC to the main Reverse-1. See Figure 5-2. For normal orientation, the
controller board to power it. The transformer has head section is installed on the back section of the table
thermal fuses connected in each primary winding and and the leg section is installed on the seat section. The
they are embedded between the primary and second- head section depresses orientation switch S0 while the
ary windings. If the transformer overheats, the normally leg section depresses orientation switch S2. The posts
closed (N.C.) thermal fuses open, disconnecting power on the leg section and head section, which are inserted
to the transformer. into the table to attach them to the table, are machined
so that only the larger of the two posts will depress a
The transformer is primarily used to supply power to the switch. The main controller board monitors status of
charging / power driver board, so the board can charge terminal 4 (ST30). When orientation switch S0 is
the batteries and supply power to the rest of the table. depressed, a circuit is completed which causes input at
When the batteries are being charged, the charging / terminal 4 (ST30) to be pulled down to 0 VDC by
power driver board regulates the charge rate of the grounding circuit at terminal 3 (ST30). The main
batteries. This means that a full load is not continu- controller board senses the input has been pulled down
ously being placed on the transformer, which is impor- to 0 VDC, indicating that the head section is attached to
tant because the transformer is not sized to draw a full the back section. Also, when orientation switch S2 is
current load continuously. If the batteries are low and a depressed, a circuit is completed which causes input at
function is selected, power to drive the motor pump(s) terminal 6 (ST30) to be pulled down to 0 VDC by
is drawn from the batteries first and then from the grounding circuit at terminal 5 (ST30). The main
transformer as necessary. If the batteries are too low controller board senses the input has been pulled down
or a function is selected for too long, the continuous to 0 VDC, indicating that the leg section is attached to
current draw thru the transformer will overheat the the seat section. For reverse orientation, the leg
transformer very quickly, causing the thermal fuses to section is installed on the seat section of the table and
blow. It is important that a table with a low battery the head section is installed on the leg section. The leg
charge be operated only in case of emergency and for section depresses orientation switch S2 while the head
a very short time period (less than a minute). section depresses orientation switch S5. The posts on
the leg section and head section, which are inserted
Logic Theory Of Operation into the table to attach them to the table, are machined
so that only the larger of the two posts will depress a
When the ENABLE button is pressed, a 5 VDC signal is switch. When orientation switch S2 is depressed, a
sent to the main controller board, activating it. The circuit is completed which causes input at terminal 6
main controller board performs a self diagnostic check (ST30) to be pulled down to 0 VDC by grounding circuit
on itself. If the self diagnostic check fails, error code at terminal 5 (ST30). The main controller board senses
E11 (Internal RAM / Register Failure) is displayed on the input has been dragged down to 0 VDC, indicating
the hand control. that the leg section is attached to the seat section.
Also, when orientation switch S5 is depressed, a circuit
The main controller board also checks the status of the is completed which causes input at terminal 2 (ST29) to
table orientation switches to determine if the table is in be pulled to 0 VDC by grounding circuit at terminal 1
"Normal" or "Reverse" orientation. If the table is (ST30). The main controller board senses the input has
determined to be in normal orientation, the controller been pulled down to 0 VDC, indicating that the head
board actuates functions as shown on the hand control. section is attached to the leg section. The main control-
If the table is determined to be in reverse orientation, ler detects the Normal-1 and Reverse-1 table orienta-
the controller board actuates functions in reverse of tions the same way using orientation switches S0, S1,
what is shown on the hand control (if LATERAL TILT S2, S3, and S5 as shown in Figure 1-2.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-4 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

The main controller board and charging / power driver energizes the outrigger floor lock valve spool and motor
board uses status circuits to check the functionality of pump. At this time the main controller checks the
the following electrical components: motors, charging / status of the status switches again. If the main control-
power driver board, valve spool solenoids, main control- ler does not detect that both status switches are
ler board, position sensors, foot control switch pad, and untripped, it stops all functions and displays E01 (Floor
hand control button board. Lock Status Switch Is Not Responding).

A status circuit, on the charging / power driver board, Also, when the hand control is ENABLED, the main
monitors the amount of current draw thru the motor controller board checks if the normally closed (N.C.)
pump windings, when a function has been selected. If motor pump primary thermostats are closed. If the
the current draw exceeds a predetermined value, the main controller board detects an open circuit, it stops all
main controller board stops all functions and displays functions and displays error code E13 (Overheat -
error code E02 (Overcurrent - Motor Pump #1) or E03 Motor Pump #1) or E14 (Overheat - Motor Pump #2),
(Overcurrent - Motor Pump #2), which indicates a which indicates that the motor pump has overheated,
failure of a motor pump. If the current draw falls below opening its primary thermostat.
a predetermined value, the main controller board stops
all functions and displays error code E04, which indi- Also, when the hand control is ENABLED, the main
cates failure of the charging / power driver board. A controller board checks status of each set of switches in
status circuit, on the main controller board, monitors the the hand control; there are two normally open (N.O.)
enable circuitry for each valve spool solenoid and switches for each function. If there is a set of switches
detects if a valve spool solenoid or enable circuitry of for which only one of the two switches is detected as
the main controller board is functioning correctly. If not, being pressed, the main controller board detects this
the main controller board stops all functions and and displays error code E15 (Hand Control Switch
displays error code E05 (Valve Drive Failure), which Failure). This indicates that one of the switches is stuck
indicates failure of either a valve spool solenoid or main in closed position. Also, if a function button is pressed
controller board. and then the error code E15 displays, this indicates that
only one of the two switches is working properly. This
Another status circuit, on the main controller board, safety feature prevents unintended table movement due
monitors voltage input from the position sensors. If the to a switch malfunction.
voltage value exceeds or falls below a predetermined
range, the main controller board stops all functions and Also, when a function is selected using the foot control,
displays the appropriate error code: E07 the main controller board checks the status of each set
(Trendelenburg Position Sensor Failure), E08 (Tilt of switches in the foot control pad; there are two
Position Sensor Failure), E09 (Seat Position Sensor normally open (N.O.) switches for each function. If
Failure), E10 (Leg Position Sensor Failure). An error there is a set of switches for which only one of the two
code indicates failure of either a position sensor, main switches is detected as being pressed, the main
controller board, or wiring. controller board detects this and displays error code
E06 (Foot Switch Failure) on the hand control. This
The main controller board also monitors the main floor indicates that one of the two switches is stuck in closed
lock status switch, outrigger floor lock status switch, position or only one of the two switches is working
motor pump #1 primary thermostat, and motor pump # properly. This safety feature prevents unintended table
2 primary thermostat. When the hand control is EN- movement due to a switch malfunction.
ABLED, the main controller board checks if the normally
open (N.C.) main floor lock status switch and outrigger The motor pumps also have secondary thermostats
floor lock status switch is untripped. If the main control- which provide backup protection if the primary thermo-
ler does not detect that both status switches are stats fail. If a motor pump overheats and its primary
untripped, it energizes the main floor lock valve spool thermostat does not shut off the motor pump, the
and motor pump, causing the main floor locks to normally open (N.O.) secondary thermostat closes,
extend. After eight seconds, the main controller de- directly shorting current past the motor windings to
energizes the main floor lock valve spool and motor ground, causing the 40 amp fuse on the charging /
pump, and then energizes the outrigger floor lock valve power driver board to blow, which stops the motor
spool and motor pump, causing the outrigger floor locks pump.
to extend. After six seconds, the main controller de-

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-5 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

Hydraulic System Theory Of Operation the cylinder, retracting the cylinder. The check valve
(B) prevents oil from escaping from the cylinder after
When a function is selected using the hand control or the valve spool is de-energized, keeping the cylinder
foot control, the motor pump(s) begins to run and the from drifting. Oil also flows thru a pilot line (represented
selected function's valve spool shifts. Hydraulic oil by a dashed line on hydraulic schematic) and extends a
flows thru a strainer in the reservoir and into the pump pilot piston. The pilot piston forces open the check
chamber. The pump pumps oil thru an internal check valve (A) on the base of the cylinder, allowing oil to flow
valve, a discharge filter, and the supply line check from the base of the cylinder, thru the valve spool, and
valve. Oil is now in the supply line, ready to power the into the oil return line.
selected function's cylinder(s). The motor pump
internal check valve and supply line check valve allow For the Seat and Leg functions, the following happens:
oil to flow thru them to the supply line, but close when If SEAT UP or LEG UP button on hand control was
the motor pump stops running, preventing oil from back selected (in normal table orientation), the motor pump is
flowing into the motor pump, which prevents gravity energized and the valve spool for that function moves to
drain out of supply line and back into motor pump. The an up function position (oil will now flow in the new oil
discharge filter removes any contaminants from the oil flow path that has been created; this path is shown by
before the oil reaches any hydraulic components. This the straight flow symbols on the hydraulic schematic)
prevents reduced life expectancy of hydraulic compo- and oil flows thru a check valve (A) and into the base of
nents such as seals and o-rings and prevents clogging the left cylinder (master cylinder), extending the cylin-
of valves and check valves. There is a 250 BAR (3625 der. The check valve (A) prevents oil from escaping
PSI) pressure relief valve on each motor pump. If from the cylinder after the valve spool is de-energized,
pressure reaches or exceeds this pressure, the valve keeping the cylinder from drifting. Oil also flows thru
opens dumping oil back into the reservoir. two pilot lines (represented by dashed lines on hydrau-
lic schematic) and extends two pilot pistons (B and D).
Oil is now in the supply line, ready to power the se- One pilot piston forces open a check valve (B) which
lected function's cylinder(s). allows oil to flow out of the top side of the left cylinder
thru another check valve (C) and into the base of the
For the Trendelenburg and Lateral Tilt functions, the right cylinder (slave cylinder), extending the cylinder.
following happens: If Trendelenburg or Lateral Tilt Left The other pilot piston forces open the check valve (D)
button on hand control was selected (in normal table on the top side of the right cylinder (slave cylinder),
orientation), the motor pump is energized and the valve allowing oil to flow from the top side of the cylinder, flow
spool for that function moves to an up function position thru the valve spool and into the oil return line. If SEAT
(oil will now flow in the new oil flow path that has been DOWN or LEG DOWN button on hand control was
created; this path is shown by the straight flow symbols selected (in normal table orientation), motor pump is
on the hydraulic schematic) and oil flows thru a check energized and the valve spool for that function moves to
valve (A) and into the base of the cylinder, extending a down function position (oil will now flow in the new oil
the cylinder. The check valve (A) prevents oil from flow path that has been created; this path is shown by
escaping from the cylinder after the valve spool is de- the crossed flow symbols on the hydraulic schematic)
energized, keeping the cylinder from drifting. Oil also and oil flows thru a check valve (D) and into the top of
flows thru a pilot line (represented by a dashed line on the right cylinder (slave cylinder), retracting the cylinder.
hydraulic schematic) and extends a pilot piston. The The check valve (D) prevents oil from escaping from
pilot piston forces open the check valve (B) on the the right cylinder after the valve spool is de-energized,
retracting side of the cylinder, allowing oil to escape keeping the cylinder from drifting. Oil also flows thru
from the top side of the cylinder, thru the valve spool two pilot lines (represented by dashed lines on hydrau-
and into the oil return line. If Reverse Trendelenburg or lic schematic) and extends two pilot pistons. One pilot
Lateral Tilt Right button on hand control was selected piston forces open a check valve (C) which allows oil to
(in normal table orientation), the motor pump is ener- flow out of the base of the right cylinder thru another
gized and the valve spool for that function moves to a check valve (B) and into the top side of the left cylinder
down function position (oil will now flow in the new oil (master cylinder), retracting the cylinder. The other
flow path that has been created; this path is shown by pilot piston forces open the check valve (A) on the base
the crossed flow symbols on the hydraulic schematic) of the left cylinder (master cylinder), allowing oil to flow
and oil flows thru a check valve (B) and into the top of out of the base of the cylinder, thru the valve spool, and
into the oil return line.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-6 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

For the column function, the following happens: If pressure in the outrigger floor lock cylinders reaches 10
TABLE UP button on hand control was selected, the BARS (145 PSI), the outrigger pressure relief valve
motor pump energizes and the valve spool for that opens, dumping oil back to the return line. The
function moves to an up function position (oil will now outrigger cylinders were designed to add stability to the
flow in the new oil flow path that has been created; this table on an uneven floor. The three main floor lock
path is shown by the straight flow symbols on the cylinders lift the table off of the casters; then the two
hydraulic schematic) and oil flows thru a check valve outrigger floor lock cylinders extend with enough power
(A) and into the base of the column cylinder, extending to stabilize the table without lifting the table further. The
the cylinder. The check valve (A) prevents oil from outrigger pressure relief valve accomplishes this. The
escaping from the column cylinder after the valve spool check valves (B and C) prevent oil from escaping from
is de-energized, keeping the cylinder from drifting. Oil the two outrigger floor lock cylinders after the valve
flows out of the top side of the column cylinder as spool is de-energized, keeping the cylinders from
necessary, thru the valve spool, and into the return line. drifting. If UNLOCK & ENABLE buttons on hand control
If TABLE DOWN button on hand control was selected, is selected for three seconds, the motor pump ener-
the motor pump energizes and the valve spool for that gizes and the main floor lock valve spool moves to a
function moves to a down function position (oil will now down function position (oil will now flow in the new oil
flow in the new oil flow path that has been created; this flow path that has been created; this path is shown by
path is shown by the crossed flow symbols on the the crossed flow symbols on the hydraulic schematic).
hydraulic schematic) and oil flows to the top side of the The oil flows thru three pilot lines (represented by
base cylinder, retracting the cylinder. Oil also flows thru dashed lines on hydraulic schematic) and extends three
a pilot line (represented by a dashed line on hydraulic pilot pistons, which forces open three check valves;
schematic) and extends a pilot piston. The pilot piston check valves A, B, and C. With all three check valves
forces open the check valve (A) on the base of the open, the oil flows out of the base of the three main
cylinder, allowing oil to flow out of the base of the floor lock cylinders and the two outrigger floor lock
cylinder, thru the valve spool, and into the oil return line. cylinders, causing them to retract. There is a strong
spring in each floor lock cylinder which helps retract the
For the floor lock functions, the following happens: If cylinder.
ENABLE / LOCK button on hand control is selected, the
motor pump energizes and the valve spool for the main On the seat and leg functions, there is a manually
floor lock cylinders moves to an up function position (oil operated two way-valve (slave line valve) which is used
will now flow in the new oil flow path that has been to add or remove oil from the closed loop (slave line) to
created; this path is shown by the straight flow symbols synchronize the stroke of the left (master) and right
on the hydraulic schematic) and oil flows thru a check (slave) cylinders. There is a manually operated two-
valve (A) and into the base of the three main floor lock way valve (slave line valve) on the column function,
cylinders, extending the cylinders. The check valve (A) which is used to add or remove oil from the middle
prevents oil from escaping from the three main floor stage of the column cylinder (if there is too much oil in
lock cylinders after the valve spool is de-energized, the second stage, the column cylinder will "jump"
keeping the cylinders from drifting. After approximately downward and make a noise when column down
10 seconds, the main controller board de-energizes the function is selected. If there is not enough oil in the
motor pump and main floor lock spool and then reener- second stage, the full height potential of the column
gizes the motor pump and energizes the outrigger floor cylinder will not be reached).
lock valve spool to an up function position (oil will now
flow in the new oil flow path that has been created; this Orifices are at the entrance (early units) or are internal
path is shown by the straight flow symbols on the (later units) to the Trendelenburg, Lateral Tilt, Seat, and
hydraulic schematic) and oil flows thru two check valves Leg cylinders to meter the flow of oil into the cylinders,
(B and C) and into the base of the two outrigger floor thereby regulating the speed of the cylinders.
lock cylinders, extending the cylinders. As soon as the

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-7 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

1.4 SPECIFICATIONS Table Speed (Table in normal orientation, full battery


charge, ambient oil temp.):
Factual data for the 7100 General Surgery Table is Extend Column Fully .................. 16.0 to 21.0 seconds
provided in Table 1-1. Retract Column Fully .................. 16.0 to 21.0 seconds
Reverse Trend. to Trend. ........... 20.5 to 24.5 seconds
Table 1-1. Specifications Trend. to Reverse Trend. ........... 16.0 to 20.0 seconds
Lat. Tilt R to Lat. Tilt L .................. 9.5 to 12.5 seconds
Description Data Lat. Tilt L to Lat. Tilt R ................ 10.0 to 13.0 seconds
Seat Down to Seat Up ................ 18.0 to 21.0 seconds
Weight Seat Up to Seat Down ................ 18.5 to 21.5 seconds
Normal (w/ upholstery & all sections) ... 738 lb. (335 kg) Leg Down to Leg Up ................... 21.0 to 27.0 seconds
With Shipping Carton .......................... 842 lb. (382 kg) Leg Up to Leg Down ................... 29.0 to 35.0 seconds

Shipping Carton ........ 58 in. "L" x 30 in. "W" x 40 in. "H" Weight Capacity (maximum):
(147 cm x 76 cm x 102 cm) Normal Table Orientation .................. 500 lbs. (227 kg)
Reverse Table Orientation .............. 400 lbs. (181.4 kg)
Dimensions: Leg Section ...................................... 200 lbs. (90.7 kg)
Table Top Length ............................. 76.8 in. (195 cm) Head Section .........................................40 lbs. (18 kg)
Table Top Width ...................................... 20.5 (52 cm) Overweight Operation ................ Patient Positioning is
Overall Width ......................................... 24 in. (61 cm) restricted. To learn of limita-
Overall Length ..................................... 78 in. (198 cm) tions, contact the Surgical
Table Product Manager at
Table Positioning: 1-800-643-6275
Table Top Height (Adjustable) .......... 27.7 (± 0.2) in. to
43.9 (± 0.2) in. Hydraulic System Oil ................ ISO Viscosity Grade 32
(70 to 112 cm) Premium Hydraulic Fluid
Trendelenburg ...................................... 0° to 28° (±1°)
Reverse Trendelenburg ....................... 0° to -28° (±1°) Reservoir Capacity ..................... 2.1 Quarts (2.0 Liters)
Lateral Tilt................ 0° to -18° (±1°) in either direction
Seat Section .......... + 25° (±1°) to -40° (±1°) in relation System Capacity ........................ 3.7 Quarts (3.5 Liters)
to back section
Leg Section ....................................... +80° (+2°/-0°) to Battery Charging Time .............................. 8 to 12 hours
-102° (+3°/-0°) in
relation to seat section Motor Pump Pressure
Coordinating Flex (Normal Position): Relief Valve ............... Opens At 250 BARS (3625 PSI)
Trendelenburg ................ +20° (±5°) above horizontal
Seat Section ...... -40° (±5°) in relation to back section Outrigger Pressure
Coordinating Reflex (Normal Position): Relief Valve ................... Opens At 10 BARS (145 PSI)
Trendelenburg ................. -12° (±5°) below horizontal
Seat Section ..... +25° (±5°) in relation to back section
Coordinating Flex (Reverse Position): Electrical Requirements:
Trendelenburg ................ +28° (±2°) above horizontal 115 VAC Unit ........................... 110 - 120 VAC, 60 HZ,
Leg Section........ -56° (±2°) in relation to back section 2 amp, single phase
Coordinating Reflex (Reverse Position):
Trendelenburg ................. -28° (±5°) below horizontal Battery Power Output ............ 24 VDC, 18 amp-hours
Leg Section..... +56° (±10°) in relation to back section
Head Section:
Mounted on Head End ........... +30° (±3°) to -30° (±3°)
Mounted on Foot End ............+30° (±3°) to -75° (±5°)

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-8 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

1.5 Parts Replacement Ordering (3) Determine the installation date of the unit and
record this data.
If a part replacement is required, order the part directly
from the factory as follows: (4) Call SMI with the recorded information and
ask for the Hospital Products Technical Ser-
(1) Refer to Figure 1-2 to determine the location of vices Department.
the model number and serial number of the unit
and record this data.

(2) Refer to the Parts List to determine the item


numbers of the parts, part numbers of the 1.6 Special Tools
parts, descriptions of the parts, and quantities
of parts needed and record this data (Refer to Table 1-2 lists all of the special tools needed to repair
para 6.1). the unit, how to obtain the special tools, and the pur-
pose of each special tool.
NOTE
Ask the Purchasing Department of the company that Table 1-2 is on the following page.
owns the unit for this information. Otherwise, this
information may be obtained from the dealer that
sold the unit.

S
M
MO
DE
L
I
IN
PU
RA T
SE TI 71
RIA NG 00
-001
LN 11
O. 5
2 A VAC
MP
TD 60
W H
XX Z
XX
X

SM
I
MODEL
71
00 NUMBER
SERIAL
NUMBER

CA7681

Figure 1-2. Model Number / Serial


Number Location

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-9 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION I
GENERAL INFORMATION

Table 1-2. Special Tools List

Manufacturer's Manufacturer's
Description of Special Tool Purpose of Special Tool
Name / Address / Phone Part Number
Multimeter Commercially Available Any Type Used to perform continuity and voltage checks.
Pin Extractor (has Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. M05390 Used to pull pins which secure cylinders, handles,
interchangable bits - M3x0.5, 4900 Charlemar etc. in place. Can also be used to remove caster
M4x0.7, M5x0.8, M6x1.0, Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227 fork.
1/4-20, 10-24, and 5/16-18) (513) 561-0195
Spanner Wrench - locking nut Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. M07235 Used to remove locking nut which secures top of
4900 Charlemar column cylinder in column.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195
Spanner Wrench - brass pivot Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. M07236 Used to remove brass pivot puck which secures
puck 4900 Charlemar top of column cylinder in column.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195
Retaining Bolt Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. M07407 Used to hold rod of column cylinder stationary,
4900 Charlemar while special tools, M07235 and M07236 are used.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195
Spanner Wrench - retainer cap Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. M07161 Used to remove retainer cap which secures
4900 Charlemar latching mechansim in place.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195
Pressure Relief Valve Test Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. M07443 Used to adjust crack settings of motor pump
Harness 4900 Charlemar pressure relief valves and outrigger pressure relief
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227 valve.
(513) 561-0195
Blanking Plug Kit Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 502-0176-00 Used to cap the end of hydraulic lines to allow
4900 Charlemar pressure checks to be made.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195
Soldering Iron Commercially Available Any Type Used to connect wires to terminals with solder.
60 / 40 Solder Commercially Available Any Type Type of solder which should be used when
soldering wires on surgery table.
Internal retaining ring pliers Commercially Available Any Type Used to remove snap rings which secure bearings
in base of cylinders.
Torque Wrench Commercially Available Any Type Used to tighten hardware to specified torque
values.
7100 Transport Tool Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 502-0169-00 A dolly type tool which is used to transport 7100
4900 Charlemar table around.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195
7100 Tipping Tool Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 502-0168-00 Used to tip over 7100 table to access base of table
4900 Charlemar for servicing.
Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
(513) 561-0195

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 1-10 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING
2.1 Operational Test (7) Observe. The motor pump should run and the
table should lower (floor lock cylinders should
In order to effectively diagnose the malfunction of the retract) until table is on its casters. The hand
7100 general surgical table, it may be necessary to control display should read UNLOCKING
perform an operational test as follows: FLOOR and then ON WHEELS.

(8) Move the surgery table around.

!
DANGER
Refer to the Operator Manual for
complete instructions on operating the (9) Observe. The casters should swivel freely and
surgical table. Failure to do so could result in the table should roll easily on the casters. The
personal injury. table should not wobble.

Power must be supplied to the unit to measure (10) Press ENABLE button on hand control.
the voltage at the Test Points. Do not touch any
bare wires or terminals while making these (11) Observe. The motor pump should run and the
voltage checks. Failure to do so may result in main floor lock cylinders should extend. After
electrical shock which could result in serious eight seconds, the motor pump should stop
personal injury or death. running. Then the motor pump should begin
running again and the outrigger floor lock
cylinders should extend. After six seconds, the
NOTE motor pump should stop running. The hand
The Operational Test, for the most part, only de- control display should read LOCKING FLOOR
scribes what should happen when the surgical table while the floor lock cylinders are extending.
is operated. If the surgical table does something
other than described, a problem has been discov- (12) Install the leg section on the end of the seat
ered. Refer to the Troubleshooting Guide to deter- section; then install the head section on the end
mine the cause of the problem and its correction. of the leg section. Attempt to remove the
sections without touching the latch handles.
(1) Plug power cord into table's plug receptacle.
See Figure 2-1, Sheets 1 and 2. (13) Observe. When the sections are inserted in
place, they should be automatically captured by
(2) Observe. The line power pilot lamp should the latching mechanisms, which should prevent
illuminate. them from being removed unless latch handles
are moved to the unlocked position (to move
(3) Unplug the power cord. latch handles to unlocked position, pull latch
handles outward and rotate them toward you).
(4) Press ENABLE button on hand control.
(14) Rotate latch handles to locked position (to
(5) Observe. The hand control display should move latch handles to locked position, rotate
illuminate and display the current table position them away from you) and then pull and push on
and battery charge level (XX POSITION and the leg and head sections.
BATT LEVEL XX. After 10 seconds, the hand
control display should extinguish. (15) Observe. When the latch handles are rotated
to the locked position, the section being in-
(6) Press and hold UNLOCK & ENABLE buttons stalled should now be held securely in place.
on hand control for three seconds. No side-to-side or in-and-out movement should
be possible.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

LINE POWER
D PILOT LAMP

RELEASE 7100
HANDLE SMI

HEAD
C PLUG
RECEPTACLE

SECTION

HAND
B POWER
CORD
CONTROL ENA
BLE
LOC
K
DIS
ABL
E

A
LEV
EL

UNL
SM OCK
I

710
0

LATCH
HANDLE

EMERGENCY
OVERRIDE
PANEL
FOOT
CONTROL SEAT
SECTION
LEG
LATCH SECTION
SM
I
HANDLE
71
00
BACK
SECTION +/- 2° (Typ.)
LATCH
HANDLE

FLOOR
LOCK LOCKED
CYLINDERS POSITION
TABLE
UP LATERAL AUTO
TRENDEL- TILT CAPTURE
ENBURG LEFT POSITION

UNLOCKED
POSITION

REVERSE LATERAL LATCH HANDLE


TRENDEL- TILT POSITIONS
ENBURG TABLE RIGHT (TYP. 6 PLACES)
DOWN

CA7682

Figure 2-1. Operational Test (Sheet 1 of 2)

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BUTTONS HAND
CONTROL
DISPLAY
DISABLE
ENABLE
EN
AB
LO
LE
REVERSE
CK

DIS
TRENDELENBURG
TRENDELENBURG AB
LE

SYSTEM
OVERRIDE TABLE TABLE
UP DOWN
TABLE LATERAL LATERAL
UP TILT LEFT TILT RIGHT

TRENDELENBURG SEAT SEAT


UP DOWN
REVERSE
TRENDELENBURG LEG LE LEG
UP VE
L

UN
DOWN
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

FLEX REFLEX
SY
ST
SEAT
OV
ER
EM
RID
E
UP LEVEL
(RETURN TO) UNLOCK
DIS
AB
LE

DISABLE
LE
VE
L

UN
LO
CK

LATERAL SEAT
TILT LEFT DOWN
TABLE
DOWN
LEG
LATERAL LEG DOWN
TILT RIGHT UP
LEVEL UNLOCK
(RETURN TO) CA7683

Figure 2-1. Operational Test (Sheet 2 of 2)


(16) Press the ENABLE button on hand control. (20) Press the ENABLE button on hand control.

(17) Observe. The hand control display should read (21) Observe. The hand control display should read
REVERSE POSITION. NORMAL POSITION.

(18) Remove head section from leg section. Install (22) Press the ENABLE button and then press the
head section on back section and lock into TABLE UP, TABLE DOWN,
position with latch handles. TRENDELENBURG, REVERSE
TRENDELENBURG, LATERAL TILT LEFT,
(19) Observe. When the head section is inserted in LATERAL TILT RIGHT, SEAT UP, SEAT
place, it should be automatically captured by DOWN, LEG UP, LEG DOWN, FLEX, and
the latching mechanisms, which should prevent REFLEX buttons, running each function thru its
the section from being removed unless latch full range of motion, and checking its speed and
handles are moved to the unlocked position. range of motion performance.
When the latch handles are rotated to the
locked position, the section being installed
should now be held securely in place. No side-
to-side or in-and-out movement should be
possible.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-3 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

(23) Observe. The table performance should meet (26) Squeeze the release handle on the head
the following specifications: section and move the head section thru its full
range of motion.
Range Of Motion:
Table Top Height (Adjustable) .......... 27.7 (± 0.2) in. to (27) The head section should move smoothly and
43.9 (± 0.2) in. should not take excessive force. The head
(70 to 112 cm) section should meet the following range of
Trendelenburg ...................................... 0° to 28° (±1°) motion specifications:
Reverse Trendelenburg ....................... 0° to -28° (±1°)
Lateral Tilt ................ 0° to -18° (±1°) in either direction Head Section:
Seat Section .......... + 25° (±1°) to -40° (±1°) in relation Mounted on Head End ........... +30° (±3°) to -30° (±3°)
to back section Mounted on Foot End ............+30° (±3°) to -75° (±5°)
Leg Section ....................................... +80° (+2°/-0°) to
-102° (+3°/-0°) in (28) Move head section to level position and then
relation to seat section place approximately 40 lbs. (18 kgs) at Point D
Coordinating Flex (Normal Position): (head section). Observe head section for two
Trendelenburg ................ +20° (±5°) above horizontal to three minutes.
Seat Section ...... -40° (±5°) in relation to back section
Coordinating Reflex (Normal Position): (29) Observe. The head section should not drift.
Trendelenburg ................. -12° (±5°) below horizontal
Seat Section ..... +25° (±5°) in relation to back section (30) Place approximately 400 lbs. (181.4 kg) of
Coordinating Flex (Reverse Position): weight on table top as follows: 28 lbs. (12.7 kg)
Trendelenburg ................ +28° (±2°) above horizontal at Point D (head section), 152 lbs. (69 kg) at
Leg Section ........ -56° (±2°) in relation to back section Point C (back section), 168 lbs. (76.2 kg) at
Coordinating Reflex (Reverse Position): Point B (seat section), and 52 lbs. (23.6 kg) at
Trendelenburg ................. -28° (±5°) below horizontal Point A (leg section).
Leg Section ....... +56° (±10°) in relation to back section
(31) Press ENABLE button and then press TABLE
Table Speed (Table in normal orientation, full battery UP and TABLE DOWN buttons to run column
charge, ambient oil temp.): function up and down several times.
Extend Column Fully .................. 16.0 to 21.0 seconds
Retract Column Fully .................. 16.0 to 21.0 seconds (32) Observe. Column function should move up and
Reverse Trend. to Trend. ........... 20.5 to 24.5 seconds down steadily and smoothly. No binding
Trend. to Reverse Trend. ........... 16.0 to 20.0 seconds condition should be evident, especially when
Lat. Tilt R to Lat. Tilt L .................. 9.5 to 12.5 seconds column is lowering. There should be no
Lat. Tilt L to Lat. Tilt R ................ 10.0 to 13.0 seconds excessive side-to-side play in column assem-
Seat Down to Seat Up ................ 18.0 to 21.0 seconds bly.
Seat Up to Seat Down ................ 18.5 to 21.5 seconds
Leg Down to Leg Up ................... 21.0 to 27.0 seconds (33) Remove weight from table top.
Leg Up to Leg Down ................... 29.0 to 35.0 seconds
(34) Press and hold the SYSTEM OVERRIDE
(24) Press the ENABLE button and then press the button while pressing the function buttons, one
LEVEL button until the table reaches its level at a time, on the emergency override panel.
position. Using a protractor, check the table top
to ensure it is level within ±2°. (35) Observe. Each function should move as
depicted by the illustration on its button.
(25) Observe. The table top should move to a level
position within ±2° as follows: The lateral tilt (36) Press each function button on the foot control.
function should level out first; then a sequence Then place the table top in reverse position.
of the Seat, Trendelenburg, and Leg functions Then press each function button on the foot
should move, with each function moving no control again.
more than 10° at a time.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-4 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

(37) Each function should move as depicted when (40) Observe. There should be 32.5 VAC ±2 VAC
table top is in normal position. The table should across both sets of test points.
not operate, using the foot control, when the
table top is in reverse position. (41) See Figure 5-1 for this step. Check for 27.7
VAC ± 2 VAC across Test Points F and G and
(38) Plug power cord into table's power receptacle. across Test Points H and J. Check for 27.8
VAC ±2 VAC across Test Points K and L.
DANGER
Electrical power must be connected to (42) Observe. The proper voltages should be
perform the following steps. Do not present across each set of test points.
touch any bare wires or terminals. Failure to do
so could cause an electrical shock which could 2.2 Troubleshooting Procedures
result in serious personal injury or death.
Table 2-1 is a Troubleshooting Guide which is used to
(39) See Figure 5-1 for this step. Check for 32.5 determine the cause of the malfunction.
VAC ± 2 VAC across Test Points C and D and
across Test Points D and E.

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Table seems powerless Line Power Pilot Lamp Facility circuit breaker Check to see if facility If circuit breaker is tripped,
even when plugged into a does not illuminate (with providing power to table is circuit breaker is tripped. determine what caused the
wall outlet. power cord plugged in). tripped. circuit breaker to trip, correct
the problem, and then reset /
replace circuit breaker.

One of two 5 amp fuses in Remove both 5 amp Replace any blown 5 amp
the power cord receptacle is fuses from power cord fuses.
blown. receptacle and perform a
continuity check on the
fuses.

RFI filter is blown. See Figure 5-1 for this If 115 VAC +/- 5.0 VAC is not
check. Check for 115 present across Test Points A
VAC +/- 5.0 VAC across and B, replace RFI filter.
Test Points A and B. Refer to para 4.41.

Line power pilot lamp is Replace suspect line Replace line power pilot lamp.
burned out. power pilot lamp with Refer to para 4.43.
known working line
power pilot lamp.
Wires or wire connections Perform a continuity Clean any dirty connections.
between power cord check on all suspect Tighten any loose
receptacle and transformer wires or connections. connections. Replace any
are broken, loose or dirty. broken connectors or wires.
Line Power Pilot Lamp Thermal fuse(s) in See Figure 5-1 for this If 32.5 VAC +/- 2.0 VAC is not
illuminates, but batteries transformer are blown. check. Check for 32.5 present across one or both of
do not recharge and table +/- 2.0 VAC across Test the Test Point groups, replace
is powerless (with power Points C and D and the transformer. Refer to para
cord plugged in). across Test Points D 4.42.
and E.

Transformer is blown. See Figure 5-1 for this If 32.5 VAC +/- 2.0 VAC is not
check. Check for 32.5 present across one or both of
+/- 2.0 VAC across Test the Test Point groups, replace
Points C and D and the transformer. Refer to para
across Test Points D 4.42.
and E.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-5 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Table seems powerless Line Power Pilot Lamp Charging / power driver See Figure 5-1 for this If proper voltage is not
even when plugged into a illuminates, but batteries board is malfunctioning. check. Check for 27.7 present at Test Points,
wall outlet - Continued. do not recharge and table +/- 0.3 VDC across Test replace charging / power
is powerless (with power Points F and G. Check driver board. Refer to para
cord plugged in) - for 27.7 +/- 0.3 VDC 4.38.
Continued. across Test Points H and
J. Check for 27.8 +/- 0.3
VDC across Test Points
K and L.
Wires or wire connections Perform a continuity Clean any dirty connections.
between transformer and check on all suspect Tighten any loose
charging / power driver wires or connections. connections. Replace any
board are broken, loose, or broken connectors or wires.
dirty.

Line Power Pilot Lamp 10 amp fuse on main Perform continuity check Replace 10 amp fuse. See
illuminates, but table is controller board is blown. on 10 amp fuse. Figure 5-1 for fuse location.
powerless.

Table operates when When ENABLE button on 40 amp fuse on charging / See Figure 5-1 for this Replace 40 amp fuse. See
power cord is plugged in, hand control is pressed, its power driver board is blown. check. Check fuse Figure 5-1 for fuse location.
but will not operate when display does not illuminate visually or perform
power cord is unplugged. (with power cord continuity check on fuse
unplugged). (may need to check
secondary thermal fuse
of motor pump. If blown,
thermal fuse will cause
40 amp fuse to blow).
10 amp fuse on main Perform continuity check Replace 10 amp fuse. See
controller board is blown. on 10 amp fuse. Figure 5-1 for fuse location.
Batteries are dead and are See Figure 5-1 for this If 13.2 +/- 0.4 VDC is not
not supplying charging / check. Check individual present across Test Points,
power driver board with batteries by checking for replace batteries. Refer to
enough power to operate. 13.2 +/- 0.4 VDC across para 4.45.
terminals of each battery
(Test Points M and N).

Charging / power driver See Figure 5-1 for this If proper voltage is not
board is malfunctioning. check. Check for 27.7 present at Test Points,
+/- 0.3 VDC across Test replace charging / power
Points F and G. driver board. Refer to
para 4.38.

Batteries do not recharge Batteries do not recharge One of thermal fuses in See Figure 5-1 for this If 32.5 +/- 2.0 VAC is not
in 6 to 8 hours from low very quickly. transformer is blown. check. Check for 32.5 present across one or both of
charge. +/- 2.0 VAC across Test the Test Point groups, replace
Points C and D, and the transformer. Refer to
across Test Points D para 4.42.
and E.
Batteries are dead. See Figure 5-1 for this If 13.2 +/- 0.4 VDC is not
check. Check individual present across Test Points,
batteries by checking for replace batteries. Refer to
13.2 +/- 0.4 VDC across para 4.45.
terminals of each battery
(Test Points M and N).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-6 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Hand control does not When ENABLE button on 10 amp fuse on main Perform continuity check Replace 10 amp fuse. See
work. hand control is pressed, its controller board is blown. on 10 amp fuse. Figure 5-1 for fuse location.
display does not
illuminate.
Main controller board or See Figure 5-1 for this If 5.0 VDC is not present
hand control board is check. Check for 5.0 across Test Points P and Q,
malfunctioning. VDC across Test Points the main controller board is
P and Q. If 5 VDC is malfunctioning. If 5.0 VDC is
present, check for 5.0 not present across Test
VDC across Test Points Points Q and R during check,
Q and R within 10 then main controller board or
seconds of pressing hand control board is
ENABLE button on hand malfunctioning. Refer to para
control. 4.37 or 4.5.
Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between main controller check. Perform a Tighten any loose
board, distribution board, continuity check on all connections. Replace any
and hand control port are suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
broken, loose or dirty. connections.
Motor pump secondary See Figure 5-1 for this Replace malfunctioning
thermostat is closed creating check. Check for a motor, secondary thermostat,
a direct short to ground, resistance value of 0 and 40 amp fuse. Refer to
causing 40 amp fuse on ohms between Test para 4.32 and 4.47.
charging / power driver Points S and T for motor
board to blow. # 1 or Test Points U and
V for motor # 2.

Display of hand control Replace suspect hand Replace hand control board.
board is malfunctioning. control board with known Refer to para 4.5.
working hand control
board.

Button board is Replace suspect button Replace button board. Refer


malfunctioning. board with known to para 4.4.
working button board.

When a button on hand Button board is Perform a continuity If check fails, replace button
control is pressed, error malfunctioning. One of two check on both button board. Refer to para 4.4.
code E15 displays. button switches for a switches of suspect
function is stuck in closed function (when a button
position or will not close. switch is pressed, there
should be continuity
between its two
terminals).
When a function button on Hand control board is Replace suspect hand Replace hand control board.
hand control is pressed, malfunctioning. control board with known Refer to para 4.5.
the motor pump does not working hand control
run and no error codes board.
display.
Button board is Replace suspect button Replace button board. Refer
malfunctioning. board with known to para 4.4.
working button board.

Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller


malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-7 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Hand control does not When a function button on Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
work - Continued. hand control is pressed, between main controller check. Perform a Tighten any loose
the motor pump does not board, distribution board, continuity check on all connections. Replace any
run and no error codes and hand control port are suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
display - Continued. broken, loose or dirty. connections.

Foot control does not Foot control operates fine Table is in reverse Foot control is locked out Use hand control or set up
work. sometimes, but not every orientation. from being used when table top in normal
time. table top is in reverse orientation. Inform operator
orientation - foot control that Foot Control cannot be
may only be used when used when table is in reverse
table top is in normal orientation.
orientation.

The hand control or Check if problem occurrs Do not use foot control
emergency override panel is only when hand control simultaneously with hand
being used (hand control or emergency override control or emergency override
and / or emergency override panel is being used. panel. Inform operator of
panel takes priority over foot Emergency Override Panel,
control). Hand Control, and Foot
Control priorities.
When foot switch on foot One of two foot switches for See Figure 5-1 for this If check fails, replace foot
control is pressed, nothing a function is stuck in closed check. Perform a switch pad.
happens (hand control position or will not close. continuity check on both
display should illuminate foot switches of suspect
when foot switch is function (when foot
depressed). switch is pressed, there
should be continuity
between its two
terminals).
Foot control interface board Replace suspect foot Replace foot control interface
is malfunctioning. control interface board board. Refer to para 4.51.
with known working foot
control interface board.
10 amp fuse on main Perform continuity check Replace 10 amp fuse. See
controller board is blown. on 10 amp fuse. Figure 5-1 for fuse location.

Main controller board or foot See Figure 5-1 for this If 5.0 VDC is not present
control interface board is check. Check for 5.0 across Test Points P and W,
malfunctioning. VDC across Test Points the main controller board is
P and W. If 5.0 VDC is malfunctioning. If 5.0 VDC is
present, check for 5.0 not present across Test
VDC across Test Points Points W and X during check,
W and X within 10 then main controller board or
seconds of pressing a foot control interface board is
foot button on foot malfunctioning. Refer to para
control. 4.37 or 4.51.
Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between main controller check. Perform a Tighten any loose
board, distribution board, continuity check on all connections. Replace any
and hand control port are suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
broken, loose or dirty. connections.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-8 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Error code E01 (Floor Floor lock cylinders do Check valve(s) for main floor lock Remove check valve(s) Remove and clean check
Lock Status Switch Is not extend or retract cylinder(s) or outrigger floor lock and check for foreign valve(s). Replace any
Not Responding) properly and error code cylinder(s) are stuck open, matter. damaged pilot pistons or
displays on hand E01 appears on hand allowing floor lock cylinders to check valves.
control. control. retract after extending.

Foreign matter in main floor lock Remove valve spool(s) Push on manual release pin
or outrigger floor lock valve spool. and check for foreign of valve spool. If still stuck,
matter. Flush out valve remove valve spool(s) and
spool manifold with oil. check for foreign matter.
Flush out valve spool
manifold with oil.
Outrigger pressure relief valve is Replace suspect pressure Replace outrigger pressure
malfunctioning, preventing relief valve with known relief valve and spring.
outrigger cylinders from extending working pressure relief Refer to para 4.36.
fully. valve.

Inside surfaces of main floor lock Check for foreign matter Disassemble and clean floor
cylinder(s) or outrigger floor lock on inside surfaces of floor lock cylinder(s).
cylinder(s) are dirty / covered with lock cylinders.
foreign matter, which prevents the
cylinder(s) from extending or
retracting fully.

Floor lock cylinders Main floor lock status switch Check if status switch is If necessary, adjust main
extend properly, but remains tripped after main floor tripped. floor lock status switch.
error code E01 appears locks have extended (out of Refer to para 4.48.
on hand control. adjustment).

Main floor lock status switch is See Figure 5-1 for this If malfunctioning, replace
malfunctioning - stuck open. check. Perform continuity main floor lock status switch.
check on normally closed Refer to para 4.48.
status switch (switch
untripped = continuity).

Outrigger floor lock status switch Check if status switch is If necessary, adjust outrigger
remains tripped after outrigger tripped. floor lock status switch.
floor locks have extended (out of Refer to para 4.48.
adjustment).

Outrigger floor lock status switch See Figure 5-1 for this If malfunctioning, replace
is malfunctioning - stuck open. check. Perform continuity outrigger floor lock status
check on normally closed switch. Refer to para 4.48.
status switch (switch
untripped = continuity).

Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between floor lock status switches check. Perform a Tighten any loose
and main controller board are continuity check on all connections. Replace any
broken, loose or dirty. suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
connections.
Floor lock cylinders do One of the floor lock status Perform continuity check If necessary, adjust or
not retract properly and switches is malfunctioning. on N.C. floor lock status replace floor lock status
Error code E01 appears switch (switch untripped = switch. Refer to para 4.48.
on hand control. continuity).

Retaining ring which holds ouside Check to see if retaining Replace retaining ring.
floor lock sleeve onto floor lock ring is missing.
cylinder piston is missing.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-9 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Error Code E02 When function is selected, Motor #1 is malfunctioning. Replace suspect motor Replace motor #1. Refer to
(Overcurrent - Motor #1) error code E02 appears on #1 with known working para 4.32.
displays on hand control. hand control. motor pump.

Charging / power driver Replace suspect Replace charging / power


board is malfunctioning. charging / power driver driver board. Refer to para
board with known 4.38.
working board.

Error code E03 When function is selected, Motor #2 is malfunctioning. Replace suspect motor Replace motor #2. Refer to
(Overcurrent - Motor #2) error code E03 appears on #2 with known working para 4.32.
displays on hand control. hand control. motor pump.

Charging / power driver Replace suspect Replace charging / power


board is malfunctioning. charging / power driver driver board. Refer to para
board with known 4.38.
working board.

Error code E04 (Motor When function is selected, Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
Driver Failure) displays on error code E04 appears on between charging / power check. Perform a Tighten any loose
hand control. hand control. driver board and pumps are continuity check on all connections. Replace any
broken, loose, or dirty. suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
connections.
Charging / power driver Replace suspect Replace charging / power
board is malfunctioning. charging / power driver driver board. Refer to para
board with known 4.38.
working board.

Motor is burned out (most Replace suspect motor Replace motor. Refer to para
likely motor #1). with known working 4.32.
motor. (If only COLUMN
UP function causes error
code E04, motor #2
could be malfunctioning -
motor #2 only runs for
this function during
normal operation).
Error code E05 (Valve When ENABLE button is A valve spool solenoid is Press and hold the Replace malfunctioning valve
Driver Failure) displays on pressed, or a function malfunctioning. SYSTEM OVERRIDE spool solenoid. Refer to para
hand control. button is selected, error button on the emergency 4.27 or 4.28.
code E05 appears on panel, while pressing,
hand control. one at a time, all the
remaining function
buttons on the
emergency panel
(except for DISABLE
button). All functions
should operate except
for function with
malfunctioning valve
spool solenoid.
Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between valve spool check. Perform a Tighten any loose
solenoid and main controller continuity check on all connections. Replace any
board are broken, loose or suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
dirty. connections.
Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller
malfunctioning - valve driver controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
circuitry is malfunctioning. known working main
controller board.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-10 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Error code E06 When a footswitch button One of two foot switches for See Figure 5-1 for this If check fails, replace foot
(Footswitch Failure) is depressed, error code a function is stuck in closed check. Perform a switch pad.
displays on hand control. E06 appears on hand position or will not complete continuity check on both
control. circuit when depressed. foot switches of suspect
function (switch not
depressed = open /
switch depressed =
continuity.
Foot control interface board Replace suspect foot Replace foot control interface
is malfunctioning. control interface board board. Refer to para 4.51.
with known working foot
control interface board.
Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between foot switches and check. Perform a Tighten any loose
foot control interface board continuity check on all connections. Replace any
are broken, loose or dirty. suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
connections.
Error code E07 When ENABLE button is Trendelenburg position Replace suspect Replace Trendelenburg
(Trendelenburg Position pressed, or a function sensor is malfunctioning. Trendelenburg position position sensor. Refer to para
Sensor Failure) displays button is selected, error sensor with known 4.12.
on hand control. code E07 appears on working position sensor.
hand control.
Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between Trendelenburg check. Perform a Tighten any loose
position sensor, distribution continuity check on all connections. Replace any
board, and main controller suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
board are broken, loose, or connections.
dirty.
Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller
malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.
Error code E08 (Tilt When ENABLE button is Tilt position sensor is Replace suspect tilt Replace tilt position sensor.
Position Sensor Failure) pressed, or a function malfunctioning. position sensor with Refer to para 4.16.
displays on hand control. button is selected, error known working position
code E08 appears on sensor.
hand control.

Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between tilt position sensor, check. Perform a Tighten any loose
distribution board, and main continuity check on all connections. Replace any
controller board are broken, suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
loose or dirty. connections.
Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller
malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-11 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Error code E09 (Seat When ENABLE button is Seat position sensor is Replace suspect seat Replace seat position sensor.
Position Sensor Failure) pressed, or a function malfunctioning. position sensor with Refer to para 4.24.
displays on hand control. button is selected, error known working position
code E09 appears on sensor.
hand control.
Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between seat position check. Perform a Tighten any loose
sensor, distribution board, continuity check on all connections. Replace any
and main controller board suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
are broken, loose or dirty. connections.

Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller


malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.

Error code E10 (Leg When ENABLE button is Leg position sensor is Replace suspect leg Replace leg position sensor.
Position Sensor Failure) pressed, or a function malfunctioning. position sensor with Refer to para 4.20.
displays on hand control. button is selected, error known working position
code E10 appears on sensor.
hand control.

Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between leg position sensor, check. Perform a Tighten any loose
distribution board, and main continuity check on all connections. Replace any
controller board are broken, suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
loose or dirty. connections.

Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller


malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.

Error code E11 (Internal When ENABLE button is Battery power level is too Plug power cord into If error code still appears,
RAM / Register Failure) pressed, error code E11 low to properly power table. table and press ENABLE recharge batteries.
displays on hand control. appears on hand control. button on hand control to
see if error code E11
displays now.

Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller


malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.
Error code E12 When ENABLE button is
(Calibrating data Failure) pressed, error code E12
displays on hand control. appears on hand control.

Error code E13 (Overheat When ENABLE button is Motor #1 is overheated and Wait 60 to 90 minutes to Wait 60 to 90 minutes to allow
- Motor #1) displays on pressed, error code E13 has tripped its primary allow motor to cool down motor #1 to cool down and
hand control. appears on hand control. thermostat. and the primary the primary thermostat to
thermostat to reset. reset. Replace primary
thermostat. Refer to para
4.46.
After table is operational If motor #1 overheats
again, check to see if continually (E13), replace
motor #1 overheats primary thermostat. Refer to
continually. para 4.46. If motor #1 still
continues to overheat (E13),
replace motor. Refer to para
4.32.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-12 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Error code E13 (Overheat When ENABLE button is Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
- Motor #1) displays on pressed, error code E13 between motor #1 primary check. Perform a Tighten any loose
hand control - Continued. appears on hand control - thermostat and main continuity check on all connections. Replace any
Continued. controller board are broken, suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
loose, or dirty. connections.
Error code E14 (Overheat When ENABLE button is Motor #2 is overheated and Wait 60 to 90 minutes to Wait 60 to 90 minutes to allow
- Motor #2) displays on pressed, error code E14 has tripped its primary allow motor to cool down motor to cool down and the
hand control. appears on hand control. thermostat. and the primary primary thermostat to reset.
thermostat to reset. Replace primary thermostat.
Refer to para 4.46.

After table is operational If motor #2 overheats


again, check to see if continually (E14), replace
motor #2 overheats primary thermostat. Refer to
continually. para 4.46. If motor #2 still
continues to overheat (E14),
replace motor. Refer to para
4.32.

Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between motor #2 primary check. Perform a Tighten any loose
thermostat and main continuity check on all connections. Replace any
controller board are broken, suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
loose, or dirty. connections.
Error code E15 (Hand When ENABLE button is One of two button switches See Figure 5-1 for this If check fails, replace button
Control Button Switch pressed, error code E15 for a function is stuck in check. Perform a board. Refer to para 4.4.
Failure) displays on hand appears on hand control. closed position or will not continuity check on both
control. complete circuit when button switches of
pressed. suspect function (button
switch not depressed =
open / button switch
depressed = continuity.

Hand control board is Replace suspect hand Replace hand control board.
malfunctioning. control board with known Refer to para 4.5.
working hand control
board.

Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
between hand control board, check. Perform a Tighten any loose
hand control port, continuity check on all connections. Replace any
distribution board, and main suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
control board are broken, connections.
loose, or dirty.
When the hand control is Leg section is installed on Orientation switch S2 or S5 Perform continuity check Replace malfunctioning
enabled, NORMAL seat section and head is malfunctioning -stuck on orientation switches orientation switch. Refer to
POSITION is displayed section is installed on leg open. (switch depressed = para 4.49.
even though table is in section. continuity)
reverse orientation.
Contacts or contact switches See Figure 5-1 for this Replace contact switches.
which provide wiring to check. Perform
orientation switch S5 are continuity check on
malfunctioning. contact switches / wiring.
Distribution board is Check for burned out Replace distribution board.
malfunctioning. traces on back of Refer to para 4.40.
distribution board.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-13 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


When the hand control is Leg section is installed on Wires or wire connections See Figure 5-1 for this Clean any dirty connections.
enabled, NORMAL seat section and head between contacts, contact check. Perform a Tighten any loose
POSITION is displayed section is installed on leg switches, or orientation continuity check on all connections. Replace any
even though table is in section - Continued. switches, distribution board, suspect wires or broken connectors or wires.
reverse orientation - or main controller board are connections.
Continued. broken, loose or dirty.

Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller


malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.
When the hand control is Leg section is installed on Wire for orientation switch Perform continuity check Repair wire so there is no
enabled, REVERSE seat section and head S5 on patients right side of between table frame and continuity between the wire
POSITION is displayed section is installed on back table, is grounded against wire. and the table frame.
even though table is in section. frame of table, sending main
normal orientation. controller board wrong
signal - (a ground signal
which incorrectly interprets
that head section is installed
on leg section). Problem
generally occurrs from wire
pinching due to leg joint
cover plate.
Distribution board is Check for burned out Replace distribution board.
malfunctioning. traces on back of Refer to para 4.40.
distribution board.

Main controller board is Replace suspect main Replace main controller


malfunctioning. controller board with board. Refer to para 4.37.
known working main
controller board.

When ENABLE and Main floor lock cylinders All floor lock valve spool is Check for foreign matter Remove valve spool and
UNLOCK buttons on hand do not retract properly. clogged. in valve spool. clean valve spool ports out.
control are pressed, floor Replace valve spool
lock cylinders do not component if necessary.
retract.
Inside surfaces of main floor Check for foreign matter Disassemble and clean main
lock cylinder is dirty / on inside surfaces of floor lock cylinders.
covered with foreign matter, main floor lock cylinders.
which prevents the cylinder
from retracting fully.
Pilot operated check valve is Check for broken or bent Remove pilot operated check
malfunctioning - not opening components or foreign valve components. Clean out
check valve or check valve matter in pilot operated any foreign matter. Replace
is clogged. check valve. any broken or bent
components.

Outrigger floor lock All floor lock valve spool is Check for foreign matter Remove valve spool and
cylinders do not retract clogged. in valve spool. clean valve spool ports out.
properly. Replace valve spool
component if necessary.

Inside surfaces of outrigger Check for foreign matter Disassemble and clean
floor lock cylinder is dirty / on inside surfaces of outrigger floor lock cylinders.
covered with foreign matter, outrigger floor lock
which prevents the cylinder cylinders.
from retracting fully.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-14 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction

When ENABLE and Outrigger floor lock Pilot operated check Check for broken or bent Remove pilot operated check
UNLOCK buttons on hand cylinders do not retract valve(s) is malfunctioning - components or foreign valve components. Clean out
control are pressed, floor properly - Continued. not opening check valve or matter in pilot operated any foreign matter. Replace
lock cylinders do not check valve is clogged. check valve. any broken or bent
retract - Continued. components.

All functions run too slow. No error codes are Motor pump is worn or Replace suspect motor Replace motor pump. Refer
displayed, but all functions leaking. pump with known to para 4.32 or 4.33.
are too slow or do not working motor pump.
extend or retract fully.
Motor pump pressure relief Replace suspect Replace pressure relief valve
valve is malfunctioning. pressure relief valve with and spring. Refer to para
known working pressure 4.35.
relief valve.

Discharge filter is clogged _ Replace discharge filter.


with foreign matter. Refer to para 4.29.

Supply line check valve is Remove supply line Remove supply line check
clogged with foreign matter. check valve and check valve and clean. Replace
for foreign matter. supply line check valve if
necessary. Refer to para
4.30.
Reservoir strainer is clogged Visually check reservoir Replace reservoir strainer.
with foreign matter. strainer for excessive Refer to para 4.33.
foreign matter.
One function is too slow; No error codes are Valve spool for suspect Check for foreign matter Remove valve spool and
the rest are operating displayed, but function is function is clogged. in valve spool. clean valve spool ports out.
properly. too slow or does not Replace valve spool
extend or retract fully. component if necessary.
One of pilot operated check Check for broken or bent Remove pilot operated check
valves for suspect function components or foreign valve components. Clean out
is malfunctioning - not matter in pilot operated any foreign matter. Replace
opening check valve or check valve. any broken or bent
check valve is clogged. components.
One of orifices for suspect Remove orifice and Remove orifice and clean.
function is clogged with check for foreign matter.
foreign matter (does not
apply to column cylinder or
floor lock cylinders).
Cylinder for suspect function Replace suspect cylinder Replace malfunctioning
is malfunctioning. with known working cylinder.
cylinder.
No error codes are Column plates and wear Check for foreign matter, Replace column plates or
displayed, but column pads are binding. corrosion, nicks, wear pads.
function moves too slowly scratches, or other
or does not extend or damage to wear surfaces
retract fully. of column plates or wear
pads.
One function is too fast; No error codes are One of orifices for suspect Check for missing orifice. Replace orifice.
the rest are operating displayed, but function is function is missing ( NOTE:
properly. too fast. only applies to early units
which have orifices external
to cylinders.)

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-15 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


One function's cylinder(s) One function's cylinder Valve spool for suspect Check for foreign matter Remove valve spool and
is drifting. drifts over time. function is malfunctioning - in valve spool. clean valve spool ports out.
stuck open. Replace valve spool
component if necessary.

One of pilot operated check Check for broken or bent Remove pilot operated check
valves for suspect function components or foreign valve components. Clean any
is malfunctioning - stuck matter in pilot operated foreign matter. Replace any
open. check valve. broken or bent components.
Hoses or tubes are leaking Check for leaking oil. Replace hoses or tubes. If
oil. necessary add oil to slave line
of function. Refer to para 4.6,
4.7, or 4.8.
All functions are jerky Function starts off with a Supply line check valve is Remove supply line Remove supply line check
when selected. jerky movement and then clogged with foreign matter - check valve and check valve and clean. Replace
moves smoothly. stuck open, allowing oil to for foreign matter. supply line check valve if
drain out of supply line. necessary. Refer to para
4.30.
One function is jerky when Function starts off with a Valve spool for suspect Check for foreign matter Remove valve spool and
selected; all other jerky movement and then function is malfunctioning - in valve spool. clean valve spool ports out.
functions operate properly. moves smoothly. stuck open allowing oil to Replace valve spool
drain from valve spool. component if necessary.
One of orifices for suspect Check for missing orifice. Replace orifice.
function is missing (NOTE:
only applies to early units
which have orifices external
to cylinders.)
One of pilot operated check Check for broken or bent Remove pilot operated check
valves for suspect function components or foreign valve components. Clean any
is malfunctioning - stuck matter in pilot operated foreign matter. Replace any
open, allowing oil to drain check valve. broken or bent components.
out of check valve.
Leg cylinders are not Leg board cracks during Oil needs to be added or _ Adjust the oil volume in the
synchronized. movement of function or removed from the leg slave leg slave line by performing
noticeable difference in line. leg cylinder synchronization
cylinder synchronization is procedure. Refer to para 4.6.
noticed.
Seat cylinders are not Seat board cracks during Oil needs to be added or _ Adjust the oil volume in the
synchronized. movement of function or removed from the seat slave seat slave line by performing
noticeable difference in line. seat cylinder synchronization
cylinder synchronization is procedure. Refer to para 4.7.
noticed.
When COLUMN DOWN Function starts off with a Oil needs to be removed _ Adjust the oil volume in the
function is selected, table jerky movement and then from the column slave line. column slave line. Refer to
jerks downward. moves smoothly. para 4.8.
The column function will Column cylinder does not Oil needs to be added to the _ Adjust the oil volume in the
not reach full height. extend fully. column slave line. column slave line. Refer to
para 4.8.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-16 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 2-1. Troubleshooting Guide

Problem Symptom Probable Cause Check Correction


Head section does not When release lever is Release point of gas Check release point of Adjust release point of gas
operate properly. squeezed, head section cylinder(s) in head section is gas cylinder(s). cylinder(s). Refer to para
cannot be moved. out of adjustment. 4.50.

Gas cylinder(s) is Replace suspect gas Replace gas cylinder(s).


malfunctioning. cylinder with known Refer to para 4.50.
working gas cylinder.

Head section drifts up or Release point of gas Check release point of Adjust release point of gas
down without release lever cylinder(s) in head section is gas cylinder(s). cylinder(s). Refer to para
being squeezed. out of adjustment. 4.50.

Gas cylinder(s) is Replace suspect gas Replace gas cylinder(s).


malfunctioning. cylinder with known Refer to para 4.50.
working gas cylinder.
Latching mechanism is not Section is not Latch spring pack assembly Check for broken spring If necessary, replace latch
working correctly. automatically captured by is malfunctioning. in latch spring pack spring pack assembly. Refer
latching mechanism. assembly. to para 4.52.

Foreign matter is causing Check for foreign matter Remove latch spring pack
latch spring pack assembly build-up. assembly and clean
to bind. components in latch spring
pack assembly. Refer to para
4.52.

Latch handle is binding. Check for foreign matter Remove latch handle and
build-up. clean. Refer to para 4.52.

Leg section moves Leg section does not Screws securing leg position Check for loose screws. Tighten loose screws (if
improperly during return to return to proper position sensor are loose. necessary coat threads of
level function. when the "Level" button is screws with removable
pressed. threadlocking adhesive
(Loctite 242). Refer to para
4.20.
Seat section moves Seat section does not Screws securing seat Check for loose screws. Tighten loose screws (if
improperly during return to return to proper position position sensor are loose. necessary coat threads of
level function. when the "Level" button is screws with removable
pressed. threadlocking adhesive
(Loctite 242). Refer to para
4.24.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-17 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION II
TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 2-18 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION III
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

SECTION III
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
3.1 Scheduled Maintenance periodically on the surgical table. These inspections
and services should be performed as often as indicated
Table 3-1 is a Scheduled Maintenance Chart which lists in the chart.
the inspections and services that should be performed

Table 3-1. Scheduled Maintenance Chart

Interval Inspection or Service What to Do


Semi-annually Obvious damage Visually check condition of surgical table for obvious damage such as: cracks in components,
missing components, dents in components, or any other visible damage which would cause
surgical table to be unsafe to operate or would compromise its performance. Repair surgical table
as necessary.
Fasteners / hardware Check surgical table for missing or loose fasteners/hardware. Replace any missing hardware and
tighten any loose hardware as necessary.

Warning and Check for missing or illegible decals. Replace decals as necessary.
instructional decals

Pivot points/ moving Lubricate all exposed pivot points, moving parts, and accessories with silicone based lubricant.
parts/ accessories

Hydraulic hoses, tubes, Check all hydraulic hoses, tubes and fittings for leaks. Replace any components causing leaks.
and fittings Replace and hoses or tubes with fraying, kinks, cuts, holes, or other damage.

Hydraulic components Run all functions and check hydraulic components for proper operation. Check hydraulic cylinders
for proper speed (Refer to Table 1-1). Clean or replace components as necessary.

Column assembly Run column assembly all the way up and all the way down. Check if column cylinder "jumps"
downward with a loud noise when lowered from top height (oil volume too high in column cylinder
slave line, resulting in overcompressed oil). Check if column cylinder raises table as high as it
should - 43.9 in. (11.5 cm). If necessary, adjust oil level in column cylinder slave line. Refer to
para 4.8. Check for binding or excessive sideways play in column assembly. Replace column
assembly if necessary.
Seat cylinders Remove seat section board and run seat function up and down. Use a straightedge to check if
synchronization seat cylinders are synchronized. If not, synchronize seat cylinders. Refer to para 4.7.

Leg cylinders Remove leg section board and run leg function up and down. Use a straightedge to check if leg
synchronization cylinders are synchronized. If not, synchronize leg cylinders. Refer to para 4.6.

Floor lock cylinders Check that floor lock cylinders extend fully and do not bind. If not, disassemble suspect floor lock
cylinder, clean, lubricate with silicone based lubricant, and reassemble. Refer to para 4.31.

Casters Check that casters roll and swivel freely. If not, disassemble casters, clean, lubricate with silicone
based lubricant, and reassemble.

Hand control Operate all functions using hand control and check for malfunctions. All functions should move as
depicted on hand control. When LEVEL button is pressed, table should return to level position ±
2°. If not, calibrate level position. Refer to para 4.3.
Foot control Operate all functions possible using foot control. If foot control is not operating properly, replace
components as necessary.

Emergency override Operate all functions possible using emergency override panel. If all functions do not work,
panel replace components as necessary.
Reverse position Set up table top in reverse position (See Figure 5-2). Hand control should read REVERSE
POSITION when enabled.

Oil level Check oil level in reservoir. Add oil if necessary. Refer to para 4.2.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 3-1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION III
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

Table 3-1. Scheduled Maintenance Chart - Continued

Interval Inspection or Service What to Do


Semi-annually - Oil level Check oil level in reservoir. Add oil if necessary. Refer to para 4.2.
Continued.
Latching mechanism Check latching mechansim for proper operation. Make sure a table section is automatically
captured by latching mechanisms when inserted. If not, remove latching mechanism, clean,
lubricate with silicone based luricant, and reassemble. Refer to para 4.52.
Cushions Check for rips, tears, or excessive wear. Replace cushions as necessary.
Accessories Check that all accessories have all of their components and that they function properly. If
necessary, repair or replace the accessory.

Operational Test Perform an Operational Test to determine if the surgical table is operating within its specifications
(Refer to para 2.1). Replace or adjust any malfunctioning components.

Every Six Years Reservoir strainers Replace reservoir strainer for each pump unit. Refer to para 4.33.

Discharge Filter Replace disharge filter. Refer to para 4.29.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 3-2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 Introduction
2

!
DANGER OIL

1 3
Refer to Operator Manual for SM
I

71
complete instructions on operating 00

surgery table. Failure to do so could result in


personal injury.

NOTE
Perform an operational test on surgery table after 1
repair is completed to confirm repair was properly
made and that all malfunctions were repaired.
3
OIL 1/16"
CHECK (1.6 mm)
The following paragraphs contain removal, installa- HOLE
tion, repair, and adjustment procedures for surgery
table.

4.2 Checking Oil Level / Adding Oil To


Reservoir 1"
(2.54cm)
A. Checking / Adding Oil

(1) Lower TABLE DOWN function until column


CA7617
assembly is fully retracted.
Figure 4-1. Checking / Adding Oil
NOTE
Pressing LEVEL button on the hand control will

!
accomplish following step. CAUTION
ISO Viscosity Grade 32 Premium Hydrau-
(2) Using hand control or emergency override lic Fluid is only type of oil which can be
panel, move Trendelenburg, seat, leg, and used in hydraulic system of this table. Failure to do
lateral tilt functions until table top is level. so could result in degraded table performance or
damage to hydraulic system.
(3) Using the hand control or emergency override
panel, unlock the floor locks. (7) If oil level is low, insert a funnel into oil check
hole and add ISO Viscosity Grade 32 Premium
(4) Remove hole plug (1, Figure 4-1) from base Hydraulic Fluid until proper oil level, as de-
weldment (2). scribed in step 6, is reached.

(5) Unscrew breather cap (3) from oil check hole. (8) Screw breather cap (3) into oil check hole.

(6) Using a flashlight, check oil level. Oil should be (9) Install hole plug (1) on base weldment (2).
approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm) below top of oil
check hole opening, which is when oil just
starts to cover top of motor pump housing.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.3 Calibration Of Return To Level / Neu- (3) If installed, remove head section from back
tral Position section.

A. Calibration (4) If installed, remove cushion from back section.

(1) Move table to a flat, level surface; then press (5) Place protractor at Position A; then using hand
ENABLE button on hand control to engage floor control, move LATERAL TILT LEFT and
locks. LATERAL TILT RIGHT functions until back
section is level (± 0.5 °) in side-to-side direc-
(2) Using a protractor, check to make sure base of tion.
table is level (± 1°) from front-to-rear and from
side-to-side. See Figure 4-2.

PROTRACTOR

POSITION
"A"

BACK
SECTION

SEAT
SECTION

LEG
SECTION

POSITION
"B"

POSITION
"C"

SM
I

71
00
POSITION
"D"

TABLE
BASE
ENABLE
EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

DIS

TRENDELENBURG AB
LE

REVERSE
TRENDELENBURG

LATERAL LATERAL
TILT LEFT 0° 0°
TILT RIGHT (+ / - 1°) (+ / - 1°)

SEAT SEAT
UP DOWN

LEG LE LEG
UP VE
L
DOWN
UN
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

CA7618

Figure 4-2. Leveling Table Top

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(6) Place protractor at Position B; then using hand


control, move TRENDELENBURG and RE- 3
VERSE TRENDELENBURG functions until
back section is level (± 0.5°) in front-to-rear 2
direction.

(7) Place protractor at Position C; then using hand CALIBRATION


BUTTON
control, move SEAT UP and SEAT DOWN
functions until seat section is level (± 0.5°).
ENABLE
(8) Place protractor at Position D; then using hand BUTTONS
control, move LEG UP and LEG DOWN
functions until leg section is level (± 0.5°). EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

DIS

(9) Repeat steps 5 thru 8 to ensure all sections of AB


LE

table top are properly leveled within ± 0.5°.

!
CAUTION
There are sixteen switch actuator plates 4
(4) in upper case. Use care when sepa-
rating upper and lower case to prevent switch
actuator plates from falling out and being lost.

(10) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-3) and sepa- LE


VE

rate upper case (2) from lower case (3).


L

UN
1
SM LO
CK
I

71
00
(11) Remove sixteen switch actuator plates (4) from
upper case (2).
CA7619

(12) Press ENABLE buttons; then within 10 sec-


Figure 4-3. Calibrating Neutral Position
onds, press the calibration button (display on
hand control should read "CALIBRATING 4.4 Hand Control Button Board Removal /
NEUTRAL POSITION").
Installation
(13) Install sixteen switch actuator plates (4) in
upper case (2). A. Removal

(14) Install lower case (3) on upper case (2) and (1) Disconnect hand control coil cord from table.
secure with six screws (1).
(2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-4) and sepa-
(15) If removed, install cushion on back section. rate upper case (2) from lower case (3).

(16) If removed, install head section on back (3) Remove sixteen switch actuator plates (4) from
section. See Figure 4-2. upper case (2).

(4) Remove four screws (5) from button board (6).

(5) Carefully disconnect button board (6) from


connector of hand control board (7).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-3 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.5 Hand Control Board Removal / Instal-


3
lation
5
2 A. Removal

6 (1) Remove hand control button board (Refer to


para 4.4).

(2) Tag and desolder seven wires (1, Figure 4-5)


7
from top side of hand control board (2).

(3) Tag and desolder one wire (3) from back side
EN
AB
LO
CK
LE of hand control board (2).
DIS
AB
LE

(4) Remove four screws (4) and standoffs (5) from


hand control board (2).

B. Installation

(1) Install four standoffs (5) on hand control board


(2) and secure with four screws (4).

LE
VE
L

UN
1
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

4 4
CA7620

Figure 4-4. Button Board Removal / Installation


5
B. Installation

!
CAUTION
Use care when connecting button board
to hand control board so that pins of
button board connector do not get bent or broken. 2
Broken or bent pins will result in board malfunction.
3

(1) Carefully connect button board (6) to hand


control board (7).

(2) Secure button board (6) to hand control board


(7) with four screws (5). 1
(3) Install sixteen switch actuator plates (4) in CA7621
upper case (2).
Figure 4-5. Hand Control Board
(4) Install lower case (3) on upper case (2) and Removal / Installation
secure with six screws (1).

(5) Connect hand control coil cord to table.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-4 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

!
CAUTION NOTE
Use proper soldering techniques. Use a When leg function reaches level (neutral position),
rosin core solder with 60 - 40 mix. Use a the function is stopped. This is not function's limit.
heat sink to prevent damage to components on hand Release button and repress it to continue moving to
control board. full up or down position.

(2) Using a soldering iron, solder one wire (3) to (4) Using hand control, press LEG DOWN button
back side of hand control board (2). to lower R.H. pivot weldment (2) downward as
far as it will go.
(3) Using a solder iron, solder seven wires (1) to
top side of hand control board (2). (5) Using a socket and extension, close valve (1)
by screwing it in until tight.
(4) Install hand control button board (Refer to
para 4.4). (6) Using hand control, press LEG UP button to
raise L.H. pivot weldment (3) upward as far as
4.6 Leg Cylinders Synchronization Proce- it will go.
dure
(7) Using a socket and extension, unscrew valve
A. Synchronization of Cylinders (1) approximately 1/2 turn, opening it.

NOTE
!
CAUTION
If seat cylinders are out of synchronizat- When leg function reaches level (neutral position),
ion, perform that synchronization proce- the function is stopped. This is not function's limit.
dure first (Refer to para 4.7). Otherwise, when seat Release button and repress it to continue moving to
synchronization procedure is performed, it may full up or down position.
invalidate the leg cylinder synchronization.
(8) Using hand control, press LEG UP button to
(1) If installed, remove leg section from table top. raise R.H. pivot weldment (2) upward as far as
See Figure 4-6. it will go.

(9) Using a socket and extension, close valve (1)


NOTE
by screwing it in. Tighten valve (1) to 11 - 12.5
When leg function reaches level (neutral position),
ft-lbs (15 - 17 N•m).
the function is stopped. This is not function's limit.
Release button and repress it to continue moving to
(10) Using hand control, use LEG DOWN and LEG
full up or down position.
UP buttons to run pivot weldments to their
limits; then run R.H. and L.H. pivot weldments
(2) Using hand control, raise LEG UP function all
(2 and 3) to a level position.
the way up.
(11) Use a straight edge, as shown in illustration, to
NOTE check synchronization of leg cylinders (R.H.
Valve is located on patients right side of table. pivot weldment (2) should be even with L.H.
pivot weldment (3)).
(3) Using a socket and extension, unscrew valve
(1, Figure 4-6) approximately 1/2 turn, open-
ing it.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-5 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

STRAIGHT
EDGE

3
2 3
END
VIEW

71
00

LEG
SECTION
EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

DIS
AB
LE

LEG LEG
UP
LE
VE
L
DOWN
UN
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

CA7622

Figure 4-6. Leg Cylinders Synchronization

(12) If R.H. pivot weldment (2) is too high in relation


NOTE to L.H. pivot weldment (3), open valve (1), and
The R.H. leg cylinder is the adjustable cylinder. Use press LEG DOWN button on hand control to
straight edge to see where R.H. pivot weldment (2) is lower R.H. pivot weldment.
in relation to L.H. pivot weldment (3); then perform
following step to synchronize right leg cylinder with If R.H. pivot weldment (2) is too low in relation
left leg cylinder. to L.H. pivot weldment (3), open valve (1), and
press LEG UP button on hand control to raise
During following step, only jog LEG UP or LEG R.H. pivot weldment.
DOWN functions a little at a time; it doesn't take
much movement. (13) Repeat steps 11 and 12 until R.H. pivot
weldment (2) is even with L.H. pivot weld-
ment (3).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-6 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(14) If opened in step 12, use a socket and exten- (2) Remove four plastic plugs (1, Figure 4-7) from
sion to close valve (1). Tighten valve (1) to 11 - seat section board (2).
12.5 ft-lbs (15 - 17 N•m).
(3) Remove four screws (3), and seat section
(15) If removed, install leg section on table top. board (2) from R.H. and L.H. seat weldments (4
and 5).
(16) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral
position (Refer to para 4.3). NOTE
When seat function reaches level (neutral position),
4.7 Seat Cylinders Synchronization Pro- the function is stopped. This is not function's limit.
cedure Release button and repress it to continue moving to
full up or down position.
A. Synchronization of Cylinders
(4) Using hand control, raise SEAT UP function all
(1) If installed, remove leg section from table top. the way up.
See Figure 4-7.
STRAIGHT
EDGE 1
2
3

4 5
END
VIEW

17
00

EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

DIS
AB
LE

SEAT
UP
6
SEAT
DOWN
LE
VE
L

UN
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

CA7623

Figure 4-7. Seat Cylinders Synchronization

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-7 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

NOTE NOTE
Valve is located on patients left side of table. The R.H. seat cylinder is the adjustable cylinder.
Use straight edge to see where R.H. seat weldment
(5) Using a socket and extension, unscrew valve (4) is in relation to L.H. seat weldment (5); then
(6) approximately 1/2 turn, opening it. perform following step to synchronize the right seat
cylinder with the left seat cylinder.
NOTE
When seat function reaches level (neutral position), During following step, only jog SEAT UP or SEAT
the function is stopped. This is not function's limit. DOWN functions a little at a time; it doesn't take
Release button and repress it to continue moving to much movement.
full up or down position.
(14) If R.H. seat weldment (4) is too high in relation
(6) Using hand control, press SEAT DOWN button to L.H. seat weldment (5), open valve (6), and
to lower R.H. seat weldment (4) downward as press SEAT DOWN button on hand control to
far as it will go. lower R.H. seat weldment.

(7) Using a socket and extension, close valve (6) If R.H. seat weldment (4) is too low in relation
by screwing it in until tight. to L.H. seat weldment (5), open valve (6), and
press SEAT UP button on hand control to raise
(8) Using hand control, press SEAT UP button to R.H. seat weldment.
raise L.H. seat weldment (5) upward as far as it
will go. (15) Repeat steps 13 and 14 until R.H. seat
weldment (4) is even with L.H. seat weld-
(9) Using a socket and extension, unscrew valve ment (5).
(6) approximately 1/2 turn, opening it.
(16) If opened in step 14, use a socket and exten-
NOTE sion to close valve (6). Tighten valve (6) to 11 -
When seat function reaches level (neutral position), 12.5 ft-lbs (15 - 17 N•m).
the function is stopped. This is not function's limit.
Release button and repress it to continue moving to (17) Install seat section board (2) on R.H. and L.H.
full up or down position. seat weldments (4 and 5) and secure with four
screws (3).
(10) Using hand control, press SEAT UP button to
raise R.H. seat weldment (4) upward as far as it (18) Install four plastic plugs (1) on seat section
will go. board (2).

(11) Using a socket and extension, close valve (6) (19) If necessary, perform leg cylinder synchroniza-
by screwing it in. Tighten valve (6) to 11 - tion procedure (Refer to para 4.6).
12.5 ft-lbs (15 - 17 N•m).
(20) If removed, install leg section on table top.
(12) Using hand control, use SEAT DOWN and
SEAT UP buttons to run seat weldments to (21) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral
their limits; then run R.H. and L.H. seat position (Refer to para 4.3).
weldments (4 and 5) to a level position.

(13) Use a straight edge, as shown in illustration, to


check synchronization of seat cylinders (R.H.
seat weldment (4) should be even with L.H.
seat weldment (5)).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-8 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.8 Column Cylinder Slave Line Volume

!
Adjustment DANGER
Tilt table sideways until weight of table
A. Volume Adjustment just starts to go "over center". Tilting
table too far will put full weight of table on
(1) Using hand control, press TABLE UP button to assistant. Table is very heavy and could cause
extend column assembly as high as it will go. serious back injury or table could get away from
See Figure 4-8. assistant, causing serious personal injury or
damage to table.

(2) With help of an assistant, tilt table toward left


until valve (1, Figure 4-8) can be accessed.

COLUMN HEAD END


ASSEMBLY

SM
I

71
00

EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

DIS
AB
LE

TABLE TABLE
UP DOWN

1
LE
VE
L

UN
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

CA7624

Figure 4-8. Column Cylinder Slave Line Volume Adjustment

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-9 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(3) Using a socket and extension, unscrew valve 4.9 Trendelenburg Cylinder Removal /
(1) approximately 1/2 turn, opening it. Installation
(4) Lower table back onto floor. A. Removal
(5) Using hand control, press TABLE DOWN (1) If Trendelenburg cylinder is moveable, move
button to lower column assembly downward as seat, leg, table, and trendelenburg functions
far as it will go. until weight of table top is resting on floor as
shown in illustration. If table is not functional,
(6) Using hand control, press TABLE UP button to support weight of table top with supports.
extend column assembly upward as far as it will
go. (2) Disconnect spring (1, Figure 4-9) from front
bridge cover (2).

!
CAUTION
Do not lower column assembly more than (3) Remove two screws (3) and front bridge cover
1/16 in. (1.6 mm). Lowering column (2) from seat weldments (4).
assembly more than 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) will reduce the
maximum height capability of table. Not lowering (4) Remove four screws (5) which secure column
column assembly at all leaves too much oil in slave covers (6) and upper column cover (7) to
line, resulting in over-compressed oil in slave line column assembly (8).
when column assembly is fully extended. Then,
when column assembly is lowered, the over-com- (5) Remove six screws (9), column covers (6), and
pressed oil in slave line causes column cylinder to upper column cover (7) from column assem-
"jump" downward, making a noticeable noise and a bly (8).
noticeable jolting movement.
(6) Tag two hoses (1, Figure 4-10).
(7) Using hand control, press TABLE DOWN
button to lower column assembly 1/32 to 1/16 (7) Remove two fitting connectors (2), fitting seals
in. (0.8 to 1.6 mm). (3), and hoses (1) from trendelenburg cylin-
der (4).

!
DANGER
Tilt table sideways until weight of table (8) Cut cable tie which secures two hoses (1) to
just starts to go "over center". Tilting tube.
table too far will put full weight of table on
assistant. Table is very heavy and could cause (9) Remove two retaining rings (5) from cylinder
serious back injury or table could get away from connecting pin (6).
assistant, causing serious personal injury or

!
damage to table. DANGER
If weight of table top is not properly
(8) With help of an assistant, tilt table over far supported, as described in step 1,
enough to access valve (1). before performing following steps, table top
could fall when cylinder connecting pin is re-
(9) Using a socket and extension, close valve (1). moved, causing serious personal injury or death
Tighten valve (1) to 11-12.5 ft-lbs (15-17 N•m). to technician.

(10) Using hand control, press TABLE UP and (10) Using a hammer and punch, drive cylinder
TABLE DOWN buttons to run the column connecting pin (6) out of trendelenburg cylin-
function all the way up and down. Check that der (4).
column assembly does not jump downward
when column assembly is lowered from a fully (11) Remove four screws (7), lockwashers (8), and
extended position. Check that maximum table pivot bracket (9) from pivot block (10). Remove
height has not been compromised (Refer to Trendelenburg cylinder (4) from table.
Table 1-2 for specifications).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-10 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

9
7 SUPPORT

4
6
3

8
1

2
SM
I

71
00

CA7625

Figure 4-9. Covers Removal / Installation


(12) Loosen setscrew (11). (3) Install pivot bracket (9) on pivot block (10) and
secure with four lockwashers (8) and screws
(13) Using a hammer and punch, drive cylinder (7). Tighten screws (7) to 51.6 ft-lbs (70 N•m).
connecting pin (12) out of pivot bracket (9), and
separate pivot bracket from Trendelenburg (4) Coat o-rings on fitting connectors (2) and fitting
cylinder (4). seals (3) with oil.

B. Installation (5) Connect two hoses (1) to Trendelenburg


cylinder (4) and secure with fitting seals (3) and
(1) Install pivot bracket (9, Figure 4-10) on fitting connectors (2).
Trendelenburg cylinder (4) and secure with
cylinder connecting pin (12). (6) Using hand control, extend or retract
Trendelenburg cylinder (4) until base of cylinder
(2) Secure cylinder connecting pin (12) in place by is aligned with bracket (13).
tightening setscrew (11).
(7) Secure base of Trendelenburg cylinder (4) to
bracket (13) with cylinder connecting pin (6).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-11 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.10 Trendelenburg Pilot Operated Check


Valve Removal / Installation
10
A. Removal
12
9 (1) If Trendelenburg cylinder is movable, move
8 seat, leg, table, and trendelenburg functions
11 until weight of table top is resting on floor as
7 shown in illustration. If table is not functional,
4 support weight of table top with supports.

(2) Disconnect spring (1, Figure 4-11) from front


bridge cover (2).
2
CABLE 1
TIE (3) Remove four screws (3) which secures column
3 covers (4) and upper column cover (5) to
column assembly (6).
13
5
(4) Remove six screws (7), column covers (4), and
1 6 upper column cover (5) from column assem-
bly (6).
5

!
3 DANGER
2 CA7626 Make sure weight of table top is being
properly supported during following
Figure 4-10. Trendelenburg Cylinder steps. When plugs are removed, hydraulic oil
Removal / Installation keeping Trendelenburg cylinder stationary, will
no longer be constrained, allowing table top to
(8) Install two retaining rings (5) on cylinder lower. Failure to properly support table top
connecting pin (6). could result in serious personal injury or death
to technician.
(9) Secure two hoses (1) to tube with cable tie.
NOTE
(10) Using hand control, move table top until weight The procedure to remove / install either pilot oper-
of table top is no longer being supported by ated check valve is the same, with exception of an
floor or supports. additional step for rod end input pilot operated check
valve. The additional step is included in this proce-
(11) Install upper column cover (7, Figure 4-9) and dure.
column covers (6) on column assembly (8) and
secure with four screws (5). Also, illustration shows removal / installation of both
pilot operated check valves. Follow portion of art
(12) Secure column covers (6) together with six that applies.
screws (9).
(5) Remove large plug (1, Figure 4-12) from
(13) Install front bridge cover (2) on seat weldments manifold (2).
(4) and secure with two screws (3).
(6) If removing pilot operated check valve which
(14) Connect spring (1) to front bridge cover (2). affects input to base of Trendelenburg cylinder,
remove small plug (A) from manifold (2); then
(15) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2). proceed to step 8.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-12 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

SUPPORT
1

2
4
4

SM
I

71
00

CA7627

Figure 4-11. Covers Removal / Installation


(7) If removing pilot operated check valve which (8) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew
affects input to rod end of Trendelenburg guide shaft (3) and remove spring (4), washer
cylinder, perform the following steps before (5), nylon washer (6), and check valve (7) from
proceeding to step 8: manifold (2).

a. Remove fitting connector (B), fitting seal (9) Using a small punch or Allen wrench, push pilot
(C), and disconnect tube (D) from upper piston (8) out of manifold (2).
manifold (E).
(10) Remove spring (9) from manifold (2).
b. Disconnect tube (D) from male connec-
tor (F). B. Installation

CAUTION (1) Clean all metal components with degreasing


There is an orifice in male connector (F). solution and allow to air dry. Flush out manifold
Do not lose orifice or table speed will be (2, Figure 4-12) using clean oil.
affected.

c. Remove male connector (F) from mani-


fold (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-13 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(5) Install spring (9) and pilot piston (8) in mani-


fold (2).

(6) Using a punch or Allen wrench, push on pilot


E piston (8) to ensure that it moves freely (ap-
ROD END C
INPUT PILOT proximately 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) travel).
OPERATED
B
CHECK VALVE
(7) If installing pilot operated check valve which
D affects input to base of Trendelenburg cylinder,
4 3 coat o-ring of small plug (A) with oil; then install
5 small plug in manifold (2). Then, go to step 9.
6 F
7 (8) If installing pilot operated check valve which
affects input to rod end of Trendelenburg
2 9 cylinder, perform the following steps before
1 proceeding to step 9:
8
8 a. Install male connector (F) in manifold (2).
1
9 b. Connect tube (D) to male connector (F).

c. Coat o-rings on fitting connector (B) and


7 fitting seal (C) with oil.
6
5 d. Connect tube (D) to upper manifold (E) with
A fitting seal (C) and fitting connector (B).
4 3
BASE INPUT PILOT (9) Coat o-ring on large plug (1) with oil.
OPERATED CHECK VALVE CA7628
(10) Install large plug (1) in manifold (2).
Figure 4-12. Trendelenburg Pilot Operated
Check Valve Removal / Installation (11) Using hand control, move table top until weight
of table top is no longer being supported by
(2) Install nylon washer (6) and washer (5) on
floor or supports. See Figure 4-11.
check valve (7).
(12) Install upper column cover (5, Figure 4-11) and
(3) Install assembled check valve (7) and spring
column covers (4) on column assembly (6) and
(4) in manifold (2) and secure with guide
secure with four screws (3).
shaft (3).
(13) Secure column covers (4) together with six

!
CAUTION screws (7).
Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail-
ure to do so will result in improper func- (14) Connect spring (1) to front bridge cover (2).
tioning of check valve. However, do not use exces-
sive force on guide shaft to prevent damaging
components.

(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw


guide shaft (3) inward until it bottoms out in
manifold (2); then unscrew guide shaft two full
turns.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-14 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.11 Trendelenburg Cylinder Orifice(s)


Removal / Installation (Old Style NOTE
Cylinders Only) The procedure to remove / install either orifice is
same. The illustration shows removal / installation of
A. Removal both orifices. Follow portion of art that applies.

(1) Using hand control, raise TABLE UP function (3) Disconnect hose assembly (3) from swivel
all the way up fitting (4).

(2) Press in on both sides of second column cover (4) Loosen fitting connector (5) and then rotate
(1, Figure 4-13) until catch of second column swivel fitting (4) 180° so its port is facing
cover is free from catch of top column cover downward.
(2). Lower second column cover (1) down out
of way. (5) Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice (6)
out of port of swivel fitting (4).

B. Installation
3
(1) Rotate swivel fitting (4) upward 180° so port of
6 swivel fitting is facing upward; then tighten
fitting connector (5).
PORT

5 (2) Install orifice (6) in port of swivel fitting (4),


making sure orifice is fully seated.
4
ROD END (3) Connect hose assembly (3) to swivel fitting (4).
ORIFICE
2 (4) Press in on both sides of second column cover
(1); then raise second column cover until its
catch is above catch of top column cover (2).
CATCH
Release second column cover.
1
4.11.1 Trendelenburg Cylinder Orifice(s)
Removal / Installation (New Style
Cylinders Only)
3 A. Removal
SM
I

71 6
00
(1) Using hand control, raise TABLE UP function
all the way up
PORT

4 (2) Press in on both sides of second column cover


(1, Figure 4-13.1) until catch of second column
cover is free from catch of top column cover
5
BASE (2). Lower second column cover (1) down out
ORIFICE of way.
CA7629

NOTE
Figure 4-13. Trendelenburg Cylinder Orifice(s) The base orifice for new style Trendelenburg cylinder
Removal / Installation is non-removable; it is built into the cylinder.

(3) Remove fitting connector (3) and fitting seal (4)


which secures tube (5) to manifold (6).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-15 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(2) Install orifice (9) in male connector (7), making


sure orifice is fully seated.
6
(3) Connect tube (5) to male connector (7).
3
(4) Coat o-rings of fitting seal (4) and fitting con-
nector (3) with oil.
4
(5) Connect tube (5) to manifold (6) and secure
ROD END 5 with fitting seal (4) and fitting connector (3).
ORIFICE

9 (6) Press in on both sides of second column cover


(1); then raise second column cover until its
catch is above catch of top column cover (2).
7 Release second column cover.

8 4.12 Trendelenburg Position Sensor


2 Removal / Installation

A. Removal
CATCH
1 (1) Using emergency override panel, run
Trendelenburg function until back section of
table top is within ±3° of level from front-to-rear.

(2) Using emergency override panel, run LATERAL


TILT LEFT function all the way to its limit.
SM
I
(3) Tag and disconnect three wires (1, Figure 4-14)
71
00
from terminals of Trendelenburg position
sensor (2).
CA7651
(4) Remove two screws (3), Trendelenburg
Figure 4-13.1 Trendelenburg Cylinder Orifice(s) position sensor (2), and spacer (4) from R.H. tilt
Removal / Installation bracket (5).
(4) Remove tube (5) from male connector (7).
B. Installation
(5) Remove male connector (7) from manifold (8).
(1) Using terminals of Trendelenburg position
sensor (2) as a reference point, rotate inner
(6) Using a sharp knife, pry orifice (9) from male
wheel in clockwise and counterclockwise
connector (7).
direction as far as it will go and then determine
the center point of the inner wheel's rotation.
B. Installation

(1) Install male connector (7) in manifold (8).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-16 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.13 Lateral Tilt Cylinder Removal /


Installation

A. Removal

(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-15), four


screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4).
+/- 3°
(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove
four screws (6).

2 4
(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover
71
00
1 gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
ments (4).

(4) Remove upper front bridge cover (8) by pulling


it out of two snap receptacles (9).
5
INNER
TERMINALS WHEEL
(5) Cover distribution board (1, Figure 4-16) with
3 rag to protect it from oil.

TERMINALS
1
EDGE OF WHEEL WHICH
IS CENTER POINT 2
FACES TOWARD
TERMINALS

CA7630
3 6
Figure 4-14. Trendelenburg Position 8
Sensor Removal / Installation 5
(2) Rotate the edge of the inner wheel which 7
represents the center point of the inner wheel, POST
so it is facing terminals of Trendelenburg
position sensor (2). 4

(3) Install spacer (4) and Trendelenburg position


sensor (2) on R.H. tilt bracket (5) and secure
with two screws (3), making sure center point is 9
not rotated.

(4) Connect three wires (1) to terminals of


Trendelenburg position sensor (2).
4
(5) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral
position procedure (Refer to para 4.3).
CA7631

Figure 4-15. Covers Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-17 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

B. Installation
6 2
4
(1) Install brass spacer (13, Figure 4-16) on
3 12 mounting stud (12).
13
8 NOTE
If necessary, move table by hand to align lateral tilt
7 cylinder with mounting studs.

Also, use socket to get swivel bearings of lateral tilt


cylinder started on mounting studs; the socket helps
prevent the swivel bearings from getting cocked.

11 (2) Install lateral tilt cylinder (5) on mounting studs


(12) and secure with washers (10 and 11) and
12 two locknuts (9).
9
5 10 (3) Coat o-rings on fitting connector (6) and fitting
seal (7) with oil.
RAG
(4) Connect hose (8) to lateral tilt cylinder (5) and
secure with fitting seal (7) and connector
1 bolt (6).

(5) Install male connector (3) on lateral tilt cylin-


der (5).
CA7632
(6) Install orifice (4) in male connector (3), making
Figure 4-16. Lateral Tilt Cylinder sure orifice is fully seated.
Removal / Installation
(7) Connect hose (2) to male connector (3).
(6) Tag and disconnect hose (2) from male con-
nector (3). (8) Install upper front bridge cover (8, Figure 4-15)
by pressing two posts of front bridge cover into
(7) Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice (4) two snap receptacles (9).
from male connector (3).
(9) Install two cover gaskets (5) and bridge cover
(8) Remove male connector (3) from lateral tilt (7) on R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4); then
cylinder (5). bend lip of cover gaskets back and install four
screws (6).
(9) Remove fitting connector (6), fitting seal (7),
and disconnect hose (8) from lateral tilt cylin- (10) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and
der (5). L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
screws (2).
(10) Remove two locknuts (9) and washers (10 and
11) from two mounting studs (12). (11) Install four plugs (1) on back section table
top (3).
(11) While supporting table top, remove lateral tilt
cylinder (5) from mounting studs (12). (12) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).

(12) Remove brass spacer (13) from mounting


stud (12).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-18 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.14 Lateral Tilt Orifice(s) Removal / (5) If removing orifice which affects input to rod
Installation end of lateral tilt cylinder, perform the following:

A. Removal a. Disconnect hose (2) from male connec-


tor (3).
(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-17), four
screws (2), and back section table top (3) from b. Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4). (4) from male connector (3).

(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove (6) If removing orifice which affects input to base of
four screws (6). lateral tilt cylinder, perform the following:

(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover a. Disconnect hose (5) from swivel fitting (6).
gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
ments (4). b. Loosen fitting connector (7) and then rotate
swivel fitting (6) so its port is facing down-
(4) Cover distribution board (1, Figure 4-18) with ward.
rag to protect it from oil.
2 ROD END
ORIFICE
1 4
3
2

3
BASE END
6 ORIFICE
5
7 7
6
PORT

4
5

RAG

1
CA7633

Figure 4-17. Covers Removal / Installation


CA7634

Figure 4-18. Lateral Tilt Orifices


Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-19 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

c. Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice


(8) out of port of swivel fitting (6). 1

B. Installation 2

(1) If installing orifice which affects input to base of


lateral tilt cylinder, perform the following steps
before proceeding to step 3: 3
6
a. Rotate swivel fitting (6, Figure 4-18) so its 5
port is facing toward hose (5); then tighten
fitting connector (7). 7

b. Install orifice (8) in port of swivel fitting (6),


making sure orifice is fully seated. 4

c. Connect hose (5) to swivel fitting (6).


4
(2) If installing orifice which affects input to rod end
of lateral tilt cylinder, perform the following
steps before proceeding to step 3:

a. Install orifice (4) in male connector (3),


making sure orifice is fully seated.

b. Connect hose (2) to male connector (3).


CA7635
(3) Remove rag from distribution board (1).
Figure 4-19. Covers Removal / Installation
(4) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-17) and
bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side (3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover
weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
back and install four screws (6). ments (4).

(5) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and (4) Cover distribution board (1, Figure 4-20) with
L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four rag to protect it from oil.
screws (2).
NOTE
(6) Install four plugs (1) on back section table The procedure to remove / install either pilot oper-
top (3). ated check valve is the same, with exception of an
additional step for base input pilot operated check
4.15 Lateral Tilt Pilot Operated Check valve. The additional step is included in this proce-
Valves Removal / Installation dure.

A. Removal Also, illustration shows removal / installation of both


pilot operated check valves. Follow portion of art
(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-19), four that applies.
screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4). (5) Remove large plug (2) from manifold (3).

(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove


four screws (6).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-20 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

b. Remove fitting connector (D), fitting seal


BASE INPUT PILOT
7 OPERATED CHECK VALVE (E), and disconnect tube (B) from mani-
5 fold (3).

(8) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew


8 2
9 guide shaft (4) and remove spring (5), washer
6 A (6), nylon washer (7), and check valve (8) from
4 10
manifold (3).

B E 3 (9) Using a small punch or Allen wrench, push pilot


piston (9) out of manifold (3).

(10) Remove spring (10) from manifold (3).

B. Installation
C
(1) Clean all metal components with degreasing
solution and allow to air dry. Flush out manifold
D
(3, Figure 4-20) using clean oil.
5
7
8 (2) Install nylon washer (7) and washer (6) on
check valve (8).
10 4
(3) Install assembled check valve (8) and spring
9 6 (5) in manifold (3) and secure with guide
2 ROD END INPUT PILOT shaft (4).
OPERATED CHECK VALVE

!
CAUTION
RAG
Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail-
ure to do so will result in improper func-
1 tioning of check valve. However, use caution as
using excessive force on guide shaft will damage
components.

(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw


guide shaft (4) inward until it bottoms out in
CA7636
manifold (3); then unscrew guide shaft two full
turns.
Figure 4-20. Lateral Tilt Pilot Operated
Check Valve Removal / Installation (5) Install spring (10) and pilot piston (9) in mani-
(6) If removing pilot operated check valve which fold (3).
affects input to rod end of lateral tilt cylinder,
remove small plug (A) from manifold (3); then (6) Using a punch or Allen wrench, push on pilot
proceed to step 8. piston (9) to ensure that it moves freely (ap-
proximately 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) travel).
(7) If removing pilot operated check valve which
affects input to base of lateral tilt cylinder, (7) If installing pilot operated check valve which
perform the following steps before proceeding affects input to rod end of lateral tilt cylinder,
to step 8: install small plug (A) in manifold (3); then
proceed to step 9.
a. Disconnect tube (B) from swivel fitting (C).
(8) If installing pilot operated check valve which
affects input to base of lateral tilt cylinder,

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-21 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

perform the following steps before proceeding


to step 9: 1

a. Coat o-rings of fitting connector (D) and 2


fitting seal (E) with oil.

b. Connect tube (B) to manifold (3) and secure


with fitting seal (E) and fitting connector (D). 3
6
c. Connect tube (B) to swivel fitting (C). 5

(9) Install large plug (2) in manifold (3). 7

(10) Remove rag from distribution board (1).


4
(11) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-19) and
bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side
4
weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets
back and install four screws (6).

(12) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and


L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
screws (2).

(13) Install four plugs (1) on back section table


top (3).
CA7635
4.16 Lateral Tilt Position Sensor Removal
/ Installation Figure 4-21. Covers Removal / Installation

A. Removal
NOTE
If necessary, cut cable ties and move hoses out of
(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-21), four
way.
screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4).
(6) Remove two screws (3), lateral tilt position
sensor (2), and spacer (4) from rear cross
(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove
member (5).
four screws (6).
B. Installation
(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover
gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
(1) Using terminals of lateral tilt position sensor (2,
ments (4).
Figure 4-22) as a reference point, rotate inner
wheel in clockwise and counterclockwise
(4) Using emergency override panel, run lateral tilt
direction as far as it will go and then determine
function until back section of table top is within
the center point if the inner wheel's rotation.
±3° of level from side-to-side. See Figure 4-22.
(2) Rotate the edge of the inner wheel which
(5) Tag and disconnect three wires (1, Figure 4-22)
represents the center point of the inner wheel,
from terminals of lateral tilt position sen-
so it is facing terminals of lateral tilt position
sor (2).
sensor (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-22 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(8) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and


3 L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
screws (2).
1 2

4 (9) Install four plugs (1) on back section table


top (3).
5
4.17 Leg Cylinder Removal / Installation
INNER A. Removal
WHEEL

TERMINALS (1) If installed, remove leg section from seat


section.

EDGE OF (2) Using hand control or emergency override


WHEEL WHICH
IS CENTER POINT panel, raise SEAT UP function all the way up.
FACES TOWARD
TERMINALS
(3) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-23), four
screws (2), and seat section table top (3) from
seat weldments (4).
(+ / - 3°)
(4) Remove six screws (5), two washers (6) (if
used), and access cover (7) from seat
weldment (4).

(5) Remove hole plug (8) from seat weldment (4).

(6) Using pin extractor, pull connecting pin (9) out


of seat weldment (4). Refer to Table 1-2 for
special tool.

(7) Remove two screws (1, Figure 4-24) and cover


CA7638
plate (2) from pivot weldment (3).
Figure 4-22. Lateral Position
(8) Using pin extractor, pull pin (4) out of pivot
Sensor Removal / Installation
weldment (3).
(3) Install spacer (4) and lateral tilt position sensor
(2) on rear cross member (5) and secure with (9) Remove wire slot cover (5) from wire slot in
two screws (3), making sure center point does pivot weldment (3).
not get changed.
NOTE
(4) Connect three wires (1) to terminals of lateral On early tables, contact assembly is not threaded.
tilt position sensor (2). Use short "L" portion of Allen Wrench to push out
contact assembly from back side instead of perform-
(5) Install any cable ties which were removed. ing steps 10 and 11.

(6) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral (10) Using needle nosed pliers, pull contact out of
position procedure (Refer to para 4.3). contact assembly (6).

(7) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-21) and (11) Unscrew contact assembly (6) from pivot
bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side weldment (3); then push contact assembly out
weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets front side of pivot weldment.
back and install four screws (6).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-23 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

1 ALLEN 5
WRENCH

2
15
WIRE
SLOT WIRE
16 CHANNEL
3
7
8 14 2
9 6

4
PIVOT
WELDMENT
SHRINK 1
WRAP 3
TUBING 4
BRACKET CONTACT
13
10
10 12 PIN
EXTRACTOR

7
8
11
9

SHRINK
6 WRAP
5 TUBING
9 CA7642

Figure 4-24. Wires Disconnection / Connection


(16) Pull wires (4) out of pivot weldment (5) and
clevis assembly (3).
PIN
EXTRACTOR (17) Remove two screws (6) and one shaft keeper
CA7641 (7) from each side of pivot weldment (5).

Figure 4-23. Connecting Pin Removal / Installation (18) Remove outboard stub shaft (8), inboard stub
shaft (9), pivot weldment (5), and two wiper
(12) Desolder wire (7) from contact assembly (6) washers (10) from seat weldment (11).
and remove contact assembly.
(19) Loosen setscrew (12).
(13) Unscrew cap (8) and remove spring washer
(9), spacers (10), spacer tube (11), and switch NOTE
plunger assembly (12) from pivot weldment (3).
It is necessary to push up on clevis assembly while
sliding it, to get connecting pin to align with cutout.
(14) Desolder two wires (13) from terminals of
switch plunger assembly (12) and remove
(20) Slide clevis assembly (3) toward cutout, until
switch plunger assembly.
connecting pin (13) can be accessed thru
cutout.
(15) Remove screw (1, Figure 4-25) and cable
clamp (2) from clevis assembly (3).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-24 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

ROD
2

4
14
11
CUTOUT BRACKET
1

13
3 12
ROD
11
PIN 10
HOLE 7
3
PIN
HOLES
8 6 CA7644

3 Figure 4-26. Leg Position Sensor


Removal / Installation

a. Cut two cable ties securing wires (1, Figure


4-27) to rod of R.H. leg cylinder (2).

b. Cut cable ties securing hoses (3) together.

c. Tag three hoses (3).


10
PIN d. Remove three fitting connectors (4), fitting
HOLE
5 4 9 seals (5), and hoses (3) from R.H. leg cylin-
2 1 der (2). Remove R.H. leg cylinder from
CA7643
table.
Figure 4-25. Pivot Weldment Removal / Installation
(24) If removing leg cylinder from left side of table,
(21) Using hammer and punch, drive connecting pin
perform the following steps:
(13) out of clevis (3) and then remove clevis.
Allow leg cylinder (14) to lower and hang from
a. Cut two cable ties securing wires (1, Figure
its hoses.
4-27) to rod of L.H. leg cylinder (2).
(22) If removing leg cylinder from right side of table,
b. Tag two hoses (A).
perform the following additional steps before
proceeding to step 23:
c. Remove two fitting connectors (B), fitting
seals (C), and hoses (A) from L.H. leg cylin-
a. Remove screw (1, Figure 4-26) which is
der (2).
securing bracket of leg position sensor
assembly (2) to rod of leg cylinder (3).
d. Disconnect hose (D) from male connec-
tor (E).
b. Remove two screws (4) and leg position
sensor assembly (2) from leg cylinder (3).
e. Remove male connector (E) from reduction
fitting (F).
(23) If removing leg cylinder from right side of table,
perform the following steps:

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-25 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

B. Installation
L.H. LEG
A CYLINDER (1) If installing leg cylinder on left side of table,
B perform the following steps before proceeding
to step 4:
CABLE
TIES
a. Install male connector (E, Figure 4-27) on
C reduction fitting (F).

b. Connect hose (D) to male connector (E).


F D
E c. Coat o-rings of fitting seals (C) and fitting
1 connectors (B) with oil.

CABLE d. Connect two hoses (A) to L.H. leg cylinder


TIES (2) with two fitting seals (C) and fitting
connectors (B).
TUBE
e. Secure hoses (A) and (D) to tube of L.H. leg
cylinder (2) with a cable tie.
2
f. Secure two wires (1) to rod of L.H. leg
ROD
4 cylinder (2) with two cable ties; one closest
to cylinder body should be secured loosely.
3
(2) If installing leg cylinder on right side of table,
perform the following steps before proceeding
R.H. LEG to step 3:
CYLINDER
CABLE a. Coat o-rings of three fitting seals (5, Figure
TIES 4-27) and fitting connectors (4) with oil.
5
1 b. Connect three hoses (3, Figure 4-27) to
R.H. leg cylinder (2) with three fitting seals
(5) and fitting connectors (4).

c. Secure hoses (3) in place with cable ties.


CABLE
TIES
d. Secure two wires (1) to rod of R.H. leg
cylinder (2) with two cable ties; one closest
to cylinder body should be secured loosely.

(3) If installing leg cylinder in right side of table,


2 perform the following additional steps before
proceeding to step 4:
ROD
CA7645
NOTE
Figure 4-27. Hoses Disconnection / Connection If necessary, use hand control or emergency over-
ride panel to extend or retract rod of R.H. leg cylinder
f. Cut cable tie securing hoses (A and D) to so bracket of leg position sensor assembly can be
tube of L.H. leg cylinder (2). Remove L.H. positioned correctly on rod.
leg cylinder from table.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-26 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

a. Install leg position sensor assembly (2, (16) Route wire (7) thru pivot weldment (3).
Figure 4-26) on R.H. leg cylinder (3) and
secure with two screws (4), after making (17) Slide one piece of shrink wrap tubing on
sure bracket is in position on rod of R.H. leg wire (7).
cylinder.
NOTE
b. Secure bracket to rod of R.H. leg cylinder Use proper solder techniques and 60/40 resin core
(2) with screw (1). solder.

(4) Position clevis assembly (3, Figure 4-25) in end (18) Solder wire (7) to terminal of contact assem-
of seat weldment (11). bly (6).

(5) Install rod end of leg cylinder (14) on clevis (3) (19) Slide shrink wrap tubing over bare wire (7) and
and secure with connecting pin (13). terminal of contact assembly (6). Using a heat
source, heat shrink wrap tubing until it has
(6) Secure connecting pin (13) in place by tighten- shrunk securely in place.
ing setscrew (12).
(20) Screw contact assembly (6) into pivot weld-
(7) Install two wiper washers (10), and pivot ment (3).
weldment (5) on seat weldment (11) and
secure with inboard stub shaft (9) and outboard (21) Using needle nosed pliers, insert contact into
stub shaft (8). contact assembly (6) until tip of contact is 5/16
in. (7.5 mm) from front face of pivot weldment.
(8) Align pin holes of wiper washers (10) with pin
holes of pivot weldment (5). (22) Push wires (7 and 13) in wire slot of pivot
weldment (3); then insert wire slot cover (5) in
(9) Secure each stub shaft (8 and 9) with a shaft wire slot.
keeper (7) and two screws (6).
(23) Align clevis (14) with pin holes in wiper washers
(10) Route wires (4) thru wire holes in clevis assem- (15) and pivot weldment (3); then install
bly (3) and inboard stub shaft (9). pin (4).

(11) Secure wires (4) to clevis assembly (3) with (24) Align flat edges of inboard stub shaft (16) and
cable clamp (2) and screw (1). pin (4).

!
(12) Slide one piece of shrink wrap tubing on each CAUTION
wire (13, Figure 4-24). Make sure wires are not being pinched by
cover. Otherwise, wires will be damaged,
NOTE causing the table to malfunction.
Use proper solder techniques and 60/40 resin core
solder. (25) Position cover plate (2) on pivot weldment (3)
and secure with two screws (1), making sure
(13) Solder one wire (13) to each terminal of switch wires (7 and 13) are in wire channel and are not
plunger assembly (12). being pinched.

(14) Slide shrink wrap tubing over bare wires (13) NOTE
and terminals of switch plunger assembly (12). If necessary, use hand control or emergency over-
Using a heat source, heat shrink wrap tubing ride panel to extend or retract leg cylinder to help
until it has shrunk securely in place. with alignment.
(15) Install switch plunger assembly (12) and spacer
tube (11) in pivot weldment (3) and secure with
spacers (10), spring washer (9), and cap (8).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-27 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(26) Rotate pivot weldment up or down by hand to


align base of leg cylinder (10, Figure 4-23) with 1
bracket of seat weldment (4); then install
connecting pin (9) to secure leg cylinder to 2
bracket.

(27) Install hole plug (8) in seat weldment (4).

(28) Install access cover (7) on seat weldment (4) 3


and secure with two washers (6) (if used) and
six screws (5). 8
9
(29) Perform leg cylinders synchronization proce-
dure (Refer to para 4.6).
4
(30) Install seat section table top (3) on seat PIVOT
WELDMENT
weldments (4) and secure with four screws (2).

(31) Install four plugs (1) on seat section table BRACKET


top (3).
10
(32) If removed, install leg section on seat section.

(33) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).


7
4.18 Leg Cylinder Orifice(s) Removal /
Installation

A. Removal
9 6
5
NOTE
Steps 1 thru 8 apply to R.H leg cylinder and old style
L.H. leg cylinders. The R.H. leg cylinder is shown in
illustration.

The orifice in new style L.H. leg cylinder is non- PIN


EXTRACTOR
removable; it is built into cylinder. Therefore, follow- CA7646
ing procedure does not apply to new style L.H. leg
Figure 4-28. Leg Cylinder Access
cylinders (tables after Serial Numbers TDW1015).
(5) Remove hole plug (8) from seat weldment (4).
(1) If installed, remove leg section from seat
section. (6) Using pin extractor, pull connecting pin (9) out
of seat weldment (4). Refer to Table 1-2 for
(2) Using hand control or emergency override special tool.
panel, raise SEAT UP function all the way up.
NOTE
(3) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-28), four
Rotating pivot weldment upward by hand will also
screws (2), and seat section table top (3) from
work.
seat weldments (4).
(7) Using hand control or emergency override
(4) Remove six screws (5), two washers (6) (if
panel, run LEG DOWN function to retract rod of
used), and access cover (7) from seat
leg cylinder (10) until base of leg cylinder is free
weldment (4).
of bracket.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-28 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(8) Pull base of leg cylinder (10) out of seat (10) If removing orifice from R.H. leg cylinder,
weldment (4) and allow to hang from hoses. perform the following steps:

(9) If removing orifice from L.H. leg cylinder, a. Remove fitting connector (A, Figure 4-29)
perform the following: and fitting seal (B) which secures tube (C)
to R.H. leg cylinder (D).
a. Disconnect hose (1, Figure 4-29) from
swivel fitting (2). b. Disconnect tube (C) from male connec-
tor (E) and remove tube.
b. Loosen fitting connector (3) and rotate port
of swivel fitting (2) so it is facing downward. c. Remove male connector (E) from R.H. leg
cylinder (D).
c. Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice
(4) out of swivel fitting (2). d. Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice
(F) out of male connector (E).
4 ORIFICE REMOVAL
FROM L.H. LEG B. Installation
1
CYLINDER
3 (1) If installing orifice on R.H. leg cylinder, perform
the following steps before proceeding to step 3:
2
a. Install male connector (E) on R.H. leg
PORT
cylinder (D).

b. Install orifice (F) in male connector (E),


making sure orifice is fully seated.

c. Connect tube (C) to male connector (E).

d. Coat o-rings of fitting seal (B) and fitting


connector (A) with oil.

e. Connect other end of tube (C) to R.H. leg


ORIFICE REMOVAL cylinder (D) with fitting seal (B) and fitting
FROM R.H. LEG connector (A).
CYLINDER F
A (2) If installing orifice on L.H. leg cylinder, perform
the following steps before proceeding to step 3:

a. Rotate port of swivel fitting (2) so it is facing


C hose (1); then tighten fitting connector (3).

b. Install orifice (4) in port of swivel fitting (2),


B making sure orifice is fully seated.

c. Connect hose (1) to swivel fitting (2).


E
D

CA7647

Figure 4-29. Orifice Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-29 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

NOTE 1
If necessary, use hand control or emergency over-
ride panel to extend or retract leg cylinder to help 2
with alignment.

(3) Rotate pivot weldment up or down by hand to


align base of leg cylinder (10, Figure 4-28) with
bracket of seat weldment (4); then install 3
connecting pin (9) to secure leg cylinder to 8
bracket.
9
(4) Install hole plug (8) in seat weldment (4).
4
(5) Install access cover (7) on seat weldment (4)
PIVOT
and secure with two washers (6) (if used) and WELDMENT
six screws (5).

(6) Perform leg cylinders synchronization proce- BRACKET


dure (Refer to para 4.6).
10
(7) Install seat section table top (3) on seat
weldments (4) and secure with four screws (2).

(8) Install four plugs (1) on seat section table 7


top (3).

(9) If removed, install leg section on seat section.

4.19 Leg Cylinder Pilot Operated Check 9 6


5
Valve Removal / Installation

A. Removal

NOTE PIN
Steps 1 thru 8 apply to both leg cylinders. The R.H. EXTRACTOR
CA7648
leg cylinder is shown in illustration.
Figure 4-30. Leg Cylinder Access
(1) If installed, remove leg section from seat
section. (5) Remove hole plug (8) from seat weldment (4).

(2) Using hand control or emergency override (6) Using pin extractor, pull connecting pin (9) out
panel, raise SEAT UP function all the way up. of seat weldment (4). Refer to Table 1-2 for
special tool.
(3) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-30), four
screws (2), and seat section table top (3) from NOTE
seat weldments (4). Rotating pivot weldment upward by hand will also
work.
(4) Remove six screws (5), two washers (6) (if
used), and access cover (7) from seat
weldment (4).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-30 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(7) Using hand control or emergency override


panel, run LEG DOWN function to retract rod of ADDITIONAL
COMPONENTS ON
leg cylinder (10) until base of leg cylinder is free L.H. CYLINDER
BASE INPUT
of bracket. PILOT OPERATED
CHECK VALVE 10 E D
(8) Pull base of leg cylinder (10) out of seat C
12
weldment (4) and allow to hang from hoses.

(9) If removing pilot operated check valve which 8


9
affects input to rod end of leg cylinder, perform
11 14
the following steps before proceeding to
step 11: 13
1 A
a. Remove large plug (1, Figure 4-31) from 2 3
lower manifold (2). B

b. Remove fitting connector (3) and fitting seal


(4) which connects tube (5) to upper 13
manifold (6). 7 4
14
5
c. Disconnect tube (5) from male connec-
tor (7).

d. Remove male connector (7) from lower 12 10


manifold (2), making sure orifice does not
8
fall out of male connector (on R.H. leg
cylinder only). ROD END
INPUT PILOT
OPERATED
(10) If removing pilot operated check valve which 11 CHECK VALVE
9 6
affects input to base of leg cylinder, perform the
CA7649
following steps before proceeding to step 11:
Figure 4-31. Leg Cylinder Pilot Operated Check
a. Remove small plug (A, Figure 4-31) from
Valve Removal / Installation
lower manifold (2).
B. Installation
b. For R.H. leg cylinder, remove large plug (B)
from lower manifold (2). For L.H. leg (1) Clean all metal components with degreasing
cylinder, disconnect hose (C) from male solution and allow to air dry. Flush out lower
connector (D); then remove male connector manifold (2, Figure 4-31) using clean oil.
(D) and reduction fitting (E) from lower
manifold (2). (2) Install nylon washer (11) and washer (10) on
check valve (12).
(11) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew
guide shaft (8) and remove spring (9), washer (3) Install assembled check valve (12) and spring
(10), nylon washer (11), and check valve (12) (9) in lower manifold (2) and secure with guide
from lower manifold (2). shaft (8).

(12) Using a small punch or Allen wrench, push pilot


piston (13) out of lower manifold (2).

(13) Remove spring (14) from lower manifold (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-31 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

!
CAUTION NOTE
Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail- If necessary, use hand control or emergency over-
ure to do so will result in improper func- ride panel to extend or retract leg cylinder to help
tioning of check valve. However, do not use exces- with alignment.
sive force on guide shaft to prevent damaging
components. (9) Rotate pivot weldment up or down by hand to
align base of leg cylinder (10, Figure 4-30) with
(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw bracket of seat weldment (4); then install
guide shaft (8) inward until it bottoms out in connecting pin (9) to secure leg cylinder to
lower manifold (2); then unscrew guide shaft bracket.
two full turns.
(10) Install hole plug (8) in seat weldment (4).
(5) Install spring (14) and pilot piston (13) in lower
manifold (2). (11) Install access cover (7) on seat weldment (4)
and secure with two washers (6) (if used) and
(6) Using a punch or Allen wrench, push on pilot six screws (5).
piston (13) to ensure that it moves freely
(approximately 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) travel). (12) Perform leg cylinders synchronization proce-
dure (Refer to para 4.6).
(7) If installing pilot operated check valve which
affects input to base of leg cylinder, perform the (13) Install seat section table top (3) on seat
following steps before proceeding to step 9: weldments (4) and secure with four screws (2).

a. For R.H. leg cylinder, install large plug (B, (14) Install four plugs (1) on seat section table
Figure 4-31) in lower manifold (2). For L.H. top (3).
leg cylinder, install reduction fitting (E) and
male connector (D) in lower manifold (2); (15) If removed, install leg section on seat section.
then connect hose (C) to male connec-
tor (D). 4.20 Leg Position Sensor Removal /
Installation
b. Install small plug (A) in lower manifold (2).
A. Removal
(8) If installing pilot operated check valve which
affects input to rod end of leg cylinder, perform
the following steps before proceeding to step 9:
NOTE
Leg position sensor is mounted to R.H. leg cylinder.
a. Install male connector (7, Figure 4-31) in
lower manifold (2). (1) If installed, remove leg section from seat
section.
b. Connect tube (5) to male connector (7),
after making sure orifice is installed in male (2) Using hand control or emergency override
connector (R.H. leg cylinder only). panel, raise SEAT UP function all the way up.

c. Coat o-rings of fitting seal (4) and fitting (3) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-32), four
connector (3) with oil. screws (2), and seat section table top (3) from
seat weldments (4).
d. Connect tube (5) to upper manifold (6) with
fitting seal (4) and fitting connector (3). (4) Remove six screws (5), two washers (6) (if
used), and access cover (7) from seat
e. Install large plug (1) in lower manifold (2). weldment (4).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-32 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(8) Pull base of leg cylinder (10) out of seat


1 weldment (4) and allow to hang from hoses.

2 (9) Using hand control or emergency override


panel, run LEG UP function to extend rod leg
cylinder. This provides better access to leg
position sensor.

3 (10) Cut wire harness (1, Figure 4-33) approxi-


mately 3 in. (7.6 cm) from leg position sen-
8 sor (2).
9
(11) Remove screw (3) which is securing connector
post (4) to rod of leg cylinder (5).
4
PIVOT
WELDMENT 2" (5 cm) 3/4" 1
SHRINK WRAP (1.9 cm)
TUBING

BRACKET 1/4"
(6.35mm)

10 9 OUTER
10 INSULATION

OUTER 1/2" SHRINK


7 INSULATION WRAP TUBING

6 6 LEG POSITION
9 SENSOR ROD
5
3"
(7.6 cm)
7
8
7
2
PIN
EXTRACTOR
CA7650

Figure 4-32. Covers Removal / Installation


4
(5) Remove hole plug (8) from seat weldment (4). 3

(6) Using pin extractor, pull connecting pin (9) out


of seat weldment (4). Refer to Table 1-2 for 5
special tool.
LEG
NOTE CYLINDER
Rotating pivot weldment upward by hand will also ROD CA7652
work.
Figure 4-33. Leg Position Sensor
(7) Using hand control or emergency override Removal / Installation
panel, run LEG DOWN function to retract rod of
leg cylinder (10) until base of leg cylinder is free
of bracket.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-33 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(12) Remove two screws (6) and leg position sensor


assembly (2) from leg cylinder (5). NOTE
There is a slot in connector post so post may be
(13) Remove two nuts (7), washers (8), and connec- adjusted up or down. Before tightening nut (7), place
tor post (4) from rod of leg position sensor (2). leg position sensor on leg cylinder and determine
proper height of connector post.
b. Installation
(12) Install connector post (4) on rod of leg position
(1) Cut wire harness (1, Figure 4-33) of new leg sensor (2) and secure with remaining washer
position sensor (2) approximately 3 in. (7.6 cm) (8) and nut (7).
from leg position sensor (2).
NOTE
(2) Strip 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) of outer insulation off of If necessary, use the hand control or emergency
wires (9 and 10). override panel to retract rod of leg cylinder to allow
for better access.
(3) Strip approximately 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) insulation
off of three wires (9) and three wires (10). (13) Install leg position sensor (2) on leg cylinder (5)
and secure with two screws (6).
(4) Slide a 2 in" (5 cm) long piece of shrink wrap
tubing on outer insulation of three wires (10). (14) Secure connector post (4) to rod of leg cylinder
(5) with screw (3).
(5) Slide a 1/2 in. (12.7 cm) piece of shrink wrap
tubing on each wire (10).
NOTE
(6) Twist three wires (9) to three wires (10), making If necessary, use hand control or emergency over-
sure the same colored wires are together. ride panel to extend or retract leg cylinder to help
with alignment.
(7) Using a soldering iron and 60 / 40 solder,
secure each wire connection together with (15) Rotate pivot weldment up or down by hand to
solder. align base of leg cylinder (10, Figure 4-32) with
bracket of seat weldment (4); then install
(8) Slide each 1/2 in. piece of shrink wrap tubing connecting pin (9) to secure leg cylinder to
over bare connections of wires (9 and 10). bracket.
Using a heat source, heat shrink wrap tubing
until it has shrunk securely in place. (16) Install hole plug (8) in seat weldment (4).

(9) Slide 2 in. piece of shrink wrap tubing over (17) Install access cover (7) on seat weldment (4)
smaller shrink wrap tubings. Using a heat and secure with two washers (6) (if used) and
source, heat shrink wrap tubing until it has six screws (5).
shrunk securely in place.
(18) Install seat section table top (3) on seat
(10) Install one nut (7) and washer (8) on rod of leg weldments (4) and secure with four screws (2).
position sensor (2). Screw nut on as far as it
will go. (19) Install four plugs (1) on seat section table
top (3).
(11) Coat threads of remaining nut (7) with remov-
able threadlocking adhesive (Loctite 242). (20) If removed, install leg section on seat section.

(21) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral


position (Refer to para 4.3).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-34 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.21 Seat Cylinder Removal / Installation (6) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-35), four
screws (2), and seat section table top (3) from
A. Removal seat weldments (4).

(1) If installed, remove leg section from seat (7) Remove one hole plug (1, Figure 4-36) from
section. each side weldment (2).

(2) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-34), four NOTE


screws (2), and back section table top (3) from If the seat function cannot be moved, disconnect
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4). hydraulic lines to allow manual extension of the
cylinders.
(3) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove
four screws (6). (8) Using hand control or emergency override
panel, run SEAT UP function until connecting
(4) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover pins (3) can be accessed.
gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
ments (4). (9) Loosen two setscrews (4) in side weldment (2).

(5) Remove upper front bridge cover (8) by pulling


it out of two snap receptacles (9). 1

2
1

3 6
8
5
7 3
POST

4
4

CA7657
CA7656

Figure 4-35. Seat Section Table Top


Figure 4-34. Covers Removal / Installation
Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-35 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

!
DANGER
Do not use small or weak screwdrivers
to hold up seat section weldment. If
screwdrivers were to break, seat section
weldment would be free to fall, possibly striking
technician, which could result in serious per-
sonal injury or death.
3
PIN (11) Raise seat section weldment (5) up by hand
EXTRACTOR
and insert a screwdriver thru pin hole to hold
seat section weldment in this position.

(12) Remove hole plug (6) from side weldment (2).


8
(13) Using pin extractor, remove pivot pin (7) from
2 side weldment (2). Refer to Table 1-2 for
special tool.

(14) If removing R.H. seat cylinder, remove two


screws (1, Figure 4-37) and lower R.H. control
valve assembly (2) out of side weldment (3).
7
6
If removing L.H. seat cylinder, remove two
3 screws (A) and lower L.H. control valve assem-
bly (B) out of side weldment (C).
1
4
NOTE
Cut cable ties as necessary for the following step.

(15) If removing R.H. seat cylinder, tag and discon-


nect three hoses (4) from fittings (5).
5
If removing L.H. seat cylinder, tag and discon-
nect three hoses (D) from fittings (E).

NOTE
Because of tight fit, hoses may need to be pulled out
before seat cylinder.
CR
AF
TS
MA
N

PIN (16) Pull seat cylinder (1, Figure 4-38) out of side
HOLE
weldment (2).
SCREWDRIVER CA7658
(17) If removing R.H. seat cylinder, perform the
Figure 4-36. Seat Cylinder following steps:
Disconnection / Connection
a. Tag three hoses (3).
(10) Using pin extractor, pull connecting pin (3) out
of side weldment (2). Refer to Table 1-2 for b. Cut cable tie securing three hoses (3)
special tool. together.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-36 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS
TO BE DISCONNECTED
WHEN REMOVING THE
L. H. SEAT CYLINDER
HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS
TO BE DISCONNECTED
D WHEN REMOVING THE
E L. H. SEAT CYLINDER

HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT "4"

D
E

PORT
D E "AS"
PORT
"5"

HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS B
TO BE DISCONNECTED
WHEN REMOVING THE
R. H. SEAT CYLINDER
5 A
HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT "AS"

3 C
HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT "4"

4
2
HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT "5" 1

SM
I

71
00
CA7659

Figure 4-37. Hoses Disconnection / Connection

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-37 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

c. Remove three fitting connectors (4), fitting


seals (5) and hoses (3) from R.H. seat L.H. SEAT
cylinder (1). A CYLINDER
B
(18) If removing L.H. seat cylinder, perform the
following steps: CABLE
TIES

a. Tag two hoses (A, Figure 4-38). C

b. Cut cable ties securing hoses (A) together. D E


c. Remove two fitting connectors (B), fitting F
seals (C), and hoses (A) from L.H. seat
cylinder (D).

d. Disconnect hose (E) from male connec-


tor (F).

e. Remove male connector (F) from L.H. seat


cylinder (D). 4

B. Installation 3

(1) If L.H. seat cylinder is being installed, perform


R.H. SEAT
the following steps: CYLINDER
CABLE
a. Install male connector (F, Figure 4-38) in TIES
L.H. seat cylinder (D).
5
b. Connect hose (E) to male connector (F). 1

c. Coat o-rings of two fitting seals (C) and


fitting connectors (B) with oil.

d. Connect two hoses (A) to L.H. seat cylinder


(D) with two fitting seals (C) and fitting
connectors (B).

e. Secure hoses (A) together with a cable tie.

(2) If R.H. seat cylinder is being installed, perform 2


the following step:

a. Coat o-rings of three fitting seals (5) and 1


fitting connectors (4) with oil.

b. Connect three hoses (3, Figure 4-38) to TS


AF
CR

R.H. seat cylinder (1) with three fitting seals


MA
N

(5) and fitting connectors (4).


CA7660
CA7660
c. Secure hoses (3) together with a cable tie.
Figure 4-38. Seat Cylinder Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-38 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(3) Position seat cylinder (1) in side weldment (2). (14) Install upper front bridge cover (8, Figure 4-34)
by pressing two posts of front bridge cover into
(4) If installing L.H. seat cylinder, connect three two snap receptacles (9).
hoses (D, Figure 4-37) to fittings (E).
(15) Install two cover gaskets (5) and bridge cover
If installing R.H. seat cylinder, connect three (7) on R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4); then
hoses (4) to fittings (5). bend lip of cover gaskets back and install four
screws (6).
(5) If installing L.H. seat cylinder, raise L.H. control
valve assembly (B) into side weldment (C) and (16) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and
secure with two screws (A). L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
screws (2).
If installing R.H. seat cylinder, raise R.H.
control valve assembly (2) into side weldment (17) Install four plugs (1) on back section table
(3) and secure with two screws (1). top (3).

(6) Align base of seat cylinder (8, Figure 4-36) with (18) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).
side weldment (2) and secure with pivot pin (7).
(19) Perform seat cylinder synchronization proce-
(7) Install hole plug (6) in side weldment (2). dure (Refer to para 4.7).

(8) Remove screwdriver and lower seat section 4.22 Seat Cylinder Orifice(s) Removal /
weldment (5) down. Installation
NOTE A. Removal
Hand control may be used to run SEAT UP or SEAT
DOWN function to help align seat section weldment (1) Remove seat cylinder (Perform steps 1 thru 16
with rod of seat cylinder. of para 4.21A).

(9) Align seat section weldment (5) with rod of seat NOTE
cylinder (8) and secure with connecting pin (3),
Orifice in new style L.H. seat cylinder is non-remov-
making sure flat surface of connecting pin is
able; it is built into cylinder. Therefore, following
facing two setscrews (4).
procedure does not apply to new style L.H. seat
cylinders (tables after Serial Number TDW-1015).
(10) Secure each connecting pin in place by tighten-
ing two setscrews (4).
(2) If removing orifice from L.H. seat cylinder,
perform the following:
(11) Install hole plug (1) in side weldment (2).
a. Disconnect hose (1, Figure 4-39) from
(12) Install seat section table top (3, Figure 4-35) on
swivel fitting (2).
seat weldment (4) and secure with four
screws (2).
b. Loosen fitting connector (3) and rotate port
of swivel fitting (2) so it is facing downward.
(13) Install four plugs (1) on seat section table
top (3).
c. Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice
(4) out of swivel fitting (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-39 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

c. Remove male connector (E) from R.H. seat


4 ORIFICE REMOVAL cylinder (D).
1 FROM L.H. SEAT
CYLINDER
3 d. Using a knife with a sharp point, pry orifice
(F) out of male connector (E).
2
B. Installation
PORT
(1) If installing orifice on R.H. seat cylinder, per-
form the following steps before proceeding to
step 3:

a. Install male connector (E) on R.H. seat


cylinder (D).

b. Install orifice (F) in male connector (E),


making sure orifice is fully seated.

c. Connect tube (C) to male connector (E).


ORIFICE REMOVAL
FROM R.H. SEAT
CYLINDER F d. Coat o-rings of fitting seal (B) and fitting
A connector (A) with oil.

e. Connect other end of tube (C) to R.H. seat


cylinder (D) with fitting seal (B) and fitting
C connector (A).

(2) If installing orifice on L.H. seat cylinder, perform


the following steps before proceeding to step 3:
B
a. Rotate port of swivel fitting (2) so it is facing
E hose (1); then tighten fitting connector (3).
D b. Install orifice (4) in port of swivel fitting (2),
making sure orifice is fully seated.

CA7661
c. Connect hose (1) to swivel fitting (2).
Figure 4-39. Orifice Removal / Installation
(3) Install seat cylinder (Perform steps 3 thru 19 of
(3) If removing orifice from R.H. seat cylinder, para 4.21B).
perform the following steps:
(4) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).
a. Remove fitting connector (A, Figure 4-39)
and fitting seal (B) which secures tube (C) (5) Perform seat cylinder synchronization proce-
to R.H. seat cylinder (D). dure (Refer to para 4.7).

b. Disconnect tube (C) from male connec-


tor (E) and remove tube.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-40 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.23 Seat Cylinder Pilot Operated Check ADDITIONAL


COMPONENTS ON
Valve Removal / Installation L.H. CYLINDER
BASE INPUT
PILOT OPERATED
A. Removal CHECK VALVE 10 E D
12 C
(1) Remove seat cylinder (Perform steps 1 thru 16
of para 4.21A).
8
9
(2) If removing pilot operated check valve which
11 14
affects input to rod end of seat cylinder, per-
form the following steps before proceeding to 13
1 A
step 4:
2 3
a. Remove large plug (1, Figure 4-40) from B
lower manifold (2).

b. Remove fitting connector (3) and fitting seal 13


(4) which connects tube (5) to upper 14 7 4
manifold (6). 5

c. Disconnect tube (5) from male connec-


tor (7).
12 10
d. Remove male connector (7) from lower
8
manifold (2).
ROD END
INPUT PILOT
(3) If removing pilot operated check valve which OPERATED
affects input to base of seat cylinder, perform 11 CHECK VALVE
9 6
the following steps before proceeding to
CA7662
step 4:
Figure 4-40. Seat Cylinder Pilot Operated
a. Remove small plug (A, Figure 4-40) from Check Valve Removal / Installation
lower manifold (2).
B. Installation
b. For R.H. seat cylinder, remove large plug
(B) from lower manifold (2). For L.H. seat (1) Clean all metal components with degreasing
cylinder, disconnect hose (C) from male solution and allow to air dry. Flush out lower
connector (D); then remove male connector manifold (2, Figure 4-40) using clean oil.
(D) and reduction fitting (E) from lower
manifold (2). (2) Install nylon washer (11) and washer (10) on
check valve (12).
(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew
guide shaft (8) and remove spring (9), washer (3) Install assembled check valve (12) and spring
(10), nylon washer (11), and check valve (12) (9) in lower manifold (2) and secure with guide
from lower manifold (2). shaft (8).

!
(5) Using a small punch or Allen wrench, push pilot CAUTION
piston (13) out of lower manifold (2). Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail-
ure to do so will result in improper func-
(6) Remove spring (14) from lower manifold (2). tioning of check valve. However, do not use exces-
sive force on guide shaft to prevent damaging
components.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-41 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw 4.24 Seat Position Sensor Removal /
guide shaft (8) inward until it bottoms out in Installation
lower manifold (2); then unscrew guide shaft
two full turns. A. Removal
(5) Install spring (14) and pilot piston (13) in lower (1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-41), four
manifold (2). screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4).
(6) Using a punch or Allen wrench, push on pilot
piston (13) to ensure that it moves freely (2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove
(approximately 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) travel). four screws (6).
(7) If installing pilot operated check valve which (3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover
affects input to base of seat cylinder, perform gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
the following steps before proceeding to step 9: ments (4).
a. For R.H. seat cylinder, install large plug (B)
in lower manifold (2). For L.H. seat cylinder,
NOTE
install reduction fitting (E) and male connec- The seat position sensor is located on the right hand
tor (D) in lower manifold (2); then connect side of the table in the R.H. side weldment.
hose (C) to male connector (D).
(4) Remove screw (1, Figure 4-42) and cover (2)
b. Install small plug (A) in lower manifold (2). from seat position sensor (3).

(8) If installing pilot operated check valve which 1


affects input to rod end of seat cylinder, per-
form the following steps before proceeding to
2
step 9:

a. Install male connector (7) in lower mani-


fold (2). 3
6
b. Connect tube (5) to male connector (7).
5
c. Coat o-rings of fitting seal (4) and fitting 7
connector (3) with oil.

d. Connect tube (5) to upper manifold (6) with 4


fitting seal (4) and fitting connector (3).

e. Install large plug (1) in lower manifold (2). 4

(9) Install seat cylinder (Perform steps 3 thru 19 of


para 4.21B).

(10) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).

(11) Perform seat cylinders synchronization proce-


dure (Refer to para 4.7).
CA7663

Figure 4-41. Covers Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-42 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

3/4"
(5) Loosen setscrew (4).
2" (5 cm)
SHRINK WRAP (1.9 cm)
TUBING (6) Pull seat position sensor (3) off of drive
1/4" shaft (5).
(6.35mm)
(7) Cut wire harness (6) approximately 3 in. (7.6
11
cm) from seat position sensor (3).
12 OUTER
INSULATION
(8) If necessary, remove screw (7) and retainer
OUTER 6 1/2" SHRINK plate (8) from side weldment (9).
INSULATION WRAP TUBING

1 (9) If necessary, unscrew drive shaft (5) from pivot


shaft (10).
2
3" B. Installation
(7.6 cm)
(1) Cut wire harness (6, Figure 4-42) of new seat
position sensor (3) approximately 3 in. (7.6 cm)
6
9 from seat position sensor.
3
4 (2) Strip 3/4 in. (1.9 cm) of outer insulation off of
wires (11 and 12).
7
5 MATCH INNER (3) Strip approximately 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) insulation
10 8 MARK WHEEL
off of three wires (11) and three wires (12).

(4) Slide a 2 in" (5 cm) long piece of shrink wrap


tubing on outer insulation of three wires (12).
DRIVE
SHAFT SET
SCREW (5) Slide a 1/2 in. (12.7 cm) piece of shrink wrap
tubing on each wire (12).

(6) Twist three wires (11) to three wires (12),


making sure the same colored wires are
secured together.

NOTE
3
5 Use proper solder techniques and 60/40 resin core
solder.

MULTIMETER (7) Solder each wire connection together.


LEADS
(8) Slide each 1/2 in. piece of shrink wrap tubing
over bare connections of wires (11 and 12).
Using a heat source, heat shrink wrap tubing
CA7664 until it has shrunk securely in place.

Figure 4-42. Seat Position Sensor (9) Slide 2 in. piece of shrink wrap tubing over
Removal / Installation smaller shrink wrap tubings. Using a heat
source, heat shrink wrap tubing until it has
shrunk securely in place.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-43 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(10) Coat threads of drive shaft (5) with removable matchmark line is drawn in line with set-
threadlocking adhesive (Loctite 242). screw (4).

(11) Install drive shaft (5) on pivot shaft (10). (22) Remove seat position sensor (3) from drive
shaft (5). If a flat surface does not exist on
(12) Coat screw (7) with removable threadlocking drive shaft (5) at point where setscrew (4) will
adhesive (Loctite 242). contact drive shaft, use a file to file a flat
surface onto drive shaft.
(13) Install retainer plate (8) on side weldment (9)
and secure with screw (7). (23) Install seat position sensor (3) on drive
shaft (5).
(14) Level entire table top (Perform steps 1 thru 9 of
para 4.3). (24) Rotate inner wheel of seat position sensor (3)
until matchmarks on inner wheel and drive
(15) Install seat position sensor (3) on drive shaft shaft (5) are aligned. Secure inner wheel in
(5). Do not tighten setscrew (4) at this time. position by tightening setscrew (4).

(16) Attach one lead of multimeter to terminal 3 of (25) Disconnect multimeter leads from connector
connector ST32 (connected to distribution ST32.
board) and the other lead to terminal 5 of
connector ST32. See Figure 5-1. (26) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-41) and
bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side
(17) Set multimeter to Kohms range. weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets
back and install four screws (6).

!
CAUTION
Multimeter readings must be taken with (27) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and
hand control / foot control disabled and L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
connector ST32 must be disconnected from distribu- screws (2).
tion board during the adjustment procedure.
(28) Install four plugs (1) on back section table
(18) Rotate inner wheel of seat position sensor (3) in top (3).
a counterclockwise direction until multimeter
reading is approximately 0 Kohm. Rotate inner (29) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral
wheel approximately one full turn until multim- position (Refer to para 4.3).
eter reading returns to 0 Kohm again, while
observing multimeter to determine maximum 4.25 Column Cylinder Removal /
Kohm reading just before reading returns to 0 Installation
Kohm (maximum reading should be 9 to 10
Kohms). A. Removal

(19) Divide maximum Kohm reading by 2 to obtain (1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-43), four
center of seat position sensor range (Max. screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
Kohm ÷ 2 = center range Kohm). R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4).

(20) Rotate inner wheel until multimeter reading is (2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove
equal to center range value determined in four screws (6).
step 19.
(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover
(21) Using a pen, matchmark inner wheel of position gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
sensor (3) to drive shaft (5), making sure ments (4).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-44 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

1 CABLE 4
TIE
1
2

3
6
5
7

4 3
5

2
4
12
SPANNER
CA7665 WRENCH
(MO7235) 9
Figure 4-43. Covers Removal / Installation 13 14
(4) Lay table onto its side.

(5) Disconnect spring (1, Figure 4-44) from rear 11


bridge cover (2).

(6) Remove two screws (3) and rear bridge cover 8


(2) from L.H. and R.H. side weldments (4). 6
SPANNER
(7) Cut two cable ties securing hoses to cable tie WRENCH
(MO7236)
anchors (5).
10
RETAINING
(8) Cut cable ties securing hoses together. BOLT
7 (MO7407)
CA7666
NOTE
Propping table top up slightly will prevent oil from Figure 4-44. Locking Nuts Removal / Installation
running out of top of column cylinder.
(10) Remove two screws (10) and retainer plate (11)
(9) Remove fitting connector (6), hose (7), and two from column assembly (12).
fitting seals (8) from rod of column cylin-
der (9). (11) Install retaining bolt (M07407) onto rod of
column cylinder (9). Refer to Table 1-2 for
special tool.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-45 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(12) While holding retaining bolt stationary, use


large spanner wrench (M07235) to remove 5
locking nut (13) from column assembly (12).
Refer to Table 1-2 for special tool. 8

NOTE
If necessary, use TABLE UP function to extend rod
of column cylinder slightly for better access to brass 7
pivot puck. Do not run TABLE DOWN function - oil SM
I

will spray out of hose (7). 71


00

(13) While holding retaining bolt stationary, use


small spanner wrench (M07236) to remove 6
brass pivot puck (14) from rod of column
cylinder (9). Refer to Table 1-2 for special tool.

(14) Tag two hoses (1, Figure 4-45).

(15) Remove two fitting connectors (2), four fitting


seals (3), and two hoses (1) from column
cylinder (4). Pull hoses down thru hose open-
ing.

(16) Using a screwdriver, pry square column


11
grommet (5) off of base weldment (6).
9
(17) Remove four screws (7) securing bottom
4
column cover (8) to base weldment (6); then
3 10
push bottom column cover up out of way.
2 3
(18) Loosen four locknuts (9) and remove two 2
casters (10) from caster forks (11).

(19) Using access hole, remove screw (1, Figure 4-


46) and retaining plate (2) from cylinder con- 1
necting pin (3). CA7667

(20) Push cylinder connecting pin (3) out of column Figure 4-45. Access To Column Cylinder
weldment (4).
B. Installation
(21) Remove column cylinder (5) from column
weldment (4). (1) Using a wrench on flats of column cylinder (5,
Figure 4-46) rod to hold rod stationary, install
(22) Remove retaining ring (6) and bearing (7) from retaining bolt on rod of column cylinder.
base of column cylinder (5).
(2) Coat mating surfaces of bearing (7) and base
(23) Using a wrench on flats of rod to hold rod of column cylinder (5) with Lithium White
stationary, remove retaining bolt from rod. grease.

(3) Install bearing (7) in base of column cylinder (5)


and secure with retaining ring (6).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-46 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(8) Install square column grommet (5) by pressing


RETAINING into place against base weldment (6).
BOLT
(MO7407)
(9) Pull hoses (1) up thru hose opening.
ROD
1 (10) Coat o-rings of four fitting seals (3) with oil.
FLATS
2 (11) Connect two hoses (1) to column cylinder (4)
4 with four fitting seals (3) and fitting connec-
tors (2).

(12) Connect hose (7, Figure 4-44) to rod of column


cylinder (9) with two fitting seals (8) and fitting
connector (6).

!
CAUTION
Use care when performing the
following step to make sure rod extends
6 thru hole in column assembly and does not contact
inside of column assembly.

(13) Use hand control to run TABLE UP function to


extend rod of column cylinder (9) until all
7 threads can be seen above top of column
assembly.

(14) Remove fitting connector (6), hose (7), and two


fitting seals (8) from rod of column cylinder (9).
5
(15) Install retaining bolt. While holding retaining
3 bolt (M07407) stationary, use small spanner
wrench (M07236) to install brass pivot puck
(14) on rod of column cylinder (9). Refer to
CA7668
Table 1-2 for special tool. Tighten brass pivot
Figure 4-46. Column Cylinder puck until all threads are used up.
Removal / Installation
(16) Remove retaining bolt from rod of column
(4) Install column cylinder (5) in column weldment cylinder (9).
(4) and secure with cylinder connecting pin (3).
(17) Connect hose (7) to rod of column cylinder (9)
(5) Using access hole, secure cylinder connecting with two fittings seals (8) and fitting connector
pin (3) in place with retaining plate (2) and (6) and then retract rod of column cylinder
screw (1). using TABLE DOWN function on hand control,
until brass pivot puck is firmly seated in column
(6) Install one caster (10, Figure 4-45) on each assembly (12).
caster fork (11) and secure by tightening two
locknuts (9). (18) Remove fitting connector (6), hose (7), and two
fitting seals (8) from rod of column cylinder (9)
(7) Push bottom column cover (8) down against and re-install retaining bolt.
base weldment (6) and secure in this position
with four screws (7). (19) While holding retaining bolt stationary, use
large spanner wrench (M07235) to install
locking nut (13) in column assembly (12).
Refer to Table 1-2 for special tool.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-47 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(20) Install retainer plate (11) on column assembly


(12) and secure with two screws (10).

(21) Remove retaining bolt (M07407) from rod of


column cylinder (9).

(22) Coat two o-rings of fitting seals (8) with oil.

(23) Connect hose (7) to rod of column cylinder (9)


with two fitting seals (8) and fitting connec- 8
6
tor (6).

(24) Secure hoses together with cable ties. 4

(25) Secure hoses to two cable tie anchors (5) with


cable ties. 7
5
(26) Install rear bridge cover (2) on L.H. and R.H.
side weldments (4) and secure with two
screws (3). 2 9

(27) Connect spring (1) to rear bridge cover (2).

(28) Raise table to an upright position.


1
(29) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-43) and 10
3
bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side
CA7669
weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets
back and install four screws (6). Figure 4-47. Column Pilot Operated Check
Valve Removal / Installation
(30) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and
L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four (3) Remove small plug (3) from manifold (2).
screws (2).
(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew
(31) Install four plugs (1) on back section table guide shaft (4) and remove spring (5), washer
top (3). (6), nylon washer (7), and check valve (8) from
manifold (2).
(32) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).
(5) Using a small punch or Allen wrench, push pilot
(33) Perform column cylinder slave line volume piston (9) out of manifold (2).
adjustment procedure (Refer to para 4.8).
(6) Remove spring (10) from manifold (2).
4.26 Column Pilot Operated Check Valve
B. Installation
Removal / Installation
(1) Clean all metal components with degreasing
A. Removal
solution and allow to air dry. Flush out manifold
(2) using clean oil.
(1) Remove column cylinder (Refer to para 4.25).
(2) Install nylon washer (7) and washer (6) on
(2) Remove large plug (1, Figure 4-47) from
check valve (8).
manifold (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-48 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(3) Install assembled check valve (8) and spring (1) Remove two screws (1, Figure 4-48) and lower
(5) in manifold (2) and secure with guide R.H. or L.H. control valve assembly (2) down
shaft (4). out of side weldment (3).

!
CAUTION (2) Remove nut (4), cap (5), o-ring (6), and partially
Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail- remove solenoid (7) from solenoid mounting
ure to do so will result in improper func- shaft (8).
tioning of check valve. However, do not use exces-
sive force on guide shaft to prevent damaging (3) Remove solenoid gasket (9) from valve mani-
components. fold block (10).

(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw (4) Loosen screw (11) and disconnect connector
guide shaft (4) inward until it bottoms out in plug (12) from solenoid (7).
manifold (2); then unscrew guide shaft two full
turns. (5) Remove plug gasket (13) from solenoid (7).

(5) Install spring (10) and pilot piston (9) in mani- B. Installation
fold (2).
(1) Install plug gasket (13) on solenoid (7).
(6) Using a punch or Allen wrench, push on pilot
piston (9) to ensure that it moves freely (ap- (2) Connect connector plug (12) to solenoid (7)
proximately 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) travel). and secure by tightening screw (11).

(7) Install small plug (3) and large plug (1) in (3) Install solenoid gasket (9) on valve manifold
manifold (2). block (10).

(8) Install column cylinder (Refer to para 4.25). (4) Coat o-ring (6) with a very light coat of oil.

(9) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2). (5) Install solenoid (7) on solenoid mounting shaft
(8) and secure with o-ring (6), cap (5), and
(10) Perform column cylinder slave line volume nut (4).
adjustment procedure (Refer to para 4.8).
(6) Make sure speednuts (14) are aligned with
4.27 Typical L.H. and R.H. Control Valve screw holes, then carefully push R.H. or L.H.
control valve assembly (2) up into side
Solenoids Removal / Installation weldment (3) and secure with two screws (1).
A. Removal

NOTE
Removal of Trendelenburg (foot down) solenoid from
L.H. control valve assembly is shown. Removal of
other solenoids are the same.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-49 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

11

9
12
13

6 8
10 L.H. CONTROL
5 VALVE SOLENOIDS
TRENDELENBURG
(FOOT) DOWN SEAT TRENDELENBURG
SOLENOID SHOWN UP (FOOT) UP
DISASSEMBLED

TRENDELENBURG
(FOOT) DOWN
R.H. CONTROL
VALVE 2
SOLENOIDS
LATERAL
LATERAL TILT SEAT
TILT LEFT DOWN
RIGHT 1
LEG
LEG UP
DOWN 3

2 14
1
CA7670

Figure 4-48. Control Valve Solenoids Removal / Installation

4.28 Typical Base Mounted Control Valve (3) Remove two screws (4), two screws (5),
Solenoids Removal / Installation mounting bracket (6), two spacers (7), and
partially remove manifold assembly (8) from
A. Removal base weldment (3).

(4) Remove nut (9), cap (10), o-ring (11), and

!
DANGER partially remove solenoid (12) from solenoid
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant mounting shaft (13).
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury. (5) Remove solenoid gasket (14) from valve
manifold block (8).
(1) Lay table onto its left side.
(6) Loosen screw (15) and disconnect connector
(2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-49) and main plug (16) from solenoid (12).
cover (2) from base weldment (3).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-50 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

8
7

9
17 10 2
15 1
11
16
COLUMN DOWN ALL FLOOR LOCK (UNLOCK)
12

14

13

MAIN FLOOR
COLUMN UP OUTRIGGER FLOOR LOCK (LOCK) HA5486-00

Figure 4-49. Control Valve Solenoids Removal / Installation


(7) Remove plug gasket (17) from solenoid (12). (4) Coat o-ring (11) with a very light coat of oil.

B. Installation (5) Install solenoid (12) on solenoid mounting shaft


(13) and secure with o-ring (11), cap (10), and
(1) Install plug gasket (17) on solenoid (12). nut (9).

(2) Connect connector plug (16) to solenoid (12) (6) Install manifold assembly (8) in base weldment
and secure by tightening screw (15). (3) and secure with two spacers (7), mounting
bracket (6), two screws (5), and two
(3) Install solenoid gasket (14) on valve manifold screws (4).
block (8).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-51 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(7) Install main cover (2) on base weldment (3) and (2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-50) and main
secure with six screws (1). cover (2) from base weldment (3).

(8) Raise table to an upright position. (3) Remove two screws (4), two screws (5),
mounting bracket (6), and partially remove
4.29 Discharge Filter Replacement control box (7) from base weldment (3).

A . Removal (4) Remove two screws (8), two screws (9),


mounting bracket (10), two spacers (11), and
partially remove manifold assembly (12) from

!
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant base weldment (3).
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury. (5) Remove fitting connector (13), fitting seal (14),
and tube assembly (15) from motor pump (16).
(1) Lay table onto its left side.

6
9 5

12
16 11
7
10

2
1
18
17
14

13
15 HA5487-00

Figure 4-50. Discharge Filter Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-52 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(6) Work tube assembly (15) around and pull tube (5) Position tube assembly (15) in base weld-
and discharge filter (17) out base weldment (3). ment (3).

(7) Disconnect tube assembly (15) from discharge (6) Coat o-rings on fitting seal (14) and fitting
filter (17). connector (13) with oil.

(8) Disconnect tube assembly (18) from discharge (7) Connect tube assembly (15) to motor pump
filter (17) and remove discharge filter. (16) and secure with fitting seal (14) and fitting
connector (13).
(9) Wrap discharge filter (17) in a cloth and then
place in a vise. (8) Install manifold assembly (12) on base
weldment (3) and secure with two spacers (11),
(10) Remove one male connector (1, Figure 4-51) mounting bracket (10), two screws (9), and two
from each end of discharge filter (2). screws (8).

B. Installation (9) Install control box (7) on base weldment (3) and
secure with mounting bracket (6), two screws
(1) Install one male connector (1, Figure 4-51) on (5), and two screws (4).
each end of discharge filter (2).
(10) Install main cover (2) on base weldment (3) and
(2) Remove discharge filter (17, Figure 4-50) from secure with six screws (1).
vise.
(11) Raise table to its upright position.
(3) Connect tube assembly (18) to discharge
filter (17). (12) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).

(4) Connect tube assembly (15) to discharge 4.30 Supply Line Check Valve Removal /
filter (17). Installation

A. Removal

!
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
1 so could result in serious personal injury.
1
(1) Lay table onto its left side.

(2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-52) and main


2 cover (2) from base weldment (3).

HA5488-00

Figure 4-51. Filter Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-53 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

6
9 5

12
16 11
7
10

2
18 1
19
14
17

13
15
HA551301

Figure 4-52. Supply Line Check Valve Removal / Installation


(3) Remove two screws (4), two screws (5), (6) Work tube assembly (15) around and pull tube
mounting bracket (6), and partially remove assembly out base weldment (3).
control box (7) from base weldment (3).
(7) Disconnect tee (17) from supply line check
(4) Remove two screws (8), two screws (9), valve (18).
mounting bracket (10), two spacers (11) and
partially remove manifold assembly (12) from (8) Disconnect tube (19) from supply line check
base weldment (3). valve (18) and remove supply line check valve
from table.
(5) Remove fitting connector (13), fitting seal (14),
and tube assembly (15) from motor pump (16).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-54 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

B. Installation (2) Lay table onto its left side.

!
CAUTION NOTE
Supply Line check valve must be installed Removal of one floor lock cylinder is shown. Re-
so its flow arrow is pointing toward tee moval of other floor lock cylinders are similar.
(17). Failure to do so will result in table malfunction.
(3) Loosen two locknuts (1, Figure 4-53) and then
(1) Connect tube (19) to supply line check remove caster (2) from caster fork (3).
valve (18).
(4) Remove jam nut (4).
(2) Connect tee (17) to supply line check
valve (18). (5) Remove setscrew (5) and pull floor lock
cylinder (6) out of base weldment (7).
(3) Position tube assembly (15) in base weld-
ment (3).

(4) Coat o-rings on fitting seal (14) and fitting


connector (13) with oil.

(5) Connect tube assembly (15) to motor pump 11


(16) and secure with fitting seal (14) and fitting
connector (13). 7 6

(6) Install manifold assembly (12) on base


10
weldment (3) and secure with two spacers (11), 4
5
mounting bracket (10), two screws (9), and two
screws (8).
9
8
(7) Install control box (7) on base weldment (3) and
secure with mounting bracket (6), two screws
(5), and two screws (4).

(8) Install main cover (2) on base weldment (3) and


secure with six screws (1).

(9) Raise table to its upright position.

(10) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2). 2


4.31 Main Floor Lock or Outrigger Floor
Lock Cylinder Removal / Installation 3
A. Removal

1
!
CAUTION
HA-5490-00
If floor locks are not unlocked (retracted),
there will be oil inside floor lock cylinders.
Then, when hoses are disconnected, spring in floor Figure 4-53. Floor Lock Cylinder
lock will contract, spraying oil out of hose port. Removal / Installation

(1) Using hand control or emergency override


panel, run UNLOCK function to unlock (retract)
floor lock cylinders.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-55 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(6) Remove fitting connector (8), two fitting seals

!
(9), and hose (10) from floor lock cylinder (6) DANGER
and then remove floor lock cylinder from table. Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
(7) Remove plug (11) from floor lock cylinder (6). so could result in serious personal injury.

B. Installation (4) Lay table onto its left side.

(1) Install plug (11) in floor lock cylinder (6). (5) Remove five screws (1, Figure 4-55) and
battery cover (2) from base weldment (3).
(2) Coat o-rings of two fitting seals (9) with oil.

!
CAUTION
(3) Connect hose (10) to floor lock cylinder (6) and If battery power is not disconnected,
secure with two fitting seals (9) and fitting there is a potential of shorting 24 VDC
connector (8). against the base weldment. If this happens, both the
main controller board and charging / power driver
(4) Install floor lock cylinder (6) in base weldment board will probably be damaged.
(7) and secure with setscrew (5).
(6) Disconnect four hot wires (4) from terminals of
(5) Secure setscrew (5) in place with jam nut (4). batteries (5).
(6) Install caster (2) on caster fork (3) and secure
by tightening two locknuts (1).

(7) Raise table to its upright position.

(8) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2).

4.32 Motor Or Motor Pump Removal /


Installation

A. Removal

(1) Remove hole plug (1, Figure 4-54) from base


weldment (2).

(2) Unscrew breather cap (3) from reservoir (4). 5


(3) Install shipping plug in reservoir (4).
4 7
6
SHIPPING
1 PLUG 5

2 4 2
OIL

SM
I 3
71
00

3
1
4 HA5492-00
HA5491-00

Figure 4-55. Batteries Disconnection / Connection


Figure 4-54. Shipping Plug Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-56 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(7) Remove six screws (6) and main cover (7) from (10) Remove fitting connector (11), fitting seal (12),
base weldment (3). and tube assembly (13) from manifold of motor
pump (14).
(8) Remove two screws (1, Figure 4-56), two
screws (2), mounting bracket (3), and partially (11) Remove fitting connector (15), fitting seal (16),
remove control box (4) from base weld- and hose (17) from manifold of motor
ment (5). pump (14).

(9) Remove two screws (6), two screws (7), (12) Remove four screws (1, Figure 4-57), four
mounting bracket (8), two spacers (9), and screws or nuts (2), and two mounting brackets
partially remove manifold assembly (10) from (3) from base weldment (4).
base weldment (5).
(13) Pull tube assembly (5) w/ discharge filter
toward foot end of base weldment (4) until it is
out of way.

3
7 2

10
14 9
4
8

14

17

16
15
12 13 11
HA5493-00

Figure 4-56. Access To Motor Pump

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-57 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(18) Tag four wires (9); then remove two nuts (10),
lockwashers (11), and four wires (9) from two
4 terminal posts of motor (12).

(19) Cut two cable ties and remove primary


thermosat (13) and secondary thermostat (14)
from motor (12).

5 (20) Remove two screws (15), lockwashers (16),


and motor (12) from manifold (8).

B. Installation

(1) Install motor (12, Figure 4-58) on manifold (8)


3 and secure with two lockwashers (16) and
screws (15).

(2) Position secondary thermostat (14) and primary


thermostat (13) on motor (12) and secure with
1 two cable ties.
6
2
3 NOTE
2 Step 3 applies only to units with old style motor
HA549400 covers (two piece).

Figure 4-57. Motor Pump Assembly (3) Feed wires (9) thru wire hole in motor
Removal / Installation cover (3).
(14) Partially remove motor pump (6) from base
weldment (4). (4) Install four wires (9) on two terminal posts of
motor (12) and secure with two lockwashers
(11) and nuts (10).
NOTE
If removing entire motor pump, perform steps 15 thru
(5) Coat gasket (7) with a light coat of oil.
19 on each motor.
(6) Install gasket (7) on motor cover (3).
If removing one motor only, perform steps 15 thru 20
on motor which needs replaced. Procedure is the
(7) Install motor cover (3) on manifold (8) and
same for removing either motor.
secure with four lockwashers (6) and
screws (5).
Steps 15 and 16 apply only to units with old style
motor covers (two piece).
NOTE
(15) Unscrew cap (1, Figure 4-58) from electrical Step 8 thru 10 apply only to units with old style motor
fitting (2) on motor cover (3). covers (two piece).

(16) Remove one plastic plug (4) and electrical (8) Screw electrical fitting (2) into motor cover (3).
fitting (2) from motor cover (3).
(9) Push plastic plug (4) into electrical fitting (2).
(17) Remove four screws (5), lockwashers (6),
motor cover (3), and gasket (7) from mani- (10) Screw cap (1) onto electrical fitting (2).
fold (8).
(11) Position motor pump (6, Figure 4-57) in base
weldment (4).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-58 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

6
7
5 NEW STYLE
MOTOR
COVER
3

10 15 16
11

TERMINAL 9 14
POST

6
7
5
9

13
11
12 CABLE 8
3
10 TIES
OLD STYLE
MOTOR
COVER

1
2
4
WIRE HOLE
HA549500

Figure 4-58. Motor Removal / Installation

(12) Pull tube assembly (5) w/discharge filter back mounting bracket (8), two screws (7), and two
into position in base weldment (4). screws (6).

(13) Secure motor pump (6) to base weldment (4) (17) Install control box (4) on base weldment (5) and
with two mounting brackets (3), four screws or secure with mounting bracket (3), two screws
nuts (2), and four screws (1). (2), and two screws (1).

(14) Coat o-rings on fitting seals (12 and 16, Figure (18) Install main cover (7, Figure 4-55) on base
4-56) and fitting connectors (11 and 15) with oil. weldment (3) and secure with six screws (6).

(15) Connect hose (17) to manifold of motor pump (19) Connect four hot wires (4) to terminals of
(14) with fitting seal (16) and fitting connec- batteries (5).
tor (15).
(20) Install battery cover (2) on base weldment (3)
(15) Connect tube assembly (13) to manifold of and secure with five screws (1).
motor pump (14) with fitting seal (12) and fitting
connector (11). (21) Raise table to its upright position.

(16) Install manifold assembly (10) on base (22) Remove shipping plug from reservoir (4,
weldment (5) and secure with two spacers (9), Figure 4-54).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-59 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(23) Add oil to reservoir (Refer to para 4.2). (3) Remove shipping plug from pump cover (1,
Figure 4-59) and allow all oil to drain into drain
(24) Screw breather cap (3) into reservoir (4). pan.

(25) Install hole plug (1) in base weldment (2). (4) Remove four screws (2), lockwashers (3),
pump cover (1), and gasket (4) from mani-
4.33 Pump Unit Removal / Installation fold (5).

A. Removal (5) Remove two screws (6), lockwashers (7), pump


unit (8), o-ring (9), and o-ring (10) from mani-
(1) Perform steps 1 thru 14 of para 4.32A. fold (5).

(2) Place drain pan under shipping plug (See (6) Remove coupler (11) from motor shaft (12).
Figure 4-59).

SHAFT
12
8
11
9
PLUG 4 1
SHIPPING PLUG

10 6

8
14 7
5
13

DRAIN PAN

3
2 HA5496-00

Figure 4-59. Pump Unit Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-60 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(7) Remove filter assembly (13) from tube assem- 4.34 Motor Pump Output Check Valve
bly (14). Discard filter assembly. Removal / Installation
(8) Remove tube assembly (14) from pump A. Removal
unit (8).

!
B. Installation
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
(1) Clean all metal components with degreasing to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
solution and allow to air dry. so could result in serious personal injury.

(1) Lay table onto its left side.


NOTE
The side of the pump unit (8) which does not have (2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-60) and main
tube assembly (14) installed on it must have a plug cover (2) from base weldment (3).
installed. If not, remove plug from old pump unit and
install in new pump unit. (3) Remove plug (1, Figure 4-61) from mani-
fold (2).
(3) Install tube assembly (14) on pump unit (8).
(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew
(4) Install filter assembly (13) on tube assem- guide shaft (3) and remove spring (4), washer
bly (14). (5), nylon washer (6), and check valve (7) from
manifold (2).
(5) Install coupler (11) on end of motor shaft (12).
B. Installation
(6) Coat o-rings (9 and 10) with oil.
(1) Clean all metal components with degreasing
(7) Install o-rings (9 and 10) on pump unit (8). solution and allow to air dry. Flush out manifold
(2, Figure 4-61) using clean oil.
(8) Install pump unit (8) on manifold (5) and secure
with two lockwashers (7) and screws (6), (2) Install nylon washer (6) and washer (5) on
making sure shaft of pump unit is mated with check valve (7).
coupler (12).
(3) Install assembled check valve (7) and spring
(9) Coat gasket (4) with oil. (4) in manifold (2) and secure with guide
shaft (3).
(10) Install gasket (4) on pump cover (1).

!
(11) Install pump cover (1) on manifold (5) and
CAUTION
secure with four lockwashers (3) and Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail-
screws (2). ure to do so will result in improper func-
tioning of check valve. However, do not use exces-
(12) Install shipping plug in pump cover (1). sive force on guide shaft to prevent damaging
components.
(13) Perform steps 11 thru 25 of para 4.32B.
(4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw
(14) Dispose of used oil in accordance with local guide shaft (3) inward until it bottoms out in
regulations. manifold (2); then unscrew guide shaft two full
turns.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-61 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(5) Install plug (1) in manifold (2).

(6) Install main cover (2, Figure 4-60) on base


weldment (3) and secure with six screws (1).

(7) Raise table to its upright position.

4.35 Motor Pump Pressure Relief Valve


Removal / Installation

A. Removal

!
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury.

(1) Lay table onto its left side.


3
(2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-62) and main
2
cover (2) from base weldment (3).
1
HA5497-00

Figure 4-60. Motor Pump Access

7
6
3

3
5
2
4 1
1
2 HA5497-00

Figure 4-62. Motor Pump Access

HA5501-00

Figure 4-61. Motor Pump Output Check


Valve Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-62 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(5) Remove adjusting screw (2), spring seat (3),


NOTE spring (4), and check valve (5) from mani-
There are two pressure relief valves; one for motor fold (6).
pump #1 and one for motor pump #2. The procedure
for removing pressure relief valves is the same. B. Installation
Procedure for installation is slightly different and is
explained in the text. (1) Install spring (4, Figure 4-63) and check valve
(5) on spring seat (3).
(3) Remove cap (1, Figure 4-63) from adjusting
screw (2). (2) Install assembled spring seat (3) in manifold (6)
and secure with adjusting screw (2). Tighten
(4) Place a rag under port. adjusting screw (2) only 1 to 1-1/2 turns.

NOTE (3) Disconnect tube (1, Figure 4-64) from swivel


Oil will run out of port when adjusting screw is fitting (2).
removed. Plug port with clean rag or reinstall
adjusting screw temporarily. (4) Disconnect hose (3) from swivel fitting (4).

CAUTION
Make sure 0 - 5000 PSI (0 - 344.8 BAR)
gauge is installed and not 0 - 200 PSI (0 -
13.8 BAR) gauge.

(5) Connect hose (A) of Test Gauge Assembly to


swivel fitting (2).

(6) Connect hose (B) of Test Gauge Assembly to


swivel fitting (4).

(7) Close shutoff valve of Test Gauge Assembly.

(8) Raise table to its upright position.

(9) If adjusting motor pump #1 pressure relief


valve, use hand control to run LEG UP or LEG
PRESSURE DOWN function while observing pressure
RELIEF
VALVE FOR gauge reading.
PUMP #2
If adjusting motor pump #2 pressure relief
valve, use emergency override panel to run
LEG UP or LEG DOWN function, while observ-
3
ing pressure gauge reading.

5 (10) Pressure gauge reading should be between


6 4 247 to 253 BAR (3581.5 to 3668.5 PSI). If
PRESSURE
RELIEF 2 pressure relief valve setting needs adjusted, go
VALVE FOR 1 to step 11. If pressure relief valve setting does
PUMP #1 HA5498-00 not need adjusted, go to step 15.

Figure 4-63. Motor Pump Pressure Relief


Valve Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-63 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

3
B

4
PRESSURE GAUGE
0-344.8 BAR
0-5000 PSI
2

6 SHUTOFF
A VALVE
HANDLE
1
HA5499-00

Figure 4-64. Pressure Relief Valve Adjustment

(11) Lay table onto its left side. (15) Secure adjusting screw (5) in place with
cap (6). Then repeat steps 8 thru 13 one more
(12) Open shutoff valve of Test Gauge Assembly to time to ensure reading was not changed.
allow oil pressure to dissipate; then close
shutoff valve. (16) Lay table onto its left side.

!
NOTE DANGER
Screwing adjusting screw inward raises pressure There is high oil pressure in Test
setting of pressure relief valve. Unscrewing adjust- Gauge Assembly. Failure to release
ing screw lowers pressure setting of pressure relief pressurized oil, as instructed in following step,
valve. before removing Test Gauge Assembly will result
in release of pressurized oil. This could result in
(13) Screw adjusting screw (5) inward or outward as serious personal injury.
necessary (approximately 1/4 turn at a time).
(17) Open shutoff valve of Test Gauge Assembly to
(14) Repeat steps 8 thru 13 until pressure gauge allow oil pressure to dissipate.
reading is between 247 to 253 BAR (3581.5 to
3668.5 PSI). (18) Disconnect hose (B) of Test Gauge Assembly
from swivel fitting (4).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-64 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(19) Disconnect hose (A) of Test Gauge Assembly


from swivel fitting (2).

(20) Connect hose (3) to swivel fitting (4).

(21) Connect tube (1) to swivel fitting (2).

(22) Install main cover (2, Figure 4-62) on base


weldment (3) and secure with six screws (1).

(23) Raise table to its upright position.

4.36 Outrigger Pressure Relief Valve


Removal / Installation

A. Removal

!
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant 3
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury.
2
1
(1) Lay table onto its left side. HA5497-00

(2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-65) and main Figure 4-65. Access to Base Components
cover (2) from base weldment (3).
(which is under tension) will cause oil to spray
(3) Remove cap (1, Figure 4-66) from adjusting during step 4.
screw (2).
(4) Disconnect hose (1, Figure 4-67) from male
(4) Place a rag under port. connector (2).

NOTE (5) Disconnect hose (3) from swivel fitting (4).


Oil will run out of port when adjusting screw is
removed. Plug port with rag or reinstall adjusting CAUTION
screw temporarily. Make sure 0 - 200 PSI (0 - 13.8 BAR)
gauge is installed and not 0 - 5000 PSI (0
(5) Remove adjusting screw (2), spring seat (3), - 344.8 BAR) gauge.
spring (4), and check valve (5) from mani-
fold (6). (6) Connect hose (B) of Test Gauge Assembly to
male connector (2) (Port 12).
B. Installation
(7) Connect TEE of Test Gauge Assembly to
(1) Install spring (4, Figure 4-66) and check valve swivel fitting (4).
(5) on spring seat (3).
(8) Connect hose (A) of Test Gauge Assembly to
(2) Install assembled spring seat (3) in manifold (6) TEE of Test Gauge Assembly.
and secure with adjusting screw (2). Tighten
adjusting screw (2) only 1 to 1-1/2 turns. (9) Connect hose (3) to TEE of Test Gauge
Assembly.
(3) Use hand control to UNLOCK floor lock cylin-
ders - otherwise, floor lock cylinder spring (10) Close shutoff valve of Test Gauge Assembly.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-65 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

setting is correct, go to step 19. If pressure


relief valve setting needs adjusted, go to
step 14.

(14) Use emergency override panel to UNLOCK


floor lock cylinders.

(15) Lay table onto its left side.

(16) Open shutoff valve of Test Gauge Assembly to


allow oil pressure to dissipate; then close
shutoff valve.

NOTE
Screwing adjusting screw inward raises pressure
setting of pressure relief valve. Unscrewing adjust-
ing screw lowers pressure setting of pressure relief
valve.

PORT (17) Screw adjusting screw (5) inward or outward as


necessary (approximately 1/4 turn at a time).

3 (18) Repeat steps 10 thru 17 until pressure gauge


reading is 9 to 10 BAR (130.5 to 145.0 PSI).
5
6 (19) Secure adjusting screw (5) in place with
4 cap (6). Then repeat steps 10 thru 17 one more
2
1 time to ensure reading was not changed.

HA5500-00
(20) Lay table onto its left side.
Figure 4-66. Outrigger Pressure Relief

!
DANGER
Valve Removal / Installation
There is high oil pressure in Test
(11) Raise table to its upright position. Gauge Assembly. Failure to release
pressurized oil, as instructed in following step,
NOTE before removing Test Gauge Assembly will result
The main floor lock function operates first, taking in release of pressurized oil. This could result in
about 8 seconds, then the outrigger floor lock serious personal injury.
function operates second, for about six seconds.
Observe the pressure gauge during the end of the (21) Open shutoff valve of Test Gauge Assembly to
six second period. Error code E01 will appear after allow oil pressure to dissipate.
this step - because Outrigger Floor Lock status
switch will not change its status, because R.H. side (22) Disconnect hose (A) of Test Gauge Assembly
Outrigger floor lock cylinder will not extend since it from TEE of Test Gauge Assembly.
has been disconnected.
(23) Disconnect hose (3) from TEE of Test Gauge
(12) Using hand control, run LOCK function while Assembly.
observing pressure gauge reading.
(24) Disconnect TEE from swivel fitting (4).
(13) Pressure gauge reading should be 9 to 10 BAR
(130.5 to 145.0 PSI). If pressure relief valve (25) Disconnect hose (B) of Test Gauge Assembly
from male connector (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-66 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

1
B
3

TEE

10
11
5

12
2

6
PRESSURE GAUGE
0-13.8 BAR
0-200 PSI

SHUTOFF
A VALVE
HANDLE

HA551701

Figure 4-67. Pressure Relief Valve Adjustment

(26) Connect hose (3) to swivel fitting (4).

!
DANGER
(27) Connect hose (1) to male connector (2). Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
(28) Install main cover (2, Figure 4-65) on base so could result in serious personal injury.
weldment (3) and secure with six screws (1).
(1) Lay table onto its left side.
(29) Raise table to its upright position.
(2) Remove five screws (1, Figure 4-68) and
(30) Check adjustment by LOCKING floor locks. battery cover (2) from base weldment (3).
Outrigger floor lock cylinders should not raise
table off of ground (with leg section installed).

!
CAUTION
If battery power is not disconnected,
4.37 Main Controller Board Removal / there is a potential of shorting 24 VDC
Installation against the base weldment. If this happens, both the
main controller board and charging / power driver
A. Removal board will probably be damaged.

(3) Disconnect four hot wires (4) from terminals of


batteries (5).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-67 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(4) Remove six screws (6) and main cover (7) from B. Installation
base weldment (3).
(1) Coat threads of two screws (7, Figure 4-69)
(5) Remove two screws (8), two screws (9), and two screws (9) with hydraulic sealant
mounting bracket (10), and partially remove (Loctite 569).
control box (11) from base weldment (3).
(2) Install main controller board (6) in control box
(6) Loosen four captive screws (1, Figure 4-69) (3) and secure with two screws (9), two
and separate cover (2) from control box (3). lockwashers (8), and screws (7).

(7) Tag and disconnect seven wire harnesses (4) (3) Connect wire (5) and seven wire harnesses (4)
and wire (5) from main controller board (6). to main controller board (6).

(8) Remove two screws (7) and lockwashers (8) (4) Install cover (2) on control box (3) and secure
from main controller board (6). by tightening four captive screws (1), making
sure no wires are being pinched by cover.
(9) Remove two screws (9) and main controller
board (6) from control box (3).

10
9

4
11
5

4
7
6
2

3
1
HA551401

Figure 4-68. Control Box Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-68 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.38 Charging / Power Driver Board


3 Removal / Installation
4
A. Removal

!
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury.

(1) Lay table onto its left side.

!
DANGER
Make sure power cord is unplugged
before working on table. Failure to do
so could result in electrical shock which could
cause serious personal injury or death.

(2) Unplug power cord from table.


9 8 6
(3) Remove five screws (1, Figure 4-70) and
5 7 battery cover (2) from base weldment (3).

!
1 2 CAUTION
HA5485-00 If battery power is not disconnected,
there is a potential of shorting 24 VDC
Figure 4-69. Main Controller Board against the base weldment. If this happens, both the
Removal / Installation main controller board and charging / power driver
board will probably be damaged.
(5) Position control box (11, Figure 4-68) in base
weldment (3) and secure with mounting bracket (4) Disconnect four hot wires (4) from terminals of
(10), two screws (9), and two screws (8). batteries (5).

(6) Install main cover (7) on base weldment (3) and (5) Loosen two locknuts (6) and remove caster (7)
secure with six screws (6). from caster fork (8).

(7) Connect four hot wires (4) to terminals of (6) Remove two screws (9) and cover (10) from
batteries (5). base weldment (3).

(8) Install battery cover (2) on base weldment (3) (7) Loosen four captive screws (11) and separate
and secure with five screws (1). box cover (12) from electrical box (13).

(9) Raise table to its upright position. (8) Using a 3mm Allen Wrench, remove two or four
screws (1, Figure 4-71) and partially two
(10) Perform calibration of return to level / neutral remove electrical box (2) from base welent (3).
position (Refer to para 4.3).
(9) Tag and disconnect three wire harnesses (4)
from charging / power driver board (5).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-69 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

9
1
12 13 8 3
11

4 6
7
5
8 10

6 9
3
5
4 7

HA5502-00

Figure 4-70. Electrical Box Access HA5503-00

(10) Tag and disconnect six wires (6) from charging Figure 4-71. Charging / Power Driver Board
/ power driver board (5). Removal / Installation

(11) Remove two screws (7) from charging / power B. Installation


driver board (5).
(1) Coat threads of two screws (7, Figure 4-71)
(12) Remove two screws (8), lockwashers (9), and and two screws (8) with hydraulic sealant
charging / power driver board (5) from electrical (Loctite 569).
box (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-70 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(2) Install charging / power driver board (5) in


electrical box (2) and secure with two
lockwashers (9), screws (8), and two
screws (7).
1
(3) Connect six wires (6) to charging / power driver 4
board (5). 5

(4) Connect three wire harnesses (4) to charging / 2


power driver board (5).

(5) Install electrical box (2) on base weldment (3)


and secure with two or four screws (1).

(6) Install box cover (12, Figure 4-70) on electrical


box (13) and secure by tightening four captive
screws (11). 7
6
3 8
(7) Install cover (10) on base weldment (3) and CA7673
secure with two screws (9).
Figure 4-72. Emergency Override Board
(8) Install caster (7) on caster fork (8) and secure Removal / Installation
by tightening two locknuts (6).
(4) Disconnect wire harness (5) from emergency
(9) Connect four hot wires (4) to terminals of override board (6).
batteries (5).
NOTE
(10) Install battery cover (2) on base weldment (3) Plastic spacers were only used on early tables. Re-
and secure with five screws (1). use spacers if present.

(11) Raise table to its upright position. (5) Remove eight screws (7), sixteen plastic
spacers (8), and emergency override board (6)
4.39 Emergency Override Panel Removal from switch plate mounting panel (3).
/ Installation
B. Installation
A. Removal
NOTE
(1) Raise cover (1, Figure 4-72) up out of way. Plastic spacers were only used on early tables. Re-
use spacers if present.
(2) Remove four screws (2) from switch plate
mounting panel (3). (1) Install sixteen plastic spacers (8) and emer-
gency override board (6) on switch plate
mounting panel (3) and secure with eight

!
CAUTION
screws (7).
Pull switch plate mounting panel out
carefully. Pulling quickly could damage
(2) Connect wire harness (5) to emergency
emergency override board or connector.
override board (6).
(3) Remove switch plate mounting panel (3) from
(3) Install switch plate mounting panel (3) in
mounting panel weldment (4) by prying bottom
mounting panel weldment (4) and secure with
edge of switch plate mounting panel outward
four screws (2).
and then pulling downward until it is free.
(4) Lower cover (1) down to closed position.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-71 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.40 Distribution Board Removal / Instal- (6) Disconnect four wire harnesses (3) from front
lation terminals of distribution board (1).

A. Removal (7) Tag and disconnect seven wire harnesses (4)


from middle terminals of distribution board (1).
(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-73), four
screws (2), and back section table top (3) from (8) Tag and disconnect three wire harnesses (5)
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4). from rear terminals of distribution board (1).

(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove (9) While pressing in on locking tab of standoff (6),
four screws (6). raise that corner of distribution board (1) past
locking tab.
(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover
gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld- (10) Repeat step 9 for three remaining standoffs (6)
ments (4). and then remove distribution board (1) from
standoffs (6).
(4) Cut any cable ties which are holding wire
harnesses in place around distribution board (1,
Figure 4-74). 5
(5) Disconnect wire (2) from terminal of distribution
board (1).
4

2 3

CABLE
TIE 2
3 8
6 1
5
7
7

4 9

4
6

LOCKING
TAB
6 CA76XX
CA7654

CA7653 Figure 4-74. Distribution Board


Removal / Installation
Figure 4-73. Covers Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-72 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.41 RFI Filter Removal / Installation


NOTE
Early units have only two standoff assemblies (8). A. Removal

!
(11) Remove four screws (7) and four cable tie DANGER
standoff assemblies (8) from distribution Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
board (1). to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury.
(12) If broken, remove standoffs (6) from pivot block
(9) by unscrewing them. (1) Lay table onto its left side.

!
B. Installation DANGER
Make sure power cord is unplugged
(1) If removed, install standoffs (6, Figure 4-74) on before working on table. Failure to do
pivot block (9). so could result in electrical shock which could
cause serious personal injury or death.
NOTE
Early units have only two standoff assemblies (8). (2) Unplug power cord from table.

(2) Install four cable tie standoff assemblies (8) on (3) Remove five screws (1, Figure 4-75) and
distribution board (1) and secure with four battery cover (2) from base weldment (3).
screws (7).
(4) Loosen two locknuts (4) and remove caster (5)
(3) Install distribution board (1) on four standoffs from caster fork (6).
(6). Push down on corners of distribution board
until locking tabs of standoffs pop back out- (5) Remove jam nut (7).
ward, locking distribution board in place.
(6) Remove setscrew (8) and partially pull floor
(4) Connect three wire harnesses (5) to rear lock cylinder (9) out of base weldment (3).
terminals of distribution board (1).
(7) Remove two screws (10) and partially remove
(5) Connect seven wire harnesses (4) to middle bracket assembly (11) from base weldment (3).
terminals of distribution board (1).
(8) Tag and disconnect two wires (1, Figure 4-76)
(6) Connect four wire harnesses (3) to front and three wire groups (2) from terminals of RFI
terminals of distribution board (1). filter (3).

(7) Connect one wire (2) to terminal of distribution (9) Remove two locknuts (4) and RFI filter (3) from
board (1). bracket assembly (5).

(8) Secure wire and wire harnesses to cable tie B. Installation


standoff assemblies (8) with cable ties.
(1) Install RFI filter (3, Figure 4-76) on bracket
(9) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-73) and assembly (5) and secure with two locknuts (4).
bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side
weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets (2) Connect three wire groups (2) and two wires (1)
back and install four screws (6). to terminals of RFI filter (3).

(10) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and (3) Install bracket assembly (11, Figure 4-75) on
L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four base weldment (3) and secure with two
screws (2). screws (10).

(11) Install four plugs (1) on back section table


top (3).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-73 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

6 3
5

5
4 2
4
3 1
HA5512-00

Figure 4-76. RFI Filter Removal / Installation

(4) Install floor lock cylinder (9) on base weldment


3 1 (3) and secure with setscrew (8).

7 (5) Secure setscrew (8) in place with jam nut (7).


8
10 (6) Install caster (5) on caster fork (6) and secure
by tightening two locknuts (4).

(7) Install battery cover (2) on base weldment (3)


and secure with five screws (1).

(8) Raise table to its upright position.

11 4.42 Transformer Removal / Installation

A. Removal

9 (1) Perform steps 1 thru 7 of para 4.38A (removing


HA5504-00 charging / power driver board).

Figure 4-75. RFI Filter Access (2) Perform steps 1 thru 7 of para 4.41A (removing
RFI filter).

(3) Tag and disconnect two wire harnesses (1,


Figure 4-77) from RFI filter (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-74 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

10

9
RELEASE
TABS

11 13
SLOT "B"
14
12 SLOT "A"
A

5 4

3
1

2
7 8
6
HA5505-00

Figure 4-77. Transformer Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-75 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(4) Remove two screws (3) and cover (4) from (5) Install wire cap (12) and seal (14) on four
base weldment (5). wires (11).

(5) Remove screw (6), washer (7), and partially (6) Feed four wires (11) thru electrical fitting (13).
remove transformer (8) from base weld-
ment (5). (7) Press on release tabs of connector (9) and
insert four wires into connector.
(6) Disconnect connector (9) from charging / power
driver board (10). (8) Connect connector (9) to charging / power
driver board (10).
(7) Tag four wires (11). Press on release tabs and
pull four wires (11) from connector (9). (9) Screw wire cap (12) onto electrical fitting (13).

(8) Remove wire cap (12) from electrical fit- (10) Connect two wire harnesses (1) to terminals of
ting (13). RFI filter (2).

(9) Pull four wires (11) thru electrical fitting (13). (11) Install transformer (8) on base weldment (5)
and secure with washer (7) and screw (6).
(10) Remove wire cap (12) and seal (14) from four
wires (11). (12) Install cover (4) on base weldment (5) and
secure with two screws (3).
NOTE
If step 11 is not successful, removal of motor pump (13) Perform steps 3 thru 7 of para 4.41B (installing
is necessary. Refer to para 4.32. RFI filter).

(11) Attach a "fish wire" to ends of four wires (11); (14) Perform steps 6 thru 10 of para 4.38B (install-
then pull four wires out of Slots B and A in base ing charging / power driver board).
weldment (5).
(15) Raise table to its upright position.
(12) Disconnect four wires (11) from "fish wire",
making sure "fish wire" remains in base 4.43 Line Power Pilot Lamp Removal /
weldment (5) to assist in installation. Installation
(13) Cut cable ties securing four wires (11) together. A. Removal

(14) Remove transformer (8). (1) Perform steps 1 thru 7 of para 4.41A (removing
RFI filter).
B. Installation
(2) Disconnect two wires (1, Figure 4-78) from
(1) Secure four wires (11) together using cable terminals of line power pilot lamp (2).
ties.
(3) Remove line power pilot lamp (2) from bracket
(2) Connect "fish wire" to ends of four wires (11). assembly (3).

(3) Using "fish wire", pull four wires thru Slot A and B. Installation
B in base weldment (5).
(1) Push line power pilot lamp (2) into bracket
(4) Disconnect four wires (11) from "fish wire". Pull assembly (3).
"fish wire" out of base weldment (5).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-76 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

1 2

LOCKING
TAB

1 HA5507-00

HA5506-00
Figure 4-79. Plug Receptacle Removal / Installation
Figure 4-78. Line Power Pilot Lamp
Removal / Installation (3) Perform steps 3 thru 8 of para 4.41B (installing
RFI filter).
(2) Connect two wires (1) to terminals of line power
pilot lamp (2). 4.45 Batteries Removal / Installation
(3) Perform steps 3 thru 8 of para 4.41B (installing A. Removal
RFI filter).

!
DANGER
4.44 Plug Receptacle Removal / Table is very heavy. Use an assistant
Installation to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury.
A. Removal
(1) Lay table onto its left side.
(1) Perform steps 1 thru 7 of para 4.41A (removing
RFI filter). (2) Remove five screws (1, Figure 4-80) and
battery cover (2) from base weldment (3).
(2) Tag and disconnect three wires (1, Figure 4-79)
from terminals of plug receptacle (2). (3) Pull on both ends of pull strap (4) until terminals
of four batteries (5) can be accessed.
(3) Depress two locking tabs and remove plug
receptacle (2) from bracket assembly (3). (4) Tag and disconnect eight wires (6) from
terminals of four batteries (5).
B. Installation
(5) Remove four batteries (5) from base weld-
(1) Push plug receptacle (2) into bracket assembly ment (3).
(3) until it "snaps" into place.

(2) Connect three wires (1) to terminals of plug


receptacle (2).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-77 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.46 Primary Thermostat Removal / In-


stallation

A. Removal

(1) Perform steps 1 thru 17 of para 4.32A (remov-


ing motor pump).

6 (2) Remove nut (1, Figure 4-81), lockwasher (2),


and three wires (3) from terminal post of
motor (4).

4 (3) Remove shrink wrap tubing and then desolder


wire of primary thermostat (5) from wire (6).

5 (4) Cut two cable ties and remove primary thermo-


stat (5) from motor (4).

B. Installation

(1) Slide a 3/4" piece of shrink wrap tubing on wire


of primary thermostat (5).

2
1
6 3/4" PIECE OF 2
3
SHRINK WRAP 3
TUBING
3
1
7
HA5508-00
5
Figure 4-80. Batteries Removal / Installation
6
B. Installation

(1) Position pull strap (4) in base weldment (3).

(2) Install four batteries (5) in base weldment (3).


Do not push batteries all the way in base
weldment so terminals are not accessible.

(3) Connect eight wires (6) to terminals of four 4


batteries (5). CABLE
TIES
(4) Push four batteries (5) into base weldment (3) TERMINAL
POST
fully. HA5509-00

(5) Install battery cover (2) on base weldment (3) Figure 4-81. Primary Thermal Fuse
and secure with five screws (1). Removal / Installation

(6) Raise table to its upright position.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-78 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

NOTE 1
Use proper solder techniques and 60/40 resin core 2
solder. 4
(2) Solder wire of primary thermostat (5) to
wire (6).

(3) Slide shrink wrap tubing over bare wire; then


use a heat source to shrink the tubing firmly
into place.

(4) Install three wires (3) on terminal post of motor


(4) and secure with lockwasher (2) and nut (1). 1

(5) Position primary thermostat (5) and secondary 3 CABLE TIES


thermostat (7) on motor (4) and secure with two
cable ties.

(6) Perform steps 5 thru 25 of para 4.32B (install-


ing motor pump).
HA5510-00

4.47 Secondary Thermostat Removal /


Installation Figure 4-82. Secondary Thermal Fuse
Removal / Installation
A. Removal
4.48 Floor Lock Status Switch Removal /
(1) Perform steps 1 thru 17 of para 4.32A (remov- Installation
ing motor pump).
A. Removal
(2) Tag and disconnect two wires (1, Figure 4-82)
from secondary thermostat (2). NOTE
There are two floor lock status switches; a main floor
(3) Cut two cable ties and remove secondary lock status switch and an outrigger floor lock status
thermostat (2) from motor (3). switch. Both status switches are removed same
way. Main floor lock status switch is shown in the
B. Installation illustration.

(1) Position primary thermostat (4) and secondary (1) If not already extended, use hand control to run
thermostat (2) on motor (3) and secure with two LOCK function to extend floor lock cylinders.
cable ties.
(2) Remove two screws (1, Figure 4-83) and pull
(2) Connect one wire (1) to each terminal of switch bracket (2) out of base weldment (3) as
secondary thermostat (2). far as possible.

(3) Perform steps 5 thru 25 of para 4.32B (install-


ing motor pump).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-79 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

MAIN FLOOR LOCK (3) Disconnect connector of status switch (4) from
STATUS SWITCH wire harness (5).
BOTTOM VIEW
(4) Using a pencil, mark position of status switch
(4) on switch bracket (2).

(5) Remove two nuts (6), screws (7), and status


switch (4) from switch bracket (2).
OUTRIGGER FLOOR LOCK
STATUS SWITCH B. Installation

(1) Align new status switch (4) with pencil marks


on switch bracket (2) and then secure in
LOCK UNLOCK position with two screws (7) and nuts (6).
POSITION POSITION

(2) Connect connector of status switch (4) to wire


harness (5).

(3) Install switch bracket (2) on base weldment (3)


and secure with two screws (1).

!
CAUTION
When adjusting status switch, use care to
adjust status switch so trip arm will not be
bent or broken by floor lock cylinder when cylinder is
unlocked (retracted).

(4) Sight down edge floor lock cylinder and deter-


mine if trip arm of status switch (4) is positioned
properly. Trip arm is positioned properly when
trip arm will be tripped when the floor lock
cylinders are in unlocked (retracted) position
and will not be tripped when floor lock cylinders
are in locked (extended) position.

(5) If status switch (4) needs to be adjusted,


remove switch bracket (2) and adjust status
switch as determined necessary. Reinstall
switch bracket.

(6) Raise table to its upright position.


3
5 (7) Using hand control, run UNLOCK function to
unlock floor lock cylinders and then run LOCK
6 function to lock floor lock cylinders.

1
2
4
7
HA551100

Figure 4-83. Floor Lock Status Switch


Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-80 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(8) Observe. When floor lock cylinders are un-


locked, hand control should read ON WHEELS. 1
When floor lock cylinders are locked, hand
control should read FLOOR LOCKED. Error 2
code E01 (Floor Lock Status Switch Is Not
Responding) should not display.

4.49 Table Orientation Switches Removal 3


/ Installation 6
5
A. Removal
7
NOTE
Steps 1 thru 3 apply only if removing orientation 4
switches at head end of table.

(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-84), four 4


screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4).

(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove


four screws (6).

CA7674

Figure 4-84. Covers Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-81 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover


gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld- ORIENTATION
SWITCH LOCATIONS
ments (4).

(4) Unscrew cap (1, Figure 4-85), spring washer


(2), washers (3), and spacer (4) from side weld- ORIENTATION ORIENTATION
HEAD
ment (5). SWITCH "S0" SECTION SWITCH "S1"

NOTE
When removing an orientation switch located in
either leg pivot weldment, it may be necessary to
remove cover from leg joint so extra wire may be BACK
SECTION
pulled thru to allow removal of switch plunger assem-
bly.

(5) Partially pull switch plunger assembly (6) out of


weldment (5).
SEAT
(6) Remove shrink wrap tubing from two wires (7). SECTION

ORIENTATION ORIENTATION
(7) Desolder two wires (7) from terminals of SWITCH "S2" SWITCH "S3"
orientation switch (8).

(8) Unscrew orientation switch (8) from switch


plunger assembly (6).
LEG
SECTION ORIENTATION
B. Installation SWITCH "S5"

(1) Screw orientation switch (8, Figure 4-85) into


switch plunger assembly (6) until fully seated.

NOTE
Wires must be bent over to allow cap (1) to be
installed later. Using a piece of shrink wrap tubing
larger than 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) makes this difficult.
Trim bare wires back as necessary to make sure
shrink wrap tubing can cover bare wires properly.
6
(2) Slide a 1/4 in. (6.35 mm) piece of shrink wrap
tubing on each wire (7).

NOTE 4 5
Use proper solder techniques and 60/40 resin core 2
solder. 8
1
SHRINK
(3) Solder one wire (7) to each terminal of orienta- 7 WRAP
tion switch (8). TUBING
3
CA7675

(4) Slide shrink wrap tubing over terminal and bare


wire. Using heat source, shrink tubing securely Figure 4-85. Orientation Switch
into position. Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-82 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

SYNCHRONIZATION

!
CAUTION
Make sure wires do not get cut by wash-
ers, grounding wires to weldment. Also, SYNCHRONIZED
make sure switch plunger assembly is firmly pressed
into hole so orientation switch will be actuated by leg
or head section and not just push switch plunger POST
assembly out of way. Check switch action by hand
after following step to verify proper operation.
Failure to do so could result in table malfunction.

(5) Install switch plunger assembly (6) in weld-


NOT SYNCHRONIZED
ment (5) and secure with spacer (4), washers
(3), spring washer (2), and cap (1).

NOTE
Steps 6 thru 8 apply only if installing orientation
switches at head end of table. 1

(6) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-84) and 2


bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side
weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets
back and install four screws (6).
3 9
(7) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and
L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
screws (2).

(8) Install four plugs (1) on back section table 6


top (3). 4

RELEASE
4.50 Head Section Gas Spring Removal / LEVER
Installation / Adjustment
7
8
A. Removal
5
(1) If installed, remove head section from table.
RELEASE
PIN
(2) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-86), screws (2),
and head section board (3) from head section ROD
weldment (4).
CA7684
(3) Loosen setscrew (5).
Figure 4-86. Gas Spring Removal / Installation
(4) Using pin extractor, remove pivot pin (6) from
head section weldment (4).

(5) Tilt pivot block (7) up out of way.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-83 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(6) While counting number of turns, unscrew gas (8) If posts are not synchronized in same position,
spring (8) from clevis (9). perform steps 3 thru 5 of removal; then rotate
base of gas spring (8) one full turn in direction
B. Installation determined necessary.

(1) Depress release pin of gas spring (8) against (9) Perform steps 3 and 4 of installation.
ground and allow rod of gas spring to extend
fully. (10) Repeat steps 5 thru 9 until posts are synchro-
nized.
(2) Screw gas spring (8) into clevis (9) the same
number of turns as it took to remove gas spring C. Adjustment
during removal.
(1) Perform steps 5 thru 10 of installation until
(3) Position pivot block (7) on gas spring (8) and posts are synchronized in same position.
secure with pivot pin (6), making sure flat edge
of pivot pin (6) is facing toward setscrew (5). 4.51 Foot Control Interface Board Re-
moval / Installation
(4) Secure pivot pin (6) in place by tightening
setscrew (5). A. Removal

NOTE (1) Pry up edges of gasket seal (1, Figure 4-87);


If posts are too far out of synchronization to allow then remove twelve screws (2), lower cover (3),
head section to be installed on table, press release and gasket seal (1) from box weldment (4).
lever; this will allow both gas springs to extend fully,
temporarily synchronizing posts. (2) Tag and desolder twenty-four wires (5) and six
wires (6) from foot control interface board (7).
(5) Install head section on table.
(3) Remove four screws (8), lockwashers (9), and
(6) Depress release lever and move head section foot control interface board (7) from box
to a level position. weldment (4).

(7) Remove head section from table and check two B. Installation
posts. The posts should be synchronized in
same position. (1) Install foot control interface board (7) on box
weldment (4) and secure with four lockwashers
NOTE (9) and screws (8).
Turning base of gas spring in a clockwise direction
(as viewed from base of gas spring) will cause the
post to move sooner / farther than it had previously.
Turning base of gas spring in a counterclockwise
direction (as viewed from base of gas spring) will
cause the post to move later / not as far as it had
previously.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-84 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.52 Typical Latch Mechanism Removal /


Installation

A. Removal

NOTE
8
7 Steps 1 thru 3 apply only if removing a latch mecha-
nism from head end of table.
5 9
(1) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-88), four
4
6 screws (2), and back section table top (3) from
R.H. and L.H. side weldments (4).

(2) Bend lip of two cover gaskets (5) and remove


2 four screws (6).

(3) Remove bridge cover (7) and two cover


gaskets (5) from R.H. and L.H. side weld-
ments (4).

2
1
3
CA7672
3
Figure 4-87. Foot Control Interface Board 6
Removal / Installation 5
7
NOTE
Use proper solder techniques and 60/40 resin core
4
solder. Use heat sinks to prevent damage to inter-
face board.
4
(2) Solder six wires (6) and twenty-four wires (5) to
foot control interface board (7).

(3) Install gasket seal (1) on lower cover (3).

(4) Install lower cover (3) on box weldment (4) and


secure with twelve screws (2).

(5) Using a clear bonding adhesive (Loctite 414),


glue gasket seal (1) to lower cover (3). CA7674

Figure 4-88. Covers Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-85 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(4) Remove four plugs (1, Figure 4-89), four (9) Remove brass spacer (13) from weldment (4).
screws (2), and section board (3) from
weldment (4). (10) Remove end cap (14), spring washers (15),
and plunger (16) from body (17).
(5) Remove tape or plug (5) from top of hole.
B. Installation
(6) Remove screw (6), spring retainer (7), and
spring (8) from weldment (4). (1) Clean all components and allow to dry.

(7) Using spanner wrench (M07161), remove NOTE


retainer cap (9), spring (10), and latch assem- Install spring washers as follows: Two spring
bly (11) from weldment (4). washers on post of end cap (14) (concave up); then
two more, concave down. Repeat until all spring
(8) Remove latch handle (12) from weldment (4). washers are installed.

(2) Install plunger (16, Figure 4-89) and spring


1 SPANNER washers (15) in body (17) and secure with end
WRENCH cap (14). Tighten end cap very lightly until
(MO7161)
2 resistance is felt.
9
3 (3) Install brass spacer (13) in weldment (4).
10 (4) Install latch handle (12) in weldment (4).
17
(5) Install latch assembly (11) and spring (10) in
weldment (4) and secure with retainer cap (9).
16 Use spanner wrench (M07161) to tighten
retainer cap.
11
5 15
(6) Install spring (8) and spring retainer (7) in
9 14 weldment (4) and secure with screw (6).
10
(7) If removed, install either tape or plug (5).
11
NOTE
13 Steps 8 thru 10 apply only if installing a latch mecha-
nism at head end of table.

7 (8) Install two cover gaskets (5, Figure 4-88) and


6 12 bridge cover (7) on R.H. and L.H. side
4 weldments (4); then bend lip of cover gaskets
back and install four screws (6).
8
CA7679 (9) Install back section table top (3) on R.H. and
L.H. side weldments (4) and secure with four
Figure 4-89. Latching Mechanism screws (2).
Removal / Installation
(10) Install four plugs (1) on back section table
top (3).

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-86 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

4.53 Typical Floor Lock Check Valve (2) Remove six screws (1, Figure 4-90) and main
Removal / Installation cover (2) from base weldment (3).

A. Removal (3) Remove two screws (4), two screws (5),


mounting bracket (6), two spacers (7), and
partially remove manifold assembly (8) from
base weldment (3).
DANGER
Table is very heavy. Use an assistant (4) Disconnect hose (9) from male connector (10).
to lay table onto its side. Failure to do
so could result in serious personal injury. (5) Remove male connector (10) from manifold
assembly (8).
(1) Lay table onto its left side.

8
7

9 2

10 11 1

12 13

14 15

8
CHECK VALVE FOR THREE
MAIN FLOOR LOCK
CHECK VALVE FOR L.H. SIDE CYLINDERS
OUTRIGGER FLOOR LOCK
CYLINDERS CHECK VALVE FOR R.H. SIDE
OUTRIGGER FLOOR LOCK
CYLINDERS

HA551601

Figure 4-90. Typical Floor Lock Check Valve Removal / Installation

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-87 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION IV
MAINTENANCE / SERVICE

(6) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, unscrew


guide shaft (11) and remove spring (12), CAUTION
washer (13), nylon washer (14), and check Make sure guide shaft bottoms out. Fail-
valve (15) from manifold assembly (8). ure to do so will result in improper func-
tioning of check valve. However, do not use exces-
B. Installation sive force on guide shaft to prevent damaging
components.
(1) Clean all metal components with degreasing
solution and allow to air dry. Flush out manifold (4) Using a long, thin needle nosed pliers, screw
assembly (8, Figure 4-90) using clean oil. guide shaft (11) inward until it bottoms out in
manifold assembly (8); then unscrew guide
(2) Install nylon washer (14) and washer (13) on shaft two full turns.
check valve (15).
(5) Install manifold assembly (8) in base weldment
(3) Install assembled check valve (15) and spring (3) and secure with two spacers (7), mounting
(12) in manifold assembly (8) and secure with bracket (6), two screws (5), and two
guide shaft (11). screws (4).

(6) Install main cover (2) on base weldment (3) and


secure with six screws (1).

(7) Raise table to an upright position.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 4-88 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION V
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS

SECTION V
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS
5.1 Electrical Schematics / Wiring flow and wiring connections between the electrical
Diagrams components in the table. Figure 5-2 illustrates the logic
/ current flow for the table orientation switches.
Figure 5-1, Sheets 1 and 2 illustrate the logic / current

See Pages 5-2 and 5-3 for Figure 5-1


(This page intentionally left blank)

Page 5-1 Printed in U.S.A.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION V
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS
BLACK

BLACK
RED

RED

2
1
2

COLUMN COLUMN
(DOWN) (UP)
BLACK
RED

OUTRIGGER
SOLENOID VALVES

2
1
BASE CONTROL

FLOOR LOCK
( ← HEAD END )

(LOCK)

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

RED
RED

WHITE St29

BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
BLACK
RED
RED
RED
RED

RED
RED
RED
RED
WHITE

1
5
3
2
1
2

ALL FLOOR BROWN


MAIN FLOOR

4
2
6
LOCK (UNLOCK) LOCK (LOCK) BROWN St27 St26

BLACK

RED
BLACK

7
1

1
3

3
5

5
4

4
6

6
2

2
8

8
RIGHT / HEAD

ORIENTATION

ORIENTATION

WHITE
LEFT / HEAD
SWITCH (S0)

SWITCH (S1)

GREEN

St21
St26

St21
BROWN
BLACK

BROWN
BROWN

1
3
5
WHITE
WHITE

BLACK

10

10
9

4
6

2
8
YELLOW

7
8

7
8

St20
St27

St20
6
5

6
5
RED

4
3

1
3
5
BLUE

1
2

1
2

4
6

2
8
ORIENTATION SWITCH
LEAD PART OF HARNESS VIOLET
ON LATER UNITS ORANGE
St29 St32

14
13

1
5
3

5
3
12
11

2
6
4

6
4
BLACK BLACK

10
9
2

BLACK

St22
RED

8
RED

7
ORIENTATION SWITCH WHITE St30
1

HARNESS St30

5
6
WHITE
TRENDEL-
ENBURG

1
5
3
(DOWN)

(DOWN)

4
3

1
5
3
SEAT

BROWN St33
LEAD PART OF HARNESS

4
2
6
ORIENTATION SWITCH

1
2

2
6
4
BROWN

1
3
ON LATER UNITS
SOLENOID VALVES

BLACK
( HEAD END → )

2
4
L.H. CONTROL

St36

12
11

1
3
5
10
9

4
6

2
8
St23
8
7
GREEN
St37

6
5
BROWN / GREEN
TRENDEL-
ENBURG

St35

4
3

1
3
5
SEAT

BROWN / GREY
(UP)

(UP)

2
1

1
3
4
6

2
8
GREY / WHITE
ORIENTATION SWITCH

2
4
YELLOW / WHITE
RED RED HARNESS
1
1

20
19

20
19

20
19
BLACK BLACK
18
17

18
17

18
17
2
2

BROWN / YELLOW
16
15

16
15

16
15
WHITE

DISTRIBUTION
WHITE / GREEN
BROWN

14
13

14
13

14
13
BLACK
ORIENTATION

ORIENTATION
RIGHT / SEAT
SWITCH (S2)

SWITCH (S3)

GREY / PINK
LEFT / SEAT

11
12

12

12
St24

St25
St24
11

11

BOARD
RED / BLUE
10

10
10
9

9
WHITE
8
7

8
7

7
GREY
5
6

5
6

6
VIOLET
4
3

4
3

3
BLUE
2
1

2
1

BLACK BLACK
2

BLACK
RED RED BROWN
1

RED
LATERAL
(DOWN)

(RIGHT)

PINK
LEG

TILT

YELLOW
SOLENOID VALVES
( ← HEAD END )

R.H. CONTROL

LEG SECTION

ORIENTATION
SWITCH (S5)
LATERAL
(LEFT)
(UP)
LEG

TILT

RED / BLUE
GREY / PINK
RED RED
1
1

WHITE / GREEN
BLACK BLACK YELLOW GREEN BROWN / GREEN
2
2

14
13

PINK BROWN / GREEN GREEN


12
11

RED BROWN / GREY YELLOW


10
St22

BROWN GREY / WHITE PINK


8
7

BLACK YELLOW / WHITE RED


5
6

BLUE BROWN
20
19
2
1

4
2

3
1

VIOLET GREY
4
3

18
17

1
2
4
3
EMERGENCY

GREY BROWN / YELLOW BLUE


5
6

16
15
OVERRIDE

5
6

WHITE WHITE / GREEN VIOLET


BOARD

8
7

14
13
8
7

RED / BLUE GREY / PINK BLACK


10
9

12
11

St25
10
9

RED / BLUE WHITE


11

GREY / PINK
12

10
11
12

WHITE / GREEN WHITE


13
14

13
14

8
7

BROWN / YELLOW GREY


15
16

15
16

5
6

VIOLET
17
18

17
18

4
3

BLUE
19
20

2
1
19
20

YELLOW / WHITE BLACK

GREY / WHITE BROWN

BROWN / GREY RED

BROWN / GREEN PINK

GREEN YELLOW

CA761601

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 5-2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents

SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS


SECTION V
N

Printed in U.S.A.
!! = DENOTES "TEST POINTS"

CA761602
K
ST3a ST2a
LINE POWER
PILOT LAMP L - + - + - + - +
POWER CORD
RECEPTACLE
A
TRANSFORMER
THERMAL ST2a BATTERY BATTERY BATTERY BATTERY
BROWN (BATT. +)
BLACK FUSE YELLOW
5 amp. C5 M

40 amp.
FILTER

FUSE
U

BLUE
FUSE ST3a

RFI
BROWN
L (BATT. -)

115 WHITE 1 1 ST9a


BLUE
VAC N BLACK C RED

ST1
YELLOW 2 2

ST1
5 amp. ST9 a & b
(PUMPS +) ST9b
FUSE THERMAL 3 3 RED
YELLOW / GREEN B FUSE 4 4 D S
ST4
F

YELLOW / GREEN
RED RED
E 9 7 5 3 1
ST8 2 MOTOR 100° c MOTOR 100° c
(P2) 10 8 6 4 2 (212° F) (212° F)
YELLOW / GREEN PUMP PUMP
V 1 2 SECONDARY
L2 SECONDARY
L2

ST4
ST5a #1 THERMOSTAT #2 THERMOSTAT
N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

Figure 5-1. Electrical Schematic / Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)


1
ST7
CHARGING / POWER (P1)
PI P2
DRIVER BOARD G 80° c 80° c
L1 (176° F) L1 (176° F)
PRIMARY PRIMARY
THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT

MISCELLANEOUS PART NUMBERS T ST7a BLACK

ST8
ST5a
Part No. Description LOCATION WHITE
9 7 5 3 1
GS013660 4mm HEAT SHRINK NUMEROUS PLACES 10 8 6 4 2
GS013661 2mm HEAT SHRINK NUMEROUS PLACES OUTRIGGER

BLACK

GREEN

BLACK
MAIN FLOOR

RED
BROWN
YELLOW
FLOOR LOCK

VIOLET

BLACK
LOCK STATUS

WHITE

BLUE
GS084824 CONNECTOR (6 PIN) ST29, ST30, ST32

GREY
BLACK

RED
STATUS SWITCH SWITCH
GS084827 CONNECTOR (12 PIN) ST3, ST23 N.O. N.O.

GS084828 CONNECTOR (14 PIN) ST10, ST22 C. N.C. C. N.C.

GS084836 CONNECTOR ST6, ST24, ST25

BLACK

BLACK
(SWITCHES

RED

RED
SHOWN IN
GS084842 TERMINAL BATTERY TERMINALS UNTRIPPED
POSITION)
GS084843 TERMINAL ST2a, ST3a, ST7a, ST8, ST9a, ST9b 2 1 2 1
GS084844 TERMINAL RFI FILTER

BROWN

BROWN
WHITE

WHITE
GS084880 CONNECTOR (2 PIN) ST1b, ST4
GS084881 CONNECTOR (4 PIN) ST1a
GS084885 TERMINAL PILOT LAMP

BLACK

RED
GS084886 CONNECTOR ST5a, ST2b, ST7, ST20
GS08???? CONNECTOR (8 PIN) ST26, ST27, ST36, ST37

Page 5-3
YELLOW
GS08???? CONNECTOR (8 PIN) ST26, ST27, ST36, ST37

BROWN

BLACK
WHITE
VIOLET
BROWN
BLACK

GREY
WHITE
BLUE

RED
GREY
GS08???? CONNECTOR (16 PIN) ST5b
2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9

ST7
ST2b YELLOW BROWN

ST6
ST5b
X
19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 H 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1
2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10 2 4 6 8 10 12 R
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 11
15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 10 amp. 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2

10 8 6 2
FUSE ST6
ST2b ST7 ST3 ST3
16 14 12 4
ON Q W
BROWN / YELLOW
BROWN / GREEN

YELLOW / WHITE
ORANGE
YELLOW
BROWN

1 1
WHITE / GREEN

4 6 8 10
BROWN / GREY

2 12
BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

BLACK
VIOLET

GREEN

St1

St1
WHITE

GREY / WHITE
BLUE

GREY / PINK
RED
RED

RED
RED

RED

RED / BLUE

YELLOW
BROWN

2 2 1 3 5 7 9 11
RED

BLACK
GREEN

VIOLET
WHITE
GREY

BLUE

PINK

1
RED

St4

BROWN

GREY / PINK
RED / BLUE
YELLOW
VIOLET
J

GREEN

WHITE
BLACK
16 15

GREY

BLUE
4 6 8 10 12 14

PINK
2
14 13 MAIN CONTROLLER BOARD 1 3 5 7 9 11 13

RED
12 11
ST10
10 9
St5b

8 7
6 5
4 3 P
2 1

RED
ST10

2 4 6 8 10 12 14
BLUE GREEN
GREEN SEAT POSITION LEG POSITION LATERAL TILT TRENDELENBURG
RED 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
4 SENSOR SENSOR POSITION SENSOR POSITION SENSOR
5 YELLOW BROWN
FOOT 3 1 2
CONTROL YELLOW 1

BROWN / GREEN
6
St37

WHITE / GREEN
3 4
PORT RED

GREY / PINK
RED / BLUE
2 BLUE

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004


YELLOW
BROWN
5 6

BLACK
VIOLET

GREEN
WHITE
GREY

BLUE

PINK
1

RED
BROWN 7 8 GREEN
GREY 2
GREY RED
YELLOW
NOTE: FOOT AND HAND CONTROL
PLUGS ARE POSITIONED TO VIEW 3
TERMINAL (BACK) END.
RED 3 2 1

GREY / PINK
GREY

RED / BLUE
GREEN

YELLOW

BROWN
WHITE

GREEN

BLACK

VIOLET
WHITE

GREY
GREEN

BLUE
PINK

RED
BLUE RED YELLOW
GREEN
5 BROWN
GREEN 1 2 BROWN
6 4
HAND YELLOW
St36

CONTROL WHITE 3 4 WHITE


7
PORT BLUE
1 YELLOW 5 6 GREEN
3 WHITE 1 2 11 9 7 5 3 1
2 7 8 BROWN
RED GREY 1 2 12 10 8 6 4 2
3 4 1 2
BROWN 5 6 3 4 3 4 St23
St32 St33 St35
Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION V
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS

"NORMAL" "REVERSE" "NORMAL - 1" "REVERSE - 1"


POSITION POSITION POSITION POSITION

(OPEN)

HEAD S5
HEAD
SECTION SECTION
S0 S1
S0 S1 (OPEN) (OPEN) LEG
SECTION
BACK S5
(CLOSED) (OPEN) SECTION
(CLOSED)

BACK LEG S0 S1
SECTION SECTION (CLOSED)
(OPEN)

BACK
SECTION

SEAT S0 S1
SECTION (OPEN)
(CLOSED)

SEAT BACK
SECTION SECTION

S2 S3 SEAT
SECTION
(CLOSED)
S2 S3 (OPEN)

LEG
(CLOSED) (OPEN) SECTION
SEAT S2 S3
SECTION
LEG
SECTION S5
(OPEN) (CLOSED)
HEAD
(CLOSED) SECTION
S5 S2 S3
HEAD
SECTION
(OPEN) (OPEN)
(OPEN)

CA7680

Table Orientation Logic Based On Table Section Positioning

Table Orientation Leg Section Position Head Section Position


[Switch Depressed by Section] [Switch Depressed By Section]
NORMAL POSITION attached to seat [switch S2] attached to back [switch S0]
REVERSE POSITION attached to seat [switch S2] attached to leg [switch S5]
removed [none] attached to seat [switch S2]
NORMAL - 1 POSITION attached to back [switch S1] attached to leg [switch S5]
REVERSE - 1 POSITION attached to back [switch S1] attached to seat [switch S3]

Figure 5-2. Logic Of Patient Orientation Switches

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 5-4 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents

SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS


SECTION V

Printed in U.S.A.
HA5454-00
Figure 5-3, Sheets 1 and 2 illustrate the hydraulic flow Typical Control Function Oil Flow when "UP" Oil Flow when "DOWN"
Column Cylinder
for a Valve Spool button is pressed button is pressed
paths thru the hydraulic components in the table.
Pilot
Operated
Check
Valve
Straight Crossed

Figure 5-3 (Sheet 1 of 2). Hydraulic Flow Diagram - Applies to Units With Serial
Flow Symbols Flow Symbols
Pilot
Line Leg Cylinder

Pilot Column
Operated Slave Line
Straight Crossed Check Valve
Valve "A"
Flow Flow
Symbols Symbols 0 1
Seat Cylinder Pilot Pilot Pilot Pilot
Operated Operated Operated Operated
Check Check Check Check Main Floor Lock Cylinders
Valve "A" Valve "B" Valve "C" Valve "D"

Numbers TDW-1000 Thru TDW-1015


7 6 AB AB 7 6
Trendelenburg Orifice Orifice
Cylinder
Pilot Pilot Pilot Pilot
Operated Operated Operated Operated
Check Check Check Check
Valve "A" Valve "B" Valve "C" Valve "D" Lateral Tilt Cylinder

Page 5-5
5 4 AS AS 5 4
Orifice Orifice

Outrigger Floor
Pilot Pilot Lock Cylinders
Operated Operated
Check Check
Valve "A" Valve "B"
Pilot Pilot
Operated Operated
3 Check Check
2
Valve "A" Valve "B"
Orifice Orifice

Supply Line 8 9
Check Valve Orifice Orifice
Supply Line
0 1 10 11 12
2 3 AS 4 5 AB 6 7 8 9
Pilot Pilot Pilot
5.2 Hydraulic Flow Diagram

Discharge Operated Operated Operated


Filter Rerturn Line Check Check Check
Seat Slave Leg Slave
Line Valve Line Valve Valve "A" Valve "B" Valve "C"
P R

Motor Pump Motor Pump Outrigger


Output Check Output Check Pressure
Valve Valve Relief
Valve

Pressure Pressure
Relief Relief Leg
Valve Valve Trend Valve Seat Valve Valve Lateral Valve Column Valve Main Floor Valve Outrigger Valve
Motor Motor Spool Spool Spool Tilt Spool Spool Lock Spool Floor Lock Spool
Pump Pump
P P P

R R R
Return To Table Of Contents

Printed in U.S.A.
HA5454-01
Typical Control Function Oil Flow when "UP" Oil Flow when "DOWN" Column Cylinder
for a Valve Spool button is pressed button is pressed
Pilot
Operated
Check
Valve
Straight

Figure 5-3 (Sheet 2 of 2). Hydraulic Flow Diagram - Applies to Units With Serial
Crossed
Flow Symbols Flow Symbols
Pilot Leg Cylinder
Line
Orifice
Pilot Column
Operated Slave Line
Straight Crossed Check Valve
Valve "A"
Flow Flow
Symbols Symbols 0 1
Orifice Orifice
Seat Cylinder Pilot Pilot Pilot Pilot
Operated Operated Operated Operated
Check Check Check Check Main Floor Lock Cylinders
Valve "A" Valve "B" Valve "C" Valve "D"

Numbers TDW-1016 Thru Present


Trendelenburg
Cylinder 7 6 AB AB 7 6

Orifice Orifice
Pilot Pilot Pilot Pilot
Operated Operated Operated Operated
Check Check Check Check
Valve "A" Valve "B" Valve "C" Valve "D" Lateral Tilt Cylinder

Page 5-6
5 4 AS AS 5 4

Orifice Orifice
Outrigger Floor
Pilot Pilot Lock Cylinders
Operated Operated
Check Check
Valve "A" Valve "B"
Pilot Pilot
Operated Operated
Check
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS

2 3 Check
Valve "A" Valve "B"

Supply Line 8 9
Check Valve Orifice Orifice
Supply Line
0 1 10 11 12
2 3 AS 4 5 AB 6 7 8 9
Pilot Pilot Pilot
Discharge Operated Operated Operated
Filter Rerturn Line Check Check Check
Seat Slave Leg Slave
Line Valve Line Valve Valve "A" Valve "B" Valve "C"
P R

Motor Pump Motor Pump Outrigger


Output Check Output Check Pressure
Valve Valve Relief
Valve

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004


Pressure Pressure
Relief Relief Leg
Valve Valve Trend Valve Seat Valve Valve Lateral Valve Column Valve Main Floor Valve Outrigger Valve
Motor Motor Spool Spool Spool Tilt Spool Spool Lock Spool Floor Lock Spool
Pump Pump
SECTION V

P P P

R R R
Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION V
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS

5.3 Hand Control Messages could display on the hand control and gives a brief
description of what each message means.
Table 5-1 lists all the hand control messages which

Table 5-1. Hand Control Messages

Hand Control Messages Description of Message


WAIT . . . Informs the operator that the microprocessor is "booting up" and checking the status of all switches and
sensors.
NORMAL POSITION Informs the operator that the table top is in the normal configuration.
REVERSE POSITION Informs the operator that the table top is in the reverse configuration.
TO UNLOCK PRESS / ENABLE & When the operator presses the unlock button only, this message informs the operator that the ENABLE
UNLOCK button must also be pressed.
HOLD FOR 3 SEC Informs the operator that the ENABLE and UNLOCK buttons must be pressed and held for 3 seconds.
LOCKING FLOOR Informs the operator that the floor locks are being engaged.
FLOOR LOCKED Informs the operator that the floor locks have been successfully engaged.
UNLOCKING FLOOR Informs the operator that the floor locks are being disengaged.
ON WHEELS Informs the operator that the table is on its casters and is mobile.
NEUTRAL POSITION / REPRESS Informs the operator that the function being moved has reached its intermediate or level position and that
BUTTON to continue moving the function, the button must be released and then pressed again.
TRENDELENBURG Informs the operator that the table is being placed in Trendelenburg position.
REV. TRENDELNBRG Informs the operator that the table is being placed in reverse trendelenburg position.
HEIGHT UP Informs the operator that the column of the table is being raised.
HEIGHT DOWN Informs the operator that the column of the table is being lowered.
TILTING RIGHT Informs the operator that the table is being tilted to the right.
TILTING LEFT Informs the operator that the table is being tilted to the left.
BACK UP Informs the operator that the back section (really leg section) is being raised (in reverse table
orientation).
BACK DOWN Informs the operator that the back section (really leg section) is being lowered (in reverse table
orientation).
FLEX Informs the operator that the table top is being moved to flex position.
REFLEX Informs the operator that the table top is being taken out of flex position.
RETURN TO LEVEL Informs the operator that the entire table top is being moved to a level position.
RECHARGE BATTERY / PLUG Informs the operator that the battery charge has fallen below 1/6 of capacity and that it is imperative that
CORD IN NOW the power cord be plugged in immediately to allow recharging of the batteries.

BATT LEVEL LOW / RECHARGE Informs the operator that the battery charge is less than 1/3 of capacity.
BATTERY
BATT LEVEL MED Informs the operator that the battery charge is between 1/3 and 2/3 of capacity.
BATT LEVEL FULL Informs the operator that the battery charge is more than 2/3 of capacity.
CHARGING BATTERY Informs the operator that the table is connected to an electrical outlet and the batteries are being
recharged.
CALIBRATING NEUTRAL POSITION Informs the service technician that the "neutral position" is being calibrated and the data entered into the
main controller board.
SERVICE REQUIRED Informs the operator that the self diagnostic function of the table has detected a table malfunction which
will require service by a qualified service technician.
ERROR CODE Exx Provides information to a qualified service technician as to what type of malfunction exists.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 5-7 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION V
SCHEMATICS AND DIAGRAMS

5.4 Error Code Chart

Table 5-2 lists all the error codes which could display on
the hand control and gives a brief description of what
each error code means.

Table 5-2. Error Code Chart

Error Code Description of Error Code


E01 Floor Lock Status Switch Is Not Responding. Status switch is malfunctioning, wire connections are loose, or floor
lock cylinders did not extend properly.
E02 Overcurrent - Motor #1. Motor #1 is malfunctioning. (Motor #1 is on patients left side of table).
E03 Overcurrent - Motor #2. Motor #2 is malfunctioning. (Motor #2 is on patients right side of table).
E04 Motor Driver Failure. Charging / Power Driver board is malfunctioning or wire connections are loose.
E05 Valve Driver Failure. Valve spool solenoid is malfunctioning, wire connections are loose, or main controller board is
malfunctioning. (Use SYSTEM OVERRIDE button & function buttons on emergency override panel to determine
which functions valve spool solenoid is malfunctioning).
E06 Foot Switch Failure. There are two foot switches under each function button in the foot control. This error code
indicates that only one of the two switches is being detected as being pressed. This could indicate one of the two
switches is sticking or malfunctioning.
E07 Trendelenburg Position Sensor Failure. Position sensor for Trendelenburg function is malfunctioning or wire
connections are loose.
E08 Tilt Position Sensor Failure. Position sensor for Tilt function is malfunctioning or wire connections are loose.
E09 Seat Position Sensor Failure. Position sensor for Seat function is malfunctioning or wire connections are loose.
E10 Leg Position Sensor Failure. Position sensor for Leg function is malfunctioning or wire connections are loose.
E11 Internal RAM / Register Failure. Main controller board is malfunctioning.
E12 Calibrating Data Failure. Data from position sensors doesn't match up with main controller board's data. The table
must be recalibrated.
E13 Overheat - Motor #1. Motor's primary thermal fuse is blown. Wait 90 to 120 minutes to allow motor to cool. (The
motor was designed for intermittent; not continuous use).
E14 Overheat - Motor #2. Motor's primary thermal fuse is blown. Wait 90 to 120 minutes to allow motor to cool. (The
motor was designed for intermittent; not continuous use).
E15 Hand Control Switch Failure. There are actually two switches under each function button on the hand control.
This error code indicates that only one of the two buttons is being detected as being pressed. This could indicate
one of the two buttons is sticking or malfunctioning.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 5-8 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
PARTS LIST

SECTION VI
PARTS LIST
6.1 Introduction The Description column provides a physical description
of the component.
The illustrated parts list provides information for identify-
ing and ordering the parts necessary to maintain the The Qty. column lists the number of units of a particular
unit in peak operating condition. Refer to paragraph component that is required for the subassembly. The
1.5 for parts ordering information. letters “AR” denote “as required” when quantities of a
particular component cannot be determined, such as:
The parts list also illustrates disassembly and assembly adhesive.
relationships of parts.
Bullets { • } in the Part No. column and the Description
6.2 Description of Columns column show the indenture level of a component. If a
component does not have a bullet, it is a main compo-
The Item column of the parts list gives a component its nent of that illustration. If a component has a bullet, it is
own unique number. The same number is given to the a subcomponent of the next component listed higher in
component in the parts illustration. This allows a part the parts list than itself that does not have a bullet.
number of a component to be found if the technician Likewise, if a component has two bullets, it is a sub-
can visually spot the part on the illustration. The component of the next component listed higher in the
technician simply finds the component in question on parts list than itself that has only one bullet.
the illustration and notes the item number of that
component. Then, he finds that item number in the 6.3 Torque Specifications and Important
parts list. The row corresponding to the item number Assembly Notes
gives the technician the part number, a description of
the component, and quantity of parts per subassembly. When specific assembly torque specifications, mea-
Also, if a part number is known, the location of that surements, or procedures have been identified, by our
component can be determined by looking for the item engineering department, as required to assure proper
number of the component on the illustration. function of the unit, those torque specifications mea-
surements, and procedures will be noted on the parts
The Part No. column lists the SMI part number illustrations. Adherence to these requirements is
for that component. essential.

Page 6-1 Printed in U.S.A.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Pictorial Index PARTS LIST

EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

DIS
AB
LE

LE
VE
L

UN
SM LO
CK
I

71
00

SM
I

71
00

CA759900

Item Part No. Description Page Item Part No. Description Page
1 Labels & Decals ................................ 6-4 20 GS085854 L.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly ............ 6-23
2 Cushions and Table Tops ................. 6-5 21 GS085852 R.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly ........... 6-24
3 Covers and Shields ........................... 6-6 22 Leg Pivot Mechanism Assembly ..... 6-25
4 GS091451 Head Section Assembly .................... 6-7 23 GS091445 Leg Section Assembly ..................... 6-26
5 Bridge Components .......................... 6-8 24 GS084799 Hand Control Assembly .................. 6-27
6 GS085574 Lateral Tilt Cylinder Assembly .......... 6-9 25 Base Cover Components ................ 6-28
7 Upper Hose Connections ................ 6-10 26 Base Hyd. and Electrical Comp. ..... 6-29
8 L.H. Side Components .................... 6-11 27 Electrical Control Box Components 6-30
9 GS085855 L.H. Control Valve Assembly .......... 6-12 28 Base Hydraulic Plumbing ................ 6-31
10 GS085853 L.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly .......... 6-13 29 GS085117 Base Control Valve Assembly ......... 6-32
11 R.H. Side Components ................... 6-14 30 GS085016 Hydraulic Pump / Motor Comp ........ 6-33
12 Emergency Override Panel Assy. ... 6-15 31 Hydraulic Motor Components. ........ 6-34
13 GS085111 R.H. Control Valve Assembly .......... 6-16 32 Hydraulic Pump Components ......... 6-35
14 GS085854 R.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly .......... 6-17 33 Floor Lock Components .................. 6-36
15 Column Assembly Components ...... 6-18 34 Floor Lock Cylinder Components .... 6-37
16 GS085650 Column Assembly ........................... 6-19 35 Floor Lock Cylinder Components .... 6-38
17 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder Assembly .. 6-20 36 Caster Components ........................ 6-39
18 GS085572 Column Cylinder Assembly ............. 6-21 37 Power Driver Board Components ... 6-40
19 Seat Components .......................... 6-22 38 Battery Components ....................... 6-41
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Accessories PARTS LIST

Part No. Description Page Part No. Description Page


529-0788-00 Reverse Mode Pin ............................. 6-42 71101 Snaplock Arm Board w/o Pad ............ 6-75
13100 Montreal Lateral Positioning 71102 Snaplock Arm Board Pad (2-inch) ..... 6-76
Device w/ Standard Pads ............... 6-43 71103 Snaplock Arm Board Pad (4-inch) ..... 6-76
13200 Montreal Lateral Positioning 71104 Shoulder Braces w/ Cushions (pr.) .... 6-77
Device w/ Decubitus Pads ............. 6-43 71105 Universal Patient Brace
20715 Safety Strap, Non-Conductive (1) .... 6-86 w/ Rectangular Cushion ................. 6-78
70419 Foam Insert ...................................... 6-72 71106 Urology Drainage System w/ bags ... 6-79
70420 Gel-Pad Insert .................................. 6-72 71107 Urology Drainage Bags (20) ............ 6-79
70542 Bierhoff Leg Holders (pair) ............... 6-44 71108 Winged Anesthesia Screen
71070 Siderail Socket ................................. 6-45 w/ Socket ........................................ 6-80
71071 IV Arm Board .................................... 6-46 71109 X-Ray Top ........................................ 6-81
71072 IV Arm Board Cushion ..................... 6-47 71110 Footswitch, 7100 Table .................... 6-82
71073 Siderail Clamp .................................. 6-48 71111 Split Legs w/o Pad ........................... 6-83
71074 Ether Screen w/ Clamps .................. 6-49 71112 Foot Extention Assembly ................. 6-84
71075 Footrest w/ Siderail Clamps ............. 6-50 71113 Circular Head Cushion ..................... 6-78
71076 Procto Positioner .............................. 6-51 71114 Foot Extension Cushion (4-inch) ...... 6-84
71077 Siderail Extenders (pair) .................. 6-52 71115 Cloward Saddle ................................ 6-85
71078 AP Cassette Holder .......................... 6-53 71116 Safety Strap, Conductive (1) ............ 6-86
71079 Lithotomy Leg Holders (pair) ............ 6-54 71117 Standard Pad Set ............................. 6-87
71080 Universal Ether Screen w/ Socket ... 6-55 71118 Split Leg Pad Set (1.75-inch) for
71082 Lateral Cassette Holder w/ Clamp ... 6-56 Non X-ray Procedures ................... 6-83
71083 Cross Arm Support w/ Socket .......... 6-57 71119 Split Leg Pad Set (3.5-inch) for
71084 IV Arm Board Cushion (1-inch) ........ 6-47 X-ray Procedures ........................... 6-83
71085 IV Arm Board Cushion (2-inch) ........ 6-47 71120 Side Extender Shelf ......................... 6-88
71086 Decubitus Pad .................................. 6-58 71121 Uro Drain Tray .................................. 6-89
71087 Drain Tray ........................................ 6-59 71122 Extreme Reverse Trendelenberg
71088 Neuro Headrest Adapter .................. 6-62 Attachment ..................................... 6-90
71089 Shoulder Arthroscopic Attachment .. 6-63 71123 X-Ray Top ........................................ 6-93
71090 Lateral Support w/ Clamps ............... 6-66 71124 Leg Transfer Frame ......................... 6-94
71091 Kidney Elevator ................................ 6-67 71125 Image Amplification (IA) Extension
71092 Infant Arm & Hand Table .................. 6-68 w/ Cushion (36-inch) ...................... 6-95
71093 IV Arm Board Cushion (4-inch) ........ 6-47 71126 Shoulder Arthroscopic Attachment .. 6-96
71094 Side Extender w/ Cushion ................ 6-69 71129 X-ray Arm Board .............................. 6-99
71096 Work Tray ......................................... 6-70 71130 Image Amplification (IA) Board
71097 Tri Clamp 2 ....................................... 6-71 w/ Cushion (36-inch) .................... 6-100
71098 Flex Guard Stirrups (pair) ................ 6-72 73020 Leg Transfer Frame ........................ 6-101
71099 Guardian Stirrups (pair) ................... 6-73 73021 Yellofin Leg Holder System ...... Not Shown
71100 Leg Prep Stand ................................. 6-74 73022 Clear Vision Drapes ................ Not Shown

Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 3 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Labels and Decals PARTS LIST

15

1
S
M
MO
DE
L
I
IN
PU
RAT T
SE IN 71
RIA G 00
-001
LN 11
O. 5
2 A VAC
MP

23 TD 60
H

2
W
XX Z
XX
X

22

21

11
3
13

!
11
4

!
ENA
BLE
LOC
K
DIS
ABL
E

6 5
LEV
EL

UNL
SM OCK
I

710
0

8
7 !

9 11

10 17 !

11 !

!
11
12 10 11

SM
I

71
00
18
20

EN
AB
LE
LO
CK

13
DI
SA
BL

19
E

14 (TYP. [4]
PLACES)

10 LE

SM
VE
L

UN
LO
CK
I

16 71
00

CA7595

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 561-0202-00 Weight Rating Label (Head End) ......... 1 13 561-0189-00 Nameplate (7100) ................................ 2
2 561-0190-00 Table Positioning Label ........................ 1 14 GS1020006 Nut ....................................................... 4
3 561-0194-00 Secondary Control Label ...................... 1 15 561-0197-00 Cord Label ............................................ 1
4 561-0195-00 Charging Indicator Label ...................... 1 16 561-0205-00 Fuse Label (Electronics Enclosure) ..... 1
5 561-0196-00 Fuse Label, Appliance Inlet .................. 1 17 561-0192-00 Reservoir Label .................................... 1
6 561-0206-00 Emergency Panel Label ....................... 1 18 561-0203-00 Weight Rating Label (Leg Section) ...... 1
7 561-0264-00 R.H. Latch Label, Sideplate ................. 1 19 561-0204-00 X-Ray Performance Label .................... 8
8 561-0266-00 Foot Control Port Label ........................ 1 20 561-0193-00 Hand Control Label .............................. 1
9 561-0265-00 Hand Control Port Label ....................... 1 21 Serial Number Label ............................ 1
10 561-0262-00 Caution Label (Shock & Covers) .......... 4 22 561-0198-00 U.L. Listing Label ................................. 1
11 561-0240-00 Safety Warning Label (Exclamation) .... 9 23 561-0263-00 L.H. Latch Label, Sideplate .................. 1
12 561-0268-00 Motor Fuse Label ................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-4 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Cushions and Table Tops PARTS LIST

1
3
6

8
4 7

6 9

11

10

15
11

14 16

13

12

CA7590

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS090217 Head Section Cushion ......................... 1 9 • • Seat Section X-Ray Top .................... 1
2 GS090218 Back / Seat Section Cushion ............... 1 10 • • Leg Section X-Ray Top ...................... 1
3 GS090219 Leg Section Cushion ............................ 1 11 Self Adhesive Velcro - Loop (17.25") ... 2
4 X-Ray Top (Incl. 5, 7, 9 & 10 [Refer to 12 GS086053 Leg Section Table Top ......................... 1
"X-Ray Top" Accessory Elsewhere]) ... 1 13 GS086052 Seat Section Table Top ........................ 1
5 • • Head Section X-Ray Top ................... 1 14 GS086051 Back Section Table Top ....................... 1
6 Self Adhesive Velcro - Loop (13") ........ 2 15 GS086050 Head Section Table Top ...................... 1
7 • • Back Section X-Ray Top .................... 1 16 GS086065 Spring Ring ........................................ 16
8 Self Adhesive Velcro - Loop (16") ........ 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-5 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Covers and Shields PARTS LIST
3

4 4

12
1
10
9
2 24

6
5 13
4
23
14

7 20

25 15
28
26 21
19 22
6

11

18

17 29

SM
27
16 I

71
00

4
21

11

CA758000

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085840 Bridge Cover ........................................ 1 16 GS085519-1 • R.H. Column Cover (Segment 4) ....... 1
2 GS085609 R.H. Bridge Cover Gasket ................... 1 17 GS085519-3 • R.H. Column Cover (Segment 3) ....... 1
3 GS085609 L.H. Bridge Cover Gasket .................... 1 18 GS085519-5 • R.H. Column Cover (Segment 2) ....... 1
4 GS1999001 Screw ................................................. 10 19 GS085519-7 • R.H. Column Cover (Segment 1) ....... 1
5 GS085841 Rear Bridge Cover (Specify Width) ...... 1 20 GS085519-17 • Upper Column Cover ......................... 1
6 GS1999001 Screw ................................................... 4 21 GS085527 Slide Bearing ...................................... 24
7 GS076057 Spring ................................................... 1 22 GS1044007 Screw ................................................. 22
8 GS086081 Hanger Bracket .................................... 2 23 GS1044009 Screw ................................................... 2
9 Speed Nut (Early Units Only) ............... 2 24 GS1999009 Screw ................................................... 4
10 GS085839 Front Bridge Cover (Upper) ................. 1 25 GS019500 Snap Receptacle .................................. 2
11 GS085519 Cover Set (Includes Items 12 thru 20) . 1 26 GS199000 Screw ................................................... 4
12 GS085519-15 • L.H. Column Cover (Segment 1) ........ 1 27 GS085841 Front Bridge Cover (Lower) ................. 1
13 GS085519-13 • L.H. Column Cover (Segment 2) ........ 1 28 GS085610 Square Column Grommet .................... 1
14 GS085519-11 • L.H. Column Cover (Segment 3) ........ 1 29 GS085036 Reservoir Fill Cover .............................. 1
15 GS085519-9 • L.H. Column Cover (Segment 4) ........ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-6 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Head Section Assembly PARTS LIST

21
20

6
7

5 9 10 12
11
8

19 18

16

9
14

12 13

19 15
11

14
18
15
17
CA7578

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
GS091451 Head Section Assembly (Includes 11 GS086208 • Clevis ................................................. 2
Items 1 thru 21) .................................... 1 12 GS1008061 • Set Screw (Older Units) ..................... 2
1 GS086080 • Mounting Screw Plug ......................... 4 GS1229057 • Set Screw (Newer Units) .................... 2
2 GS1999011 • Screw ................................................. 4 13 GS086313 • L.H. Alignment Pin ............................. 1
3 • Head Section Table Top (Refer to "Cush- 14 GS086406 • Pivot Block ......................................... 2
ions and Table Tops" Elsewhere) ... Ref 15 GS1230006 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
4 GS081894 • Edge Protector ................................... 1 16 GS086407 • Lower Pivot Pins, Front ...................... 2
5 GS086402 • Release Handle .................................. 1 17 GS086314 • R.H. Alignment Pin ............................. 1
6 GS086440 • Head Section Weldment .................... 1 18 GS084910 • Gas Spring ......................................... 2
7 GS086407 • Upper Pivot Pins, Back ...................... 2 19 GS1230006 • Set Screw (Early Units Only) ............. 2
8 GS086404 • Lower Pivot Pins, Back ...................... 2 20 GS084979 • Spacer Pad ........................................ 2
9 GS084914 • Rubber Cushion ................................. 2 21 GS084979 • Spacer Pad ........................................ 1
10 GS086408 • Upper Pivot Pins, Front ...................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-7 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Bridge Components PARTS LIST
1
TORQUE LEGEND
2 4 ITEM # TORQUE
16 63 FT-LBS
3
(85 N•M)
19 52 FT-LBS
(70 N•M)
22 37 FT-LBS
(50 N•M)
B 5 9 38
19
16
A

21 B
37
6
12 33 19
7
8 15
20
14 40
10
16 35 34
13 17 36
32
33 31

11

12
A 21
19 30
COMPONENTS FOUND
ON CIRCUIT 18 19 23 26
BOARD (ITEM 9) 25 27 28
39 29
24
22
CA757700

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1203


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086080 Mounting Screw Plug ............................. 4 21 GS085558 Flanged Bushing .................................... 2
2 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 4 22 GS1218067 Screw ................................................... 4
3 GS086061 Back Section Table Top (Refer to "Cush- . 23 GS085550 Trendelenberg Pivot Bracket ................. 1
ions and Table Tops" Elsewhere) ....... Ref 24 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder (Refer to "Tren-
4 GS086000 L.H. Side Weldment (Refer to L.H. Side delenberg Cylinder" Elsewhere) .......... Ref
Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref 25 GS1012029 Set Screw ............................................. 1
5 GS086002 R.H. Side Weldment (Refer to R.H. Side 26 GS085562 Cylinder Connecting Pin ........................ 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref 27 GS085555 Front Cross Member ............................. 1
6 GS1042020 Screw ................................................... 2 28 GS085574 Lateral Tilt Cylinder (Refer to "Tilt Lat-
7 GS084817 Potentiometer ........................................ 1 eral Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ... Ref
8 GS058583 Spacer .................................................. 1 29 GS1390007 Washer ................................................. 1
9 Circuit Board Assembly (Includes 30 GS1223005 Locknut ................................................. 2
Item 10 thru 14) ..................................... 1 31 GS1060017 Washer ................................................. 1
10 • GS084873 • Circuit Board ....................................... 1 32 GS085576 Brass Spacer ........................................ 1
11 • GS084877 • Stand-off ............................................. 4 33 GS085559 Flanged Bushing .................................... 2
12 • GS1042040 • Screw ................................................. 8 34 GS085561 Threaded Cylinder Connecting Pin ........ 1
13 • GS084880 • Stand-off ............................................. 4 35 GS085551 L.H. Tilt Bracket .................................... 1
14 • GS084976 • Cable Tie Connector ........................... 4 36 GS085650 Column (Refer to "Column Assembly
15 GS085554 Rear Cross Member ............................. 1 Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref
16 GS1218081 Screw (Apply Green Loctite 37 GS085553 Pivot Block ............................................ 1
#042-0025-00) ...................................... 4 38 GS085557 L.H. Mounting Plate ............................... 1
17 GS085552 R.H. Tilt Bracket .................................... 1 39 GS1405008 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
18 GS085556 R.H. Mounting Plate ............................... 1 40 GS1400101 Shim Washer ...................................... AR
19 GS1218077 Screw ................................................. 13
20 GS085577 Square Headed Screw (Apply Green
Loctite #042-0025-00) .......................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-8 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Bridge Components PARTS LIST
1
TORQUE LEGEND
1 41
ITEM # TORQUE

2 16 63 FT-LBS
(85 N•M)
42
3 19 52 FT-LBS
(70 N•M)
22 37 FT-LBS
(50 N•M)

B 5
4 9 38
19
16
A

21 B
37
6
12 33 19
7
8 15
20
14 40
10
16 35 34
13 17 36
32
33 31

11

12
A 21
19 30
COMPONENTS FOUND
ON CIRCUIT 18 19 23 26
BOARD (ITEM 9) 25 27 28
39 29
24
22
CA757701

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1204 thru TDW-1225


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086080 Mounting Screw Plug ............................. 4 21 GS085558 Flanged Bushing .................................... 2
2 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 2 22 GS1218067 Screw ................................................... 4
3 GS086061 Back Section Table Top (Refer to "Cush- . 23 GS085550 Trendelenberg Pivot Bracket ................. 1
ions and Table Tops" Elsewhere) ....... Ref 24 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder (Refer to "Tren-
4 GS086000 L.H. Side Weldment (Refer to L.H. Side delenberg Cylinder" Elsewhere) .......... Ref
Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref 25 GS1012029 Set Screw ............................................. 1
5 GS086002 R.H. Side Weldment (Refer to R.H. Side 26 GS085562 Cylinder Connecting Pin ........................ 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref 27 GS085555 Front Cross Member ............................. 1
6 GS1042020 Screw ................................................... 2 28 GS085574 Lateral Tilt Cylinder (Refer to "Tilt Lat-
7 GS084817 Potentiometer ........................................ 1 eral Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ... Ref
8 GS058583 Spacer .................................................. 1 29 GS1390007 Washer ................................................. 1
9 Circuit Board Assembly (Includes 30 GS1223005 Locknut ................................................. 2
Item 10 thru 14) ..................................... 1 31 GS1060017 Washer ................................................. 1
10 • GS084877 • Circuit Board ....................................... 1 32 GS085576 Brass Spacer ........................................ 1
11 • GS084873 • Stand-off ............................................. 4 33 GS085559 Flanged Bushing .................................... 2
12 • GS1042040 • Screw ................................................. 8 34 GS085561 Threaded Cylinder Connecting Pin ........ 1
13 • GS084880 • Stand-off ............................................. 4 35 GS085551 L.H. Tilt Bracket .................................... 1
14 • GS084976 • Cable Tie Connector ........................... 4 36 GS085650 Column (Refer to "Column Assembly
15 GS085554 Rear Cross Member ............................. 1 Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref
16 GS1218081 Screw (Apply Green Loctite 37 GS085553 Pivot Block ............................................ 1
#042-0025-00) ...................................... 4 38 GS085557 L.H. Mounting Plate ............................... 1
17 GS085552 R.H. Tilt Bracket .................................... 1 39 GS1405008 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
18 GS085556 R.H. Mounting Plate ............................... 1 40 GS1400101 Shim Washer ...................................... AR
19 GS1218077 Screw ................................................. 13 41 GS1999012 Screw ................................................... 2
20 GS085577 Square Headed Screw (Apply Green 42 550-1022-00 R.H. Seat Shim (Not Shown) ................ 1
Loctite #042-0025-00) .......................... 1 550-1022-01 L.H. Seat Shim (Shown) ....................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-8.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Bridge Components PARTS LIST
1 TORQUE LEGEND
2 4 ITEM # TORQUE
16 63 FT-LBS
3 (85 N•M)
19 52 FT-LBS
(70 N•M)
22 37 FT-LBS
(50 N•M)
B 5 9 38
19
16
A

21 B
37
6
12 33 19
7
8 15
20
14 40
10
16 35 34
13 17 36
32
33 31

11

12
A 21
19 30
COMPONENTS FOUND
ON CIRCUIT 18 19 23 26
BOARD (ITEM 9) 25 27 28
39 29
24
22
CA757700

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1226 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086080 Mounting Screw Plug ........................... 4 21 GS085558 Flanged Bushing .................................. 2
2 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 4 22 GS1218067 Screw ................................................... 4
3 Back Section Table Top (Refer to "Cush- 23 GS085550 Trendelenberg Pivot Bracket ............... 1
ions and Table Tops" Elsewhere) ..... Ref 24 Trendelenberg Cylinder (Refer to "Tren-
4 L.H. Side Weldment (Refer to L.H. Side delenberg Cylinder" Elsewhere) ........ Ref
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 25 GS1012029 Set Screw ............................................. 1
5 R.H. Side Weldment (Refer to R.H. Side 26 GS085562 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 27 GS085555 Front Cross Member ............................ 1
6 GS1042020 Screw ................................................... 2 28 Lateral Tilt Cylinder (Refer to "Tilt Lat-
7 GS084817 Potentiometer ....................................... 1 eral Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) . Ref
8 GS058583 Spacer .................................................. 1 29 GS1390007 Washer ................................................. 1
9 Circuit Board Assembly (Includes 30 GS1223005 Locknut ................................................. 2
Item 10 thru 14) .................................... 1 31 GS1060017 Washer ................................................. 1
10 • GS084877 • Circuit Board ...................................... 1 32 GS085576 Brass Spacer ........................................ 1
11 • GS084873 • Stand-off ............................................. 4 33 GS085559 Flanged Bushing .................................. 2
12 • GS1042040 • Screw ................................................. 8 34 GS085561 Threaded Cylinder Connecting Pin ...... 1
13 • GS084880 • Stand-off ............................................. 4 35 GS085551 L.H. Tilt Bracket .................................... 1
14 • GS084976 • Cable Tie Connector .......................... 4 36 Column (Refer to "Column Assembly
15 GS085554 Rear Cross Member ............................. 1 Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref
16 GS1218081 Screw (Apply Green Loctite 37 GS085553 Pivot Block ........................................... 1
#042-0025-00) ...................................... 4 38 GS085557 L.H. Mounting Plate .............................. 1
17 GS085552 R.H. Tilt Bracket ................................... 1 39 GS1405008 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
18 GS085556 R.H. Mounting Plate ............................. 1 40 GS1400101 Shim Washer ..................................... AR
19 GS1218077 Screw ................................................. 13
20 GS085577 Square Headed Screw (Apply Green
Loctite #042-0025-00) ......................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-8.2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Lateral Tilt Cylinder PARTS LIST
Assembly
K 1

20 3
2

4
4 13
5 12
11
10
3
9
8

20 5
14
G
6

4
5

3
17
8 9
16
15
19
PORT 18
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATION

CA7606

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1059


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085861 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control 9 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 10 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 11 & 12) ... 2
2 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1 11 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
3 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes 12 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ........................................ 2
Items 4 & 5) .......................................... 3 13 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 2
4 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1 14 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1
5 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1 15 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2
6 GS085861 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control 16 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 17 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2
7 GS085596 Tube Assembly .................................... 1 18 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2
8 GS085574 Lateral Tilt Cylinder (Includes 19 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2
Items 9 thru 19) .................................... 1 20 GS081225 Orifice (0.3 mm) ................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-9 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Lateral Tilt Cylinder PARTS LIST
Assembly
K 1

20 3
2

4
4 13
5 12
11
10
3
9
8

20 5
14
G
6

4
5

3
17
8 9
16
15
19
PORT 18
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATION

CA7606

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1060 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085861 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control 9 • GS076016 • Compression Spring ............................ 2
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ................. 1 10 • GS085472 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 11 & 12) ...... 2
2 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1 11 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
3 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes 12 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ......................................... 2
Items 4 & 5) ........................................... 3 13 • GS081480 • Large Plug ........................................... 2
4 • • Swivel Fitting Seal ............................... 1 14 • GS081472 • Small Plug ........................................... 1
5 • • Swivel Fitting Body .............................. 1 15 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................. 2
6 GS085861 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control 16 • GS076017 • Compression Spring ............................ 2
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ................. 1 17 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2
7 GS085596 Tube Assembly ..................................... 1 18 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer ..................................... 2
8 GS085574 Lateral Tilt Cylinder (Includes 19 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2
Items 9 thru 19) ..................................... 1 20 GS081225 Orifice (0.3 mm) .................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-9.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Upper Hose Connections PARTS LIST
E 1

2 3
V

6
T
8 4
Q D
7
5
9
10
W
Y
12
X B
L
11

M
14 Z
13

16
15

A-B N
24
A-C C
17
18 25
19

A-A 20

22
H
23
A-D
21

27 26

J
CA7613

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081493 Connector ............................................. 4 13 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Leg
2 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 14 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Leg
3 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 15 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control
4 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Leg Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 16 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
5 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 17 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control
6 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 18 GS085014 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hyd-
7 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Seat raulic Components" Elsewhere) ........... 1
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 19 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
8 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 20 GS081464 Tee Fitting ............................................ 4
9 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Seat 21 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
10 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Seat 22 GS085014 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hyd-
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 raulic Components" Elsewhere) ........... 1
11 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Seat 23 GS081492 Elbow .................................................... 4
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 24 GS1999001 Screw ................................................... 2
12 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control 25 GS084974 Cable Tie Connector ............................ 2
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 26 GS084972 Cable Tie .............................................. 2
27 GS084971 Cable Tie (Small) .............................. AR
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-10 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
L.H. Side Components PARTS LIST
40
39
38
11 9
1
8
13 12
41 2
14
10 35 4

6 3
16
15 7

36
25

17 PART OF 28
19 WELDMENT 27
18
26
20 37
29

21
30
24 31 32

34
33

22
23

CA757600

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085828 Retainer Cap ........................................ 1 22 GS1007032 Screw ................................................... 2
2 GS085848 Compression Spring ............................. 1 23 GS085853 L.H. Seat Cylinder (Refer to "L.H. Seat
3 529-0614-00 Latch Plunger Assembly (Includes Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........ Ref
Items 4 thru 7) ...................................... 1 24 GS081182 Bearing (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1
4 • GS086112 • Body ................................................... 1 25 GS085951 Hole Plug .............................................. 1
5 • GS086113 • Plunger ............................................... 1 26 GS1048020 Screw ................................................... 2
6 • GS1417000 • Spring Washer ................................. 15 27 GS085893 Pivot Shaft Retainer Cover .................. 1
7 • GS085825 • End Cap ............................................. 1 28 GS086018 Pivot Shaft ............................................ 1
8 GS086116 Brass Spacer ........................................ 1 29 GS085832 Outboard Bushing ................................ 1
9 GS1500058 Roll Pin ................................................. 1 30 GS085952 Hole Plug .............................................. 1
10 GS085821 Latch Handle ........................................ 1 31 GS085835 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1
11 GS086031 Side Rail Keeper .................................. 1 32 GS1230008 Set Screw ............................................. 1
12 015-1071-00 Switch Plunger Assy. (Incl. Item 13) .... 1 33 GS1230026 Set Screw ............................................. 2
13 • GS084818 • Switch ................................................. 1 34 GS086092 L.H. Seat Weldment (Refer to "Seat
14 GS1060014 Washer .............................................. AR Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref
15 GS084962 Cap (Specify "With Hole") .................... 1 35 GS084979 Spacer Pad .......................................... 1
16 GS085847 Compression Spring ............................. 1 36 GS085834 Cylinder Pivot Pin ................................. 1
17 GS086104 Spring Retainer .................................... 1 37 GS085831 Inboard Bushing ................................... 1
18 GS1203016 Screw ................................................... 1 38 GS086006 Plastic Contact Holder .......................... 1
19 GS086090 L.H. Side Weldment ............................. 1 39 GS084848 Brass Needle Holder ........................... 1
20 GS066164 Speed Nut ............................................ 2 40 GS084847 Brass Needle ........................................ 1
21 GS085855 L.H. Control Valve (Refer to "L.H. Con- 41 GS086077 Black Plastic Spacer ............................ 1
trol Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ...... Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-11 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
L.H. Control Valve Assembly PARTS LIST
A-B
P
R 1

P
2
3
2
34 15 A-A 4 Q
3
4 16
22
5 L
AS R
33
17
PORT
IDENTIFICATION 18 6
DESIGNATORS 19 S
20

21
22 5

T
32 7
26 8
23 14
31

24 35
29 25 22
13
9
10
11
22 U 12
27
28
TORQUE LEGEND
ITEM # TORQUE
30 13 11 -12.5 FT-LBS
(15 - 17 N•M)
CA760500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 16 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1
2 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 2 17 GS085855 Valve Manifold Assembly (Includes Items
3 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Trendelen- 2, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22
burg Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ..... 1 and 35) .................................................. 1
4 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 18 • GS084010 • Spool Seat ........................................... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 19 • GS084011 • Valve Spool ......................................... 2
5 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Seat 20 • GS084012 • Spring Guide ....................................... 4
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ............. 1 21 • GS076018 • Centering Spring ................................. 4
6 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Trendelen- 22 • GS084000 • Valve Assembly (Includes Items
burg Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ..... 1 23 thru 30) ........................................... 4
7 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 23 • • GS084000-6 • • Manual Override Bar ......................... 1
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 24 • • GS064615 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
8 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Seal (Incl. Item 9) ............. 5 25 • • GS084000-1 • • Solenoid Mounting Shaft .................... 1
9 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Body (Incl. Item 9) ............ 5 26 • • GS084000-2 • • Solenoid Gasket ................................ 1
10 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Incl. Item 9) .... 5 27 • • GS084000-7 • • Solenoid ............................................ 1
11 GS081467 Branch Tee Fitting ................................. 2 28 • • GS084000-3 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
12 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Seat 29 • • GS084000-4 • • Cap ................................................... 1
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ............. 1 30 • • GS084000-5 • • Nut .................................................... 1
13 GS085859 Slave Line Valve (Includes O-Ring) ....... 1 31 GS085417 Plug Gasket .......................................... 1
14 GS064512 O-Ring .................................................. 1 32 GS085417 Connector Plug ..................................... 1
15 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 33 GS085817 Mounting Bracket .................................. 1
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 34 GS1007030 Screw ................................................... 4
35 GS068071 Ball ........................................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-12 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
L.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly PARTS LIST
4 AS

1
1
3
3 5
5
Y U
S
2 PORT
IDENTIFICATION
8 DESIGNATORS
23
13 2 6
12 4 24
9
7

17
14 10
20 18
21
19
11 22
10 15
16

25

26

2
CA760700

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes 13 • • GS064640 • • Back-up Ring ................................... 2
Items 2 & 3) .......................................... 3 14 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 1
2 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1 15 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2
3 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1 16 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2
4 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 17 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 18 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2
5 GS081357 Orifice - 0.4 mm (Early Units Only!) ..... 1 19 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2
6 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control 20 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 21 & 22) ... 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 21 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
7 GS085853 L.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly (Includes 22 • • GS064637 • • Back-up Ring ................................... 1
Items 8 thru 22) .................................... 1 23 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
8 • GS081481 • Reducing Fitting ................................. 1 24 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
9 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
10 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 25 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
11 • GS085858 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 12 & 13) ... 1 26 GS086049 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
12 • • GS064641 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-13 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
R.H. Side Components PARTS LIST
26
1 41
39 44
2 25
42 27
4
48
5 40 38
47 32
29
3 46 28
6 45 8
37
7
9 36 31
35 30
10
34
33
11

43
23
17
24

PART OF
16 WELDMENT

12 15 50 49

18 22

21

13 19 20
14
CA757500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085828 Retainer Cap ........................................ 1 23 GS086303 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1
2 GS085848 Compression Spring ............................. 1 24 GS085832 Outboard Bushing ................................ 2
3 529-0614-00 Latch Plunger Assembly (Includes 25 GS086018 Pivot Shaft ............................................ 1
Items 4 thru 7) ...................................... 1 26 GS085898 Retainer Plate ...................................... 1
4 • GS086112 • Body ................................................... 1 27 GS1042018 Screw ................................................... 1
5 • GS086113 • Plunger ............................................... 1 28 GS1280002 Locating Screw ..................................... 1
6 • GS1417000 • Spring Washer ................................. 15 29 GS084816 Potentiometer (Includes Item 30) ......... 1
7 • GS085825 • End Cap ............................................. 1 30 Set Screw ............................................. 1
8 GS086116 Brass Spacer ........................................ 1 31 GS085892 Potentiometer Cover ............................ 1
9 GS086031 Side Rail Keeper .................................. 1 32 GS1042016 Screw ................................................... 1
10 GS1500058 Roll Pin ................................................. 1 33 GS084979 Spacer Pad .......................................... 1
11 GS086091 R.H. Side Weldment ............................. 1 34 GS085834 Cylinder Pivot Pin ................................. 1
12 Emergency Override Panel (Refer to 35 GS085951 Hole Plug .............................................. 1
"Emergency Override Panel Assembly" 36 GS085847 Compression Spring ............................. 1
Elsewhere) ......................................... Ref 37 GS086104 Spring Retainer .................................... 1
13 GS085111 R.H. Control Valve (Refer to "R.H. Control 38 GS1203016 Screw ................................................... 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............ Ref 39 015-1071-00 Switch Plunger Assy. (Incl. Item 40) .... 1
14 GS1007032 Screw ................................................... 2 40 GS084818 Switch ................................................... 1
15 GS066164 Speed Nut ............................................ 2 41 GS1060014 Washer .............................................. AR
16 GS1203025 Screw ................................................... 2 42 GS086316 Cap (Specify "With Hole") .................... 1
17 GS085822 Latch Handle ........................................ 1 43 GS085952 Hole Plug .............................................. 1
18 GS081182 Bearing (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1 44 GS085880 Drive Shaft ........................................... 1
19 GS085851 R.H. Seat Cylinder (Refer to "R.H. Seat 45 GS086006 Plastic Contact Holder .......................... 1
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........ Ref 46 GS084848 Brass Needle Holder ........................... 1
20 GS1042016 Locking Screw ...................................... 2 47 GS084847 Brass Needle ........................................ 1
21 GS086093 R.H. Seat Weldment (Refer to "Seat 48 GS086077 Black Plastic Spacer ............................ 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 49 GS085831 Inboard Bushing ................................. 11
22 GS1230008 Set Screw ............................................. 2 50 Washer ................................................. 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-14 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Emergency Override Panel PARTS LIST
Assembly

8 12
7

6 9
11
10

13

4
3

1
2

CA7612

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086066 Switch Plate Bezel ............................... 1 8 GS1042018 Screw ................................................... 2
2 GS085925 Switch Plate Mounting Panel ............... 1 9 GS085935 Guard Bracket ...................................... 1
3 GS085845 Switch Actuator Plate ......................... 14 10 GS1550001 Spacer (Early Units Only!) ................. 16
4 GS084796 Emergency Override Board ................. 1 11 GS1042018 Screw ................................................... 8
5 GS1048003 Screw ................................................... 4 12 561-0206-00 Emergency Panel Label (Refer to "Labels
6 GS084978 Spacer Pad (Small) .............................. 2 and Decals" Elsewhere) .................... Ref
7 GS084978 Spacer Pad (Large) .............................. 2 13 GS085830 Mounting Panel Weldment ................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-15 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
R.H. Control Valve Assembly PARTS LIST
H R
1 37 P

G 2

3
35 8
J
F 15
4 6
16 9
22
D 7
K AB

5 17
PORT
C 34 IDENTIFICATION
18 33 DESIGNATORS
19
6 20
36
22

B
7 32
8 26
21
23 31
14
38 24
22 25 29
9
10 13
11
27
12 A

TORQUE LEGEND 22 28
ITEM # TORQUE
30
13 11 -12.5 FT-LBS
(15 - 17 N•M)
CA760200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 17 GS085111 Valve Manifold Assy. (Includes Items 2, 8,
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 9, 10, 13, 14, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 and 38) 1
2 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 2 18 • GS084010 • Spool Seat ........................................... 2
3 GS085861 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Lateral Tilt 19 • GS084011 • Valve Spool ......................................... 2
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ............. 1 20 • GS084012 • Spring Guide ....................................... 4
4 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H Leg 21 • GS076018 • Centering Spring ................................. 4
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ............. 1 22 • GS084000 • Valve Assembly (Includes Items
5 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 23 thru 30) ........................................... 4
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 23 • • GS084000-6 • • Manual Override Bar ......................... 1
6 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 24 • • GS064615 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 25 • • GS084000-1 • • Solenoid Mounting Shaft .................... 1
7 GS085860 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 26 • • GS084000-2 • • Solenoid Gasket ................................ 1
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 27 • • GS084000-7 • • Solenoid ............................................ 1
8 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Seal (Incl. Item 9 & 10) ..... 5 28 • • GS084000-3 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
9 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Body (Incl. Item 8 & 10) .... 5 29 • • GS084000-4 • • Cap ................................................... 1
10 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector(Incl. 8 & 9) ...... 5 30 • • GS084000-5 • • Nut .................................................... 1
11 GS081467 Branch Tee Fitting ................................. 2 31 GS085416 Plug Gasket .......................................... 1
12 GS085863 Hose Assembly ..................................... 1 32 GS085416 Connector Plug ..................................... 1
13 GS085859 Slave Line Valve (Includes O-Ring) ....... 1 33 GS085413 Hand Control Plug (Includes Item 35) .... 1
14 GS064512 O-Ring .................................................. 1 34 GS085414 Foot Control Plug (Includes Item 35) ...... 1
15 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 35 Nut ....................................................... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ...................... 1 36 GS085818 Mounting Bracket .................................. 1
16 GS085861 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Lateral Tilt 37 GS1012029 Screw ................................................... 4
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ............. 1 38 GS068071 Ball ........................................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-16 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
R.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly PARTS LIST

1
3
1
X

W
3
2
2 6
3

4 1
Z 7
13
12 9
2

17
14 20
21 18
22 19
11 23
15
10
16
10

24

5
4
AS
5 1
25

3
PORT
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATORS 2

CA760800

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes 11 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 12 & 13) ... 1
Items 2 & 3) .......................................... 4 12 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
2 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1 13 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ....................................... 1
3 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1 14 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 1
4 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 15 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 16 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2
5 GS081225 Orifice (0.3 mm ) .................................. 1 17 • GS076019 • Washer ............................................... 2
6 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 18 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 19 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2
7 GS085862 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 20 • GS085858 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 21 & 22) ... 1
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 21 • • GS064641 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
8 GS085851 R.H. Seat Cylinder Assembly (Includes 22 • • GS064640 • • Back-up Ring ................................... 2
Items 9 thru 22) .................................... 1 23 GS081480 Large Plug ............................................ 1
9 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 24 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
10 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 25 GS086048 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-17 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Column Assembly PARTS LIST
Components 1

6 7
2
3
8
30 7 4

10
9 14
11
7

27
31 12
15
29
13

37
17
24 16
28

25 18
26

32
35 36 17
33 11
23 39
34 23
19 38

40
6

41
TORQUE LEGEND
22
ITEM # TORQUE 21

20 63 FT-LBS
(85 N•M) 20
CA757900

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1081


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 2 21 GS085518 Retaining Plate ..................................... 1
2 GS085517 Retainer Plate ...................................... 1 22 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 1
3 GS085515 Locking Nut .......................................... 1 23 GS085580 Cable Support ...................................... 1
4 GS085516 Brass Pivot Puck .................................. 1 24 GS085581 Cable Support Mount ........................... 1
5 GS085650 Column (Refer to "Column Assembly" 25 GS1042016 Screw ................................................... 2
Elsewhere) ........................................ Ref 26 GS1042020 Screw ................................................... 2
6 GS013642 Cable Tie ........................................... AR 27 GS084817 Potentiometer ....................................... 1
7 GS1999000 Screw ................................................... 6 28 GS085583 Spacer .................................................. 1
8 GS085551 L.H. Tilt Bracket (Refer to "Bridge 29 GS085552 R.H. Tilt Bracket (Refer to "Bridge
Components" Elsewhere) ................ Ref. Components" Elsewhere) ................ Ref.
9 GS1007012 Screw ................................................... 2 30 GS085579 Cable Guard Bracket ............................ 1
10 GS085568 Upper Plate .......................................... 1 31 GS085572 Lift Cylinder (Refer to "Lift Cylinder
11 GS1007031 Screw ................................................... 2 Assembly" Elsewhere) ...................... Ref
12 GS085582 Spacer .................................................. 2 32 GS081183 Bearing ................................................. 1
13 GS085569 Lower Plate .......................................... 1 33 GS084918 Retaining Ring ...................................... 1
14 GS085550 Trendelenberg Pivot Bracket ........... Ref. 34 GS085566 Upper Plate .......................................... 1
15 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder (Refer to 35 GS1007013 Screw ................................................... 2
"Trendelenberg Cylinder Assembly" 36 GS085578 Spacer .................................................. 2
Elsewhere) ....................................... Ref 37 GS085567 Lower Plate .......................................... 1
16 GS085544 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1 38 GS084973 Rubber Sleeving - Long (Shown) ......... 1
17 GS1072017 Retaining Ring ...................................... 2 514-0144-00 Rubber Sleeving - Short (Not Shown) .. 1
18 GS081183 Bearing (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1 39 GS085028 Guide Bracket - L.H. ............................ 1
19 GS085514 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1 40 GS085027 Guide Bracket - R.H. ............................ 1
20 GS1201104 Screw ................................................... 5 41 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-18 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Column Assembly 1
PARTS LIST
Components 30 7
2 3

4
6 7

8
5
7 TORQUE LEGEND
6 ITEM # TORQUE
20 63 FT-LBS
10
9 14 (85 N•M)
11
29

28
27 22 12
15
31 13

37 17
23 16
34
44
18
24
26
36
35
17
7
23 39

19 38

25
32 1 40
43 6
42

35 41

1 34 37
21
20 36
33
CA757901

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1082 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 7 23 GS084932 Cable Clamp .......................................... 1
2 GS085517 Retainer Plate ........................................ 1 24 GS085671 Formed Guide ....................................... 1
3 GS085515 Locking Nut ........................................... 1 25 GS085661 Formed Cable Guide ............................. 2
4 GS085516 Brass Pivot Puck ................................... 1 26 GS1042020 Screw ................................................... 2
5 Column (Refer to "Column Assembly" 27 GS084817 Potentiometer ........................................ 1
Elsewhere) ........................................ Ref 28 GS085583 Spacer .................................................. 1
6 GS013642 Cable Tie ........................................... AR 29 GS085552 R.H. Tilt Bracket (Refer to "Bridge
7 GS1999000 Screw ................................................... 9 Components" Elsewhere) ................ Ref.
8 L.H. Tilt Bracket (Refer to "Bridge 30 GS085579 Cable Guard Bracket ............................ 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................ Ref. 31 GS085572 Lift Cylinder (Refer to "Lift Cylinder
9 GS1007012 Screw ................................................... 2 Assembly" Elsewhere) ...................... Ref
10 GS085568 Upper Plate .......................................... 1 32 GS081183 Bearing ................................................. 1
11 GS1007031 Screw ................................................... 1 33 GS084918 Retaining Ring ...................................... 1
12 GS085582 Spacer .................................................. 2 34 GS1042019 Screw ................................................... 3
13 GS085569 Lower Plate ........................................... 1 35 GS1064002 Washer ................................................. 3
14 Trendelenberg Pivot Bracket ............. Ref. 36 GS085667 Guide Spring Spacer ............................. 3
15 Trendelenberg Cylinder (Refer to 37 GS085666 Spring Leader ........................................ 3
"Trendelenberg Cylinder Assembly" 38 GS084973 Rubber Sleeving - Long (Shown) ........... 1
Elsewhere) ....................................... Ref 514-0144-00 Rubber Sleeving - Short (Not Shown) .... 1
16 GS085544 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1 39 GS085028 Guide Bracket - L.H. ............................. 1
17 GS1072017 Retaining Ring ...................................... 2 40 GS085663 Formed Holding Angle. .......................... 1
18 GS081183 Bearing (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1 41 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 4
19 GS085514 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 1 42 GS0884934 Bottom Cable Guide Tension Spring ...... 1
20 GS1201104 Screw ................................................... 5 43 GS085668 Cable Guide Strap ................................. 3
21 GS085518 Retaining Plate ..................................... 1 44 GS0884933 Top Cable Guide Tension Spring ........... 2
22 GS1999001 Screw ................................................... 1 45 GS084971 Cable Binder (Not Shown) ..................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-18.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Column Assembly PARTS LIST

2 1 10

3
11

14
14
13 6
14 17
16
15 23
4 8
12
19

6
7
8 8 13 14

5
6 8

14 17

7
7
6 6
5 6

18

TORQUE LEGEND 4
16
ITEM # TORQUE
20
11 18 FT-LBS
(25 N•M)

CA7588

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085509 Column Cap ......................................... 1 14 Adhesive ........................................... AR
2 GS085508 Rear Plate - Third Stage ...................... 1 15 GS085503 Rear Plate - Second Stage .................. 1
3 GS085505 R.H. Plate - Third Stage ....................... 1 16 GS085502 R.H. Plate - Second Stage ................... 2
4 GS085513 Stop Pin ................................................ 4 17 GS084935 Stop Pad - Medium .............................. 2
5 GS1999001 Screw ................................................... 8 18 GS085504 Front Plate - Second Stage .................. 1
6 GS085510 Wear Pad - Small ............................... 16 19 GS081849 Shim Stock ........................................ AR
7 GS085510 Wear Pad - Medium ............................. 4 20 GS085501 First Stage Column Weldment ............. 1
8 GS085510 Wear Pad ............................................. 4 21 GS085702 Column Set (Includes Items 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
9 GS085507 Front Plate - Third Stage ...................... 1 9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 18, 19 & 20 {Not
10 GS085506 L.H. Plate - Third Stage ........................ 1 Shown}) ................................................ 1
11 GS1201044 Screw ............................................... 136 22 GS085510 Lubriflon Bearing Set (Includes Items
12 GS1501000 Alignment Pin ...................................... 16 6, 7, 8, 13, 14 & 17 {Not Shown}) ........ 1
13 GS084935 Stop Pad - Long ................................... 2 23 GS084935 Stop Pad - Short ................................... 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-19 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Trendelenberg Cylinder PARTS LIST
Assembly
14

13

1 15

2 R
3
18 19

4
5 13

6 17
15

20

14

8
16 PORT
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATION
9
20
3
10
13 15
11
12 2
14

CA7611-00

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1015


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder Assembly 12 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 2
(Includes Items 2 thru 11) .................... 1 13 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes
2 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2 Items 14 & 15) ...................................... 3
3 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 14 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1
4 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2 15 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1
5 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2 16 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
6 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
7 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 17 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
8 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 18 GS085597 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
9 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool (Incl. Items 10 & 11) ........ 2 19 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
10 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
11 • • GS064637 • • Back-up Ring ................................... 1 20 GS081225 Orifice (0.3 mm) ................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-20 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Trendelenberg Cylinder PARTS LIST
Assembly
14

13

1 15

2 R
3
18 19

4
5 13
20

6
15

17

14

8
16 PORT
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATION
9
20
3
10
13 15
11
12 2
14

CA761101

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1016 thru TDW-1094


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder Assembly 12 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 2
(Includes Items 2 thru 11) .................... 1 13 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes
2 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2 Items 14 & 15) ...................................... 3
3 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 14 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1
4 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2 15 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1
5 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2 16 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
6 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
7 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 17 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
8 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 18 GS085597 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
9 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 10 & 11) ... 2 19 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
10 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
11 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ....................................... 1 20 GS081357 Orifice (0.4 mm) ................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-20.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Trendelenberg Cylinder PARTS LIST
Assembly
14

13

1 15

2 R
3
18 19

4
5 13
20

6
15

17

14

8
16 PORT
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATION
9
20
3
10
13 15
11
12 2
14

CA7611-01

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1095 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085573 Trendelenberg Cylinder Assembly 12 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 2
(Includes Items 2 thru 11) .................... 1 13 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes
2 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2 Items 14 & 15) ...................................... 3
3 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 14 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1
4 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2 15 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1
5 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2 16 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
6 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
7 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 17 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
8 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 18 GS085597 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
9 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 10 & 11) ... 2 19 GS081380 Hose Assembly (Refer to "L.H. Control
10 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1 Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1
11 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ....................................... 1 20 GS081225 Orifice (0.3 mm) ................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-20.2 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Column Cylinder Assembly PARTS LIST

13

6 A-E
4 14

18
2

5 TOC
3

12
10
9
8

11

PORT
A-F IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATION

7 A-G
14
17

16
0
14 15
TORQUE LEGEND 1
ITEM # TORQUE 19
20 11 -12.5 FT-LBS 13
(15 - 17 N•M) 20

CA7589

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085572 Column Cylinder Assembly (Includes 13 GS081486 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes
Items 2 thru 11) .................................... 1 Items 14 & 15) ...................................... 3
2 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 1 14 • GS081487 • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 2
3 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 1 15 GS064416 O-Ring .................................................. 1
4 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 1 16 GS085006 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hyd-
5 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 1 raulic Components" Elsewhere) ........... 1
6 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 1 17 GS085009 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hyd-
7 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 raulic Components" Elsewhere) ........... 1
8 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 1 18 GS085013 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hyd-
9 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 10 & 11) ... 1 raulic Components" Elsewhere) ........... 1
10 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1 19 GS068071 Ball ........................................................ 1
11 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ....................................... 1 20 GS085042 Slave Line Valve (Includes O-Ring) ..... 1
12 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-21 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Seat Components PARTS LIST

2
3
5
4

7
6

8
9 10
12
PART OF
WELDMENT 11

14
13
16 15
12

20
19

17

18

CA757400

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086080 Mounting Screw Plug ........................... 4 12 GS086044 Flanged Bearing ................................... 4
2 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 4 13 GS086031 Side Rail Keeper .................................. 2
3 GS086052 Seat Section Table Top (Refer to "Cush- 14 GS1500058 Roll Pin ................................................. 2
ions and Table Tops" Elsewhere) ..... Ref 15 GS085852 Leg Cylinder (Refer to "R.H." or "L.H.
4 GS085834 Cylinder Connecting Pin (Refer to "R.H. or Leg Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere)
L.H. Side Components" Elsewhere) .. Ref [R.H.Shown] ...................................... Ref
5 Side Weldment (Refer to "R.H. or L.H. 16 GS081182 Bearing ................................................. 2
GS086002 Side Components" Elsewhere) ......... Ref 17 GS086056 Cylinder Access Cover ......................... 2
6 Spacer Pad .......................................... 4 18 GS1999000 Screw ................................................. 12
7 GS085834 Cylinder Connecting Pin ....................... 2 19 GS086013 Leg Pivot Mechanism (Refer to "Leg Pivot
8 GS085951 Hole Plug .............................................. 2 Mechanism Assembly" Elsewhere) ... Ref
9 GS084979 Spacer Pad .......................................... 2 20 GS086303 Connecting Pin (Refer to "Leg Pivot
10 GS086093 R.H. Seat Weldment ............................ 1 Mechanism Assembly" Elsewhere) ... Ref
11 GS086092 L.H. Seat Weldment ............................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-22 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
L.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly PARTS LIST

1
1
3
3
5
M E
V
2
8
23
13 2 6
12 4 24
9
7

17
14 10
20 18
21
19
11 22
10 15
16

25

1
6
AB 26

PORT 2
IDENTIFICATION
DESIGNATORS

CA7610

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes 13 • • GS064640 • • Back-up Ring ................................... 2
Items 2 & 3) .......................................... 3 14 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 1
2 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1 15 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2
3 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1 16 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2
4 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 17 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 18 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2
5 GS081225 Orifice - 0.3 mm (Early Units Only!) ..... 1 19 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2
6 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 20 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 21 & 22) ... 2
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 21 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
7 GS085854 L.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly (Includes 22 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ....................................... 1
Items 8 thru 22) .................................... 1 23 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
8 • GS081481 • Reduction Fitting ................................ 1 24 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose
9 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1
10 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 25 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
11 • GS085858 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 12 & 13) ... 1 26 GS086049 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
12 • • GS064641 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-23 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
R.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly PARTS LIST
1
3
1
A

F
3 17
2
18
2 6 N
19
3
1 15
4
13 7 16
12 9
2

14
20
10 21
11 22
10

14
8
26
25
27
23 30
27
6 5
AB 7
1 28
24
29

PORT
IDENTIFICATION 2
DESIGNATORS

CA7609

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081460 Swivel Fitting Connector (Includes 14 • GS081480 • Large Plug .......................................... 2
Items 2 & 3) .......................................... 3 15 • GS083163 • Check Spool ....................................... 2
2 • • Swivel Fitting Seal .............................. 1 16 • GS084015 • Nylon Washer .................................... 2
3 • • Swivel Fitting Body ............................. 1 17 • GS084019 • Washer ............................................... 2
4 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control 18 • GS076017 • Compression Spring .......................... 2
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 19 • GS084014 • Thread Guide Shaft ............................ 2
5 GS085940 Orifice (0,2.5 mm) ................................ 1 20 • GS085858 • Pilot Spool Kit (Incl. Items 21 & 22) ... 1
6 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "R.H. Control 21 • • GS064641 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1
Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ............... 1 22 • • GS064640 • • Back-up Ring ................................... 2
7 GS085863 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose 23 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 1
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 24 GS086054 Tube Assembly .................................... 1
8 GS085852 R.H. Leg Cylinder Assembly (Includes 25 GS084815 Transducer Assembly .......................... 1
Items 9 thru 22) .................................... 1 26 GS1042009 Screw ................................................... 2
9 • GS081472 • Small Plug .......................................... 1 27 GS1018009 Nut ....................................................... 2
10 • GS076016 • Compression Spring .......................... 2 28 GS1999001 Screw ................................................... 1
11 • GS085571 • Pilot Spool (Incl. Items 12 & 13) ....... 1 29 GS086068 Post Bracket ......................................... 1
12 • • GS064638 • • O-Ring .............................................. 1 30 GS1060010 Washer ................................................. 2
13 • • GS064637 • • Glyde Ring ....................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-24 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Leg Pivot Mechanism Assy PARTS LIST
40

39

38
1
37
2
34
36

41 35
4 3
5 42
6
8
31
32 30

33 29
28

7 9 27
26
8 25
24
23
19 22
10 17
12 18 21
20
11 16
15
13 14
CA7573

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086022 Seat Weldment (Refer to "Seat 22 GS1203016 Screw ................................................... 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 23 GS085954 Hole Plug .............................................. 1
2 GS1001015 Screw ................................................... 4 24 015-1071-00 Switch Plunger Assy. (Incl. Item 25) .... 1
3 GS086042 Brass Shaft Keeper .............................. 2 25 • GS084818 • Switch ................................................. 1
4 GS085852 Leg Cylinder (Refer to "Leg Cylinder 26 GS086077 Black Plastic Spacer ............................ 1
Accessory" Elsewhere) ..................... Ref 27 GS1060014 Washer .............................................. AR
5 GS086303 Connecting Pin ..................................... 2 28 GS084962 Cap (Specify Without Hole) .................. 1
6 GS086013 Clevis ................................................... 1 29 GS086070 Cover Plate .......................................... 2
7 GS1230006 Set Screw ............................................. 2 30 GS1222017 Screw ................................................... 2
8 GS086055 Wiper Washer ...................................... 2 31 GS086301 Connecting Pin ..................................... 1
9 GS086040 Connecting Link ................................... 2 32 GS086041 Inboard Stub Shaft ............................... 1
10 GS086964 Cable Clamp ......................................... 1 33 GS086116 Brass Spacer ........................................ 1
11 GS1999000 Screw .................................................... 1 34 529-0614-00 Latch Plunger Assembly (Includes
12 GS086043 Outboard Stub Shaft ............................ 1 Items 35 thru 38) .................................. 1
13 GS085822 Latch Handle (Shown) .......................... 1 35 • GS085825 • End Cap ............................................. 1
GS085821 Latch Handle (Opposite) ...................... 1 36 • GS1417000 • Spring Washer ................................. 15
14 GS1500058 Roll Pin ................................................. 2 37 • GS086113 • Plunger ............................................... 1
15 GS086031 Side Rail Keeper .................................. 2 38 • GS086112 • Body ................................................... 1
16 GS086006 Plastic Contact Holder .......................... 1 39 GS085848 Compression Spring ............................. 1
17 GS084848 Brass Needle Holder ............................ 1 40 GS085828 Retainer Cap ........................................ 1
18 GS084847 Brass Needle ........................................ 1 41 GS085953 Hole Plug .............................................. 1
19 GS086024 R.H. Pivot Weldment (Shown) ............. 1 42 GS084977 Wire Slot Cover .................................... 1
GS086023 L.H. Pivot Weldment (Opposite) .......... 1 Quantites listed are for one side only,
20 GS085847 Compression Spring ............................. 1 double quantites for entire unit.
21 GS086112 Spring Retainer .................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-25 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Leg Section Assembly PARTS LIST

37
2

36
3
4 35
5
11 39 34
6
39 10 38
8 31
33
7
32

9
7
12 30 28
21
29
20 25
14 19 24
13 15
27
22

18 26
23
17
16

CA757200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS086080 Mounting Screw Plug ............................. 4 18 GS1203016 Screw ................................................... 2
2 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 4 19 Spring Retainer ..................................... 1
3 GS086053 Leg Section Table Top (Refer to "Cush .. 20 GS085847 Compression Spring .............................. 1
ions and Table Tops" Elsewhere) ....... Ref 21 GS084978 Spacer Pad ........................................... 1
4 529-0615-00 L.H. Bearing Block Assembly (Includes 22 GS086316 Cap (Specify With Hole) ........................ 1
Items 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, & 39) ........................ 1 23 GS1060014 Washer .............................................. AR
GS086313 L.H. Alignment Pin ................................. 1 24 GS086077 Black Plastic Spacer ............................. 1
5 GS081415 Brass Contact ....................................... 2 25 015-1071-00 Switch Plunger Assy. (Incl. Item 26) ...... 1
6 GS086310 L.H. Bearing Block ................................. 1 26 • GS084818 • Switch ................................................. 1
7 GS1008061 Set Screw (Older Units) ........................ 2 27 GS086031 Side Rail Keeper .................................... 2
GS1229057 Set Screw (Newer Units) ....................... 2 28 GS085822 Latch Handle ........................................ 1
8 GS084979 Spacer Pad ........................................... 2 29 GS1500058 Roll Pin ................................................. 2
9 GS086308 Bushing ................................................. 4 30 GS086116 Brass Spacer ........................................ 2
10 529-0615-00 R.H. Bearing Block Assembly (Includes 31 529-0614-00 Latch Plunger Assembly (Includes
Items 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 & 39) ..................... 1 Items 32 thru 35) ................................... 2
GS086311 R.H. Bearing Block ................................ 1 32 • GS085825 • End Cap .............................................. 1
11 GS086314 R.H. Alignment Pin ................................. 1 33 • GS1417000 • Spring Washer .................................. 15
12 GS086309 Connecting Pin ...................................... 4 34 • GS086113 • Plunger ............................................... 1
13 GS086307 Pin Retainer ........................................... 4 35 • GS086112 • Body ................................................... 1
14 GS1042016 Screw ................................................... 8 36 GS085848 Compression Spring .............................. 2
15 GS084919 Grommet ............................................... 2 37 GS085828 Retainer Cap ......................................... 2
16 GS085821 Latch Handle ........................................ 1 38 GS084979 Spacer Pad ........................................... 2
17 GS086302 Leg Section Weldment ......................... 1 39 GS084851 Plastic Contact Holder ........................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-26 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Hand Control Assembly PARTS LIST

S
M
I
LE
VE
L

7
1
0
0
UN
LO
CK

LO
CK EN
AB
LE

DIS
AB
LE

1
5

3
6

7 4

8
10

12

13

14
11

15

16

17

CA760100

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
GS084799 Hand Control Assembly (Includes 9 • GS084799-7 • Hand Control Board ........................... 1
Items 1 thru 17) .................................... 1 10 • GS084799-8 • E-Prom ............................................... 1
502-0186-00 Rebuilt Hand Control Assembly 11 • GS084799-9 • Gasket Seal ........................................ 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 17) .................... 1 12 • GS085436 • Hand Control Coil Cord ...................... 1
1 • 529-0826-00 • Top Hand Control Enclosure 13 • GS084799-11 • Strain Relief Fitting ............................. 1
(Includes Items 2 thru 4) ..................... 1 14 • GS084799-12 • Screw ................................................. 6
2 • • GS084799-1 • • Switch Plate Bezel ........................... 1 15 • GS084799-13 • Lower Case ........................................ 1
3 • • GS084799-2 • • Upper Case ...................................... 1 16 • GS084799-14 • Hanger Clip ........................................ 1
4 • • GS084799-3 • • Lens (Apply 505-735000 Loctite) ..... 1 17 • GS084799-15 • Screw ................................................. 3
5 • GS085845 • Switch Actuator Plate ....................... 16 18 561-0193-00 Hand Control Label [Not Shown] (Refer
6 • GS084799-4 • Screw ................................................. 4 to Labels and Decals" Elsewhere) .... Ref
7 • GS084799-5 • Switch Board ...................................... 1 19 GS050541 Extension Cord [Optional] [Not Shown] 1
8 • GS084799-6 • Stand-off (Large) ................................ 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-27 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Base Cover Components PARTS LIST

9
12

10

1
11
7

15 5
8

6 6

3
14 7
13

4
HA544402

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085043 Main Cover (Includes Items 2) ............. 1 10 GS085118 Floor Lock Cylinders (Refer to "Floor
2 • GS084975 • Large Foam Pad ................................ 1 Lock Components" Elsewhere) ......... Ref
3 GS085026 Battery Cover ....................................... 1 11 GS081796 Casters (Refer to "Caster
4 GS065180 Battery Cover Molding .......................... 1 Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref
5 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 6 12 GS084802 Power Driver Board (Refer to "Power
6 GS1999010 Screw .................................................... 9 Driver Board Comp." Elsewhere) ...... Ref
7 GS085017 Cover .................................................... 2 13 GS084896 Batteries (Refer to "Battery
8 GS065180 Short Molding ....................................... 2 Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref
9 GS085016 Hydraulic Comp. (Refer to "Base Hydraulic 14 GS085200 Base ..................................................... 1
/ Electrical Components" Elsewhere) Ref 15 GS1064005 Washer ................................................. 6
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-28 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Base Hydraulic / Electrical PARTS LIST
Components

1
2

4 8 5

4
7
9
9 5

HA544701

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS084801 Main Controller Box (Refer to "Electrical 5 GS1999009 Screw ................................................. 10
Control Box Components" Elsewhere) Ref 6 GS085055 Spacer .................................................. 2
2 GS085115 Manifold Assembly(Refer to "Base 7 GS085200 Base (Refer to "Base Cover
Control Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) Ref Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref
3 GS085016 Hydraulic Pump Unit (Refer to "Hydraulic 8 GS1999005 Screw ................................................... 2
Pump / Motor Comp." Elsewhere) ..... Ref 9 GS1020006 Nut ....................................................... 4
4 GS085030 Mounting Brackets ............................... 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-29 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Electrical Control Box PARTS LIST
Components

5
4

13

10

12 11
2

8 3

HA5449

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085204 Electrical Box and Cover Assembly 7 GS084801 Main Controller Board (Incl. Item 8) ..... 1
(Includes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11 & 12) ...... 1 8 • GS084981 • EPROM ........................................... Ref
2 • GS085204-1 • Cover Screw ................................... Ref 9 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 2
3 • GS085204-2 • Electrical Box .................................. Ref 10 • GS085204-6 Washer ................................................. 2
4 • GS085204-3 • Fitting .................................................. 2 11 • GS085204-7 Screw ................................................... 2
5 • GS085204-4 • Fitting ................................................. 2 12 • GS085204-8 Female Connector ................................ 3
6 • GS085204-5 • Fitting ................................................. 2 13 GS0085404 Male Connector .................................... 3
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-30 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Base Hydraulic Plumbing PARTS LIST
3
2
10
1
11
3

15 12
16
13
21

17
18
20
5 6

2
21
7 14

8
20
9

AD
AE 19

AC

AF
AG

20

HA551501

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081467 Branch Tee Swivel Fitting .................... 1 13 GS085010 Hose Assembly (Floor Lock Outrigger) 1
2 GS081464 Straight Tee Fitting ............................... 2 14 GS085006 Hose Assembly (Floor Lock) ................ 1
3 GS081462 Swivel Elbow Fitting ............................. 2 15 GS085005 Hose Assembly .................................... 1
4 GS085006 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Column 16 GS085014 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1
5 GS085013 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Column 17 GS085009 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Column
Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1 Cylinder Assembly" Elsewhere) ........... 1
6 GS085005 Hose Assembly .................................... 1 18 GS085115 Manifold Assembly (Refer to "Base Con-
7 GS081375 Hose Assembly .................................... 1 trol Valve Assembly" Elsewhere) ....... Ref
8 GS085005 Hose Assembly ..................................... 1 19 GS085016 Hydraulic Pump Unit (Refer to "Hydraulic
9 GS085014 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Upper Hose Pump Components" Elsewhere) ....... Ref
Connections" Elsewhere) ..................... 1 20 GS085118 Floor Lock Cylinders (Refer to "Floor
10 GS085008 Hose Assembly (Floor Lock) ................ 1 Lock Components" Elsewhere) ......... Ref
11 GS085008 Hose Assembly (Floor Lock) ................ 1 21 GS085117 Outrigger Floor Lock Cylinder (Refer to
12 GS085010 Hose Assembly (Floor Lock Outrigger) 1 "Floor Lock Components" Elsewhere) Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-31 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Base Control Valve PARTS LIST
Assembly 2

3
5

6
4

1 7

8 25

31
9
30
29 25
11
28
27 24
10 12
26
13 23
14

15

16

19
21
17
18
20
22 HA5451

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
GS085115 Base Control Valve Assembly (Includes 17 • GS084851 • Valve Spool ........................................ 1
Items 1 thru 22) .................................... 1 18 • GS084851 • Spring ................................................. 1
1 • GS084000 Valve Assembly (Incl. Items 2 thru 10) 5 19 • GS084851 • Spring Seat ........................................ 1
2 • • GS084000-5 • • Nut ................................................... 1 20 • GS084851 • Adjusting Screw ................................. 1
3 • • GS084000-4 • • Cap ................................................... 1 21 • GS084851 • O-Ring ................................................ 1
4 •• • • Connector Plug ................................ 1 22 • GS084851 • Cap ..................................................... 1
5 •• • • Gasket .............................................. 1 23 GS081460 Swivel Fitting ........................................ 4
6 • • GS084000-3 • • O-Ring ............................................... 1 24 GS081467 "T" Fitting .............................................. 1
7 • • GS084000-7 • • Solenoid ........................................... 1 25 GS081375 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hydraulic
8 • • GS084000-2 • • Gasket .............................................. 1 Plumbing" Elsewhere) ....................... Ref
9 • • GS084000-1 • • Solenoid Mounting Shaft .................. 1 GS085014 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hydraulic
10 • • GS084000-6 • • Manual Override Bar ........................ 1 Plumbing" Elsewhere) ....................... Ref
11 • GS064615 • O-Ring ................................................ 6 26 GS083163 Check Valve ......................................... 3
12 • GS076018 • Spring ................................................. 6 27 GS084015 Nylon Washer ....................................... 3
13 • GS084012 • Spring Guide ...................................... 6 28 GS084019 Washer ................................................. 3
14 • GS084011 • Valve Spool ........................................ 3 29 GS076017 Spring ................................................... 3
15 • GS084080 • Spool Seat .......................................... 3 30 GS084014 Guide Shaft .......................................... 3
16 • GS084851 • Valve Manifold Block .......................... 1 31 GS081461 Connector ............................................. 3
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-32 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Hydraulic Pump / Motor PARTS LIST
Components
25

18
17
19 20
21

22 23

24
13 23
15
11
12
9
14
16
10
7
18
17
19 20 8
21
6
1
5

26 3 4

2 HA545001

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081460 Swivel Fitting ........................................ 1 16 • • Cap ..................................................... 2
2 GS085068 Tubing .................................................. 1 17 GS083163 Check Valve ......................................... 2
3 GS081461 Straight Fitting ...................................... 1 18 GS084015 Nylon Washer ....................................... 2
GS081598 Filter (Includes Items 4 thru 6) ............. 1 19 GS084019 Washer ................................................. 2
4 • • Filter Housing ..................................... 1 20 GS076017 Spring ................................................... 2
5 • • Filter ................................................... 1 21 GS084014 Guide Shaft .......................................... 2
6 • • Filter Cap ............................................ 1 22 GS1235002 Plug ...................................................... 1
7 GS081461 Straight Fitting ...................................... 1 23 GS085005 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hydraulic
8 GS084008 Tubing .................................................. 1 Plumbing" Elsewhere) ....................... Ref
9 GS081394 Check Valve ......................................... 1 GS085014 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base Hydraulic
10 GS081467 Hydraulic Fitting ................................... 1 Plumbing" Elsewhere) ....................... Ref
11 GS084950 Valve Assembly (Incl. Items 12 thru 16) 2 24 GS081460 Swivel Fitting ........................................ 1
12 • • Spring ................................................. 2 25 502-0165-00 Pump-Motor Kit (Refer to "Hydraulic
13 • • Spring Seat ........................................ 2 Motor Components" and "Hydraulic
14 • • Adjusting Screw ................................. 2 Pump Components" Elsewhere) ....... Ref
15 • • O-Ring ................................................ 2 26 GS081462 Elbow .................................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-33 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Hydraulic Motor PARTS LIST
Components

14
13
15

7
1
8
5 10 9
6 11
1
2

18

16
4
17

HA548200

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1053


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085401 Wire (Refer to "Wiring Diagram" 11 GS085404 Primary Thermostat ............................. 1
Elsewhere) ....................................... Ref 12 GS085403 Wire (Refer to "Wiring Diagram"
2 GS085001 Motor .................................................... 2 Elsewhere) ........................................ Ref
3 GS085002 Motor Cover ......................................... 2 13 GS085402 Wire (Refer to "Wiring Diagram"
4 GS064512 Gasket .................................................. 2 Elsewhere) ........................................ Ref
5 GS1067008 Lockwasher .......................................... 8 14 GS1020006 Nut ....................................................... 4
6 GS1001036 Screw ................................................... 8 15 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
7 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4 16 GS084967 Wire Fitting ........................................... 2
8 GS1203042 Screw ................................................... 4 17 GS067691 Rubber Mounting .................................. 2
9 GS084970 Cable Tie (High Temp.) ........................ 4 18 Pump Components (Refer to "Hydraulic
10 GS084898 Secondary Thermostat ......................... 1 Punp Components" Elsewhere) ........ Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-34 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Hydraulic Motor PARTS LIST
Components
1
14
13
15

7
12
8
5 10 9
6 11
12
2

17

18 16

HA548201

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1054 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 Pump Components (Refer to "Hydraulic 11 GS084813 Primary Thermostat ............................. 1
Punp Components" Elsewhere) ........ Ref 12 GS085403 Wire (Refer to "Wiring Diagram"
2 GS085001 Motor .................................................... 2 Elsewhere) ....................................... Ref
3 GS085002 Motor Cover ......................................... 1 13 GS085402 Wire (Refer to "Wiring Diagram"
4 GS064512 Gasket .................................................. 2 Elsewhere) ....................................... Ref
5 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 8 14 GS1020006 Nut ....................................................... 4
6 GS120138 Screw ................................................... 8 15 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
7 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4 16 GS084965 Wire Fitting ........................................... 2
8 GS1203041 Screw ................................................... 4 17 GS067691 Rubber Mounting .................................. 2
9 GS084970 Cable Tie (High Temp.) ........................ 4 18 GS084967 Wire Fitting ........................................... 1
10 GS084898 Secondary Thermostat ......................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-34.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Hydraulic Pump PARTS LIST
Components
17
1 9
2

4
6
5

3
12
11 15
7
8

9 16
10

13
14
HA548301

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1053


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 Motor Cover (Refer to "Hydraulic Motor 10 GS085066 Filter Assembly - Straight ..................... 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 11 GS084911 Gasket .................................................. 1
2 GS085041 Pump Manifold Block ........................... 1 12 GS085040 Pump Cover ......................................... 1
3 GS085003 Pump Unit ............................................ 2 13 GS1067008 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
4 GS064660 O-Ring .................................................. 2 14 GS1001036 Screw ................................................... 4
5 GS084954 Coupler ................................................. 2 15 GS084913 Plug ...................................................... 1
6 GS064661 O-Ring .................................................. 2 GS1235002 Shipping Plug ....................................... 1
7 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4 16 GS067691 Rubber Mounting .................................. 2
8 GS1023044 Screw .................................................... 4 17 GS085067 Filter Assembly - Bent .......................... 1
9 GS084953 Elbow .................................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-35 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Hydraulic Pump PARTS LIST
Components
17
1 9
2

4
6
5

3
12
11 15
7
8

9 16
10

13
14
HA548301

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1054 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 Motor Cover (Refer to "Hydraulic Motor 10 GS085066 Filter Assembly - Straight ..................... 1
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 11 GS084911 Gasket .................................................. 1
2 GS085041 Pump Manifold Block ........................... 1 12 GS085040 Pump Cover ......................................... 1
3 GS085003 Pump Unit ............................................ 2 13 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4
4 GS064660 O-Ring .................................................. 2 14 GS1001038 Screw ................................................... 4
5 GS084954 Coupler ................................................. 2 15 GS084913 Plug ...................................................... 1
6 GS064661 O-Ring .................................................. 2 GS1235002 Shipping Plug ....................................... 1
7 GS1067009 Lockwasher .......................................... 4 16 GS067691 Rubber Mounting .................................. 2
8 GS1023044 Screw .................................................... 4 17 GS085067 Filter Assembly - Bent .......................... 1
9 GS084953 Elbow .................................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-35.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Floor Lock Components PARTS LIST

3
4

15

13 8
13
8 2
5 6
10
3
6 11
4
7
16 17 19 10 18
9
9 12
7
15 12

14

1 1

HA544501

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085118 Main Floor Lock Cylinder (Refer to "Floor 10 • • Plug .................................................... 2
Lock Cylinder Components" Elsewhere) 3 11 GS085410 Cable (Includes Plug) ........................... 1
2 GS085117 Outrigger Floor Lock Cylinder (Refer to 12 GS1042006 Screw ................................................... 4
"Outrigger Cylinder Components" 13 GS1018005 Nut ....................................................... 4
Elsewhere) ........................................... 2 14 GS085200 Base (Refer to "Base Cover
3 GS1230026 Set Screw ............................................. 5 Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref
4 GS1018014 Nut ....................................................... 5 15 Hose Assembly (Refer to "Base
5 GS085061 Main Switch Bracket ............................. 1 Hydraulic Plumbing" Elsewhere) ....... Ref
6 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 2 16 Cable Clip ............................................. 2
7 GS1999010 Screw ................................................... 2 17 GS1042040 Screw ................................................... 2
8 GS084971 Cable Tie .............................................. 2 18 GS085061 Secondary Switch Bracket ................... 1
9 GS085400 Microswitch (Includes Item 10) ............ 2 19 GS085409 Cable (Includes Plug) ..............................
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-36 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Main Floor Lock Cylinder PARTS LIST
Components

2 6

3
9

10

CA740001

Used on units manufactured prior to 4-3-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
GS085118 Floor Lock Cylinder Components 5 • Spacer ................................................ 1
(Includes items 1 thru 10) ...................... 3 6 • GS1417007 • Cup Spring ......................................... 40
1 • GS081740 • Cylinder .............................................. 1 7 • GS081743 • Socket Plug ......................................... 1
2 • 014-0176-37 • O-Ring ................................................ 1 8 • GS1060014 • Flat Washer ........................................ 1
3 • GS064609 • Backup Ring ....................................... 1 9 • GS081741 • Guide Sleeve ...................................... 1
4 • GS085072 • Piston .................................................. 1 10 • 042-0056-10 • Retaining Ring ..................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-37 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Main Floor Lock Cylinder PARTS LIST
Components

2 5

3
8

CA740002

Used on units manufactured after 4-3-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
GS085118 Floor Lock Cylinder Components 5 • GS1417007 • Cup Spring ........................................ 38
(Includes items 1 thru 9) ...................... 3 6 • GS081743 • Socket Plug ........................................ 1
1 • GS081740 • Cylinder .............................................. 1 7 • GS1060014 • Flat Washer ........................................ 1
2 • 014-0176-37 • O-Ring ................................................ 1 8 • GS081741 • Guide Sleeve ...................................... 1
3 • GS064609 • Backup Ring ....................................... 1 9 • 042-0056-10 • Retaining Ring .................................... 1
4 • GS085072 • Piston ................................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-37.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Outrigger Floor Lock Cylinder PARTS LIST
Components

3
8

CA772400

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
GS085117 Outrigger Cylinder Components 5 • GS1417007 • Cup Spring ........................................ 54
(Includes items 1 thru 9) ...................... 3 6 • GS085217 • Socket Plug ........................................ 1
1 • GS085218 • Cylinder .............................................. 1 7 • GS1060014 • Flat Washer ........................................ 1
2 • 014-0176-37 • O-Ring ................................................ 1 8 • GS081741 • Guide Sleeve ...................................... 1
3 • GS064609 • Backup Ring ....................................... 1 9 • 042-0056-10 • Retaining Ring .................................... 1
4 • GS085216 • Piston ................................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-38 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Caster Components PARTS LIST

18 14
10 15
17

19
14 12
15 12
12
19 13
2 7 11
8
17 9
18
6
7
5

8 4
16 5
3
1

HA544601

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1000 thru TDW-1137


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS081796 Caster Assembly (120mm) .................... 2 11 • GS081596 • Tire ..................................................... 2
2 • GS081789 • Caster Mounting Bracket ..................... 1 12 • GS081800 • Spacer ................................................ 3
3 • GS81599 • Tire ..................................................... 2 13 • GS085202 • Pivot Shaft ........................................... 1
4 • GS081799 • Spacer ................................................ 1 14 • GS1223005 • Nut ...................................................... 2
5 • GS081800 • Spacer ................................................ 2 15 • GS1060017 • Washer ............................................... 2
6 • GS081798 • Pivot Shaft ........................................... 1 16 GS085200 Base (Refer to "Base Cover
7 • GS1223005 • Nut ...................................................... 2 Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref
8 • GS1060017 • Washer ............................................... 2 17 GS1999009 Screw ................................................... 4
9 GS085816 Caster Assembly (80mm) ..................... 2 18 GS1392005 Washer ................................................. 4
10 • GS085203 • Caster Mounting Bracket ..................... 1 19 GS081846 Bearing .................................................. 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-39 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Caster Components PARTS LIST

18 14
10 15
17

19
14 12
15 12
12
19 13
2 7 11
8
17 9
18
6
7
5

8 4
16 5
3
1

HA544601

Used on units with Serial Number TDW-1138 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 Caster Assembly (120mm {Includes 11 • GS081596 • Tire ..................................................... 2
Items 2 thru 8}) ..................................... 2 12 • GS081800 • Spacer ................................................ 3
2 • GS085047 • Caster Mounting Bracket ..................... 1 13 • GS085202 • Pivot Shaft ........................................... 1
3 • GS81599 • Tire ..................................................... 2 14 • GS1223005 • Nut ...................................................... 2
4 • GS081799 • Spacer ................................................ 1 15 • GS1060017 • Washer ............................................... 2
5 • GS081800 • Spacer ................................................ 2 16 GS085200 Base (Refer to "Base Cover
6 • GS081798 • Pivot Shaft ........................................... 1 Components" Elsewhere) ................... Ref
7 • GS1223005 • Nut ...................................................... 2 17 GS1999009 Screw ................................................... 4
8 • GS1060017 • Washer ............................................... 2 18 GS1392005 Washer ................................................. 4
9 GS085816 Caster Assembly (80mm) ..................... 2 19 GS081846 Bearing .................................................. 4
10 • GS085203 • Caster Mounting Bracket ..................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-39.1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Power Driver Board PARTS LIST
Components 2

5
6
1

10

4 8
7
3 9

26 25
28
24

16 17 18

15

19 14 23
27 22 11
20 12
21 13
HA544800

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS084806 Electrical Box & Cover (Incl. 2, 5 & 6) .. 1 14 GS085205 Plug Bracket ......................................... 1
2 • • Electrical Box .................................. Ref 15 GS085212 "L" Bracket ........................................... 1
3 GS084802 Charging / Power Driver Board ............ 1 16 GS084882 Receptacle (Does Not Incl. 17 & 18) ... 1
4 GS1999005 Screw ................................................... 4 17 015-0346-03 Fuse (Not Shown) ................................ 2
5 • • Washer ............................................... 2 18 GS084883 Fuse Holder (Not Shown) ..................... 1
6 • • Screw ................................................. 2 19 GS082604 Neon Lamp ........................................... 1
7 GS1999011 Screw ................................................... 2 20 GS084899 RFI Filter ............................................. 1
8 GS084811 Electrical Fitting (One Cable) ............... 2 21 GS1220002 Nut ....................................................... 2
9 GS084809 Electrical Fitting (Multi Cable) .............. 4 22 GS1999001 Screw ................................................... 2
10 GS085200 Base (Refer to "Cover Components" 23 GS1999009 Screw ................................................... 2
Elsewhere) ........................................ Ref 24 GS1042071 Screw ................................................... 2
11 GS084803 Transformer .......................................... 1 25 GS1073008 Lockwasher .......................................... 2
12 GS1396001 Washer ................................................. 1 26 GS084887 Ground Loop (Refer to "Wiring
13 GS1001060 Screw ................................................... 1 Diagram" Elsewhere) ........................ Ref
14 015-1070-00 Power Supply Assembly (Includes 27 GS084961 Power Cord .......................................... 1
Items 14, 16, 17, 18 & 19) .................... 1 28 502-0167-00 Cord Retainer Kit (Includes Screw) ....... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-40 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Battery Components PARTS LIST

4
2

HA544900

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 GS085200 Base (Refer to "Base Cover 3 GS084896 Battery .................................................. 4
Components" Elsewhere) ................. Ref 4 GS084872 Wire Clip .............................................. 12
2 GS084936 Strap ..................................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-41 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
529-0788-00 Reverse Mode Pin PARTS LIST

CA82110

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0788-00 Reverse Mode Pin Assemby 2 516-0256-00 Loop Sleeve ......................................... 2
(Includes items 1 thru 3) .................... 1 3 516-0257-00 Cable (1 ft.) ........................................... 1
1 530-1214-00 Reverse Mode Pin ................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-42 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
13100 / 13200 Montreal PARTS LIST
Lateral Position Device
12

2
1

13

3 10

9
11

5
4

8
CA708700

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
13100 Montreal Lateral Positioning Device Kit 6 • • 13112 • • Locking Nut ...................................... 1
with Standard Pads (Includes 7 • 13101 • Main Platform ..................................... 1
Items 1 thru 13) ................................... 1 8 • 13110 • Standard Foot End Cushion ............... 1
13200 Montreal Lateral Positioning Device Kit • • Decubitus Cushion Set (See Items 2) 1
with Decubitus Pads (Includes 9 • 13102 • 5" Base Post Assembly (Includes
Items 1 thru 13) ................................... 1 Items 10 and 11) ................................ 2
1 • 13113 • Fat Belly Attachment .......................... 1 10 • • 505-735265 • • Base Post - 5" .................................. 1
2 • 13109 • Standard Center End Cushion ........... 1 11 • • 13112 • • Locking Nut ...................................... 1
• 529-0375-00 • Decubitus Cushion Set (Includes 12 • 13111 • Disposable Post Pad (Bulk-6' Roll) .... 1
Items 2, 3 and 8) ................................ 1 13 • 13104 • Post Extender - 2.2" (Shown) ............ 2
3 • 13108 • Standard Head End Cushion ............. 1 • 13105 • Post Extender - 5" (Not Shown) ......... 2
• • Decubitus Cushion Set (See Items 2) 1 • 13106 • Post Extender - 6" (Not Shown) ......... 2
4 • 13103 • 7" Base Post Assembly (Includes • 13107 • Post Extender - 7" (Not Shown) ......... 2
Items 5 and 6) .................................... 1 14 13120 Carrier Case (Not Shown) .................... 1
5 • • 505-735266 • • Base Post - 7" .................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-43 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
70542 Bierhoff Leg Holder PARTS LIST

CA724500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
70542 Bierhoff Leg Holder Assembly 1 • 505-701593 • Leg Holder (With Pad) ....................... 2
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ...................... 1 2 • 505-701572 • Strap ................................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-44


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71070 Siderail Socket PARTS LIST

8 3

6 2 1

7 4

9 11
5
10

HA540300

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71070 Siderail Socket Assembly (Includes 6 • 525-0042-00 • Wave Spring ....................................... 1
Items 1 thru 11) .................................... 1 7 • 557-0530-00 • Cross Bar ........................................... 1
1 • 520-0040-00 • Rail Bracket ........................................ 1 8 • 557-0529-00 • Clamp Bolt .......................................... 1
2 • 520-0041-00 • Rail Clamp Bracket ............................ 1 9 • 553-0281-00 • Crossbar Cap ..................................... 2
3 • 520-0078-00 • Tube Holder, Swivel ........................... 1 10 • 042-0025-00 • Adhesive Loctite .............................. AR
4 • 520-0042-00 • Clamp Tube ........................................ 1 11 • 045-0001-10 • Lockwasher ........................................ 1
5 • 040-0008-74 • Screw ................................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-45


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71071 I.V. Arm Board PARTS LIST
Assembly

10
1

2
16
11

12 18 17

13

3
14
8
9 15
4

HA540400

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71071 I.V. Arm Board Assembly (Includes 9 • 505-703246 • Nut ...................................................... 1
Items 1 thru 18) .................................... 1 10 • 505-703068 • Screw ................................................. 1
1 • 555-0025-00 • Arm Board Fabrication ....................... 1 11 • 550-0568-00 • Arm Board Lock Bar ........................... 1
2 • 520-0044-00 • Arm Board Bracket ............................. 1 12 • 525-0047-02 • Compression Spring .......................... 1
3 • 505-703807 • Spring Pin ........................................... 1 13 • 550-0666-00 • Locking Bar Spring Block ................... 1
4 • 520-0045-00 • Arm Board Latch ................................ 1 14 • 550-0664-00 • Spring Retaining Block ....................... 1
5 • 553-0278-00 • Cap Screw Plug ................................. 1 15 • 040-0010-108 • Screw ................................................. 4
6 • 040-0500-09 • Screw ................................................. 1 16 • 550-0634-00 • Guide Bracket ..................................... 1
7 • 557-0532-00 • Arm Board Bushing ............................ 1 17 • 040-0010-74 • Screw ................................................. 2
8 • 505-703495 • Washer ............................................... 1 18 • 064-0001-00 • Petroleum Jelly ................................. AR
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-46 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71072 / 71084 / 71085 / 71093 PARTS LIST
I.V. Arm Board Cushion

For use on 71071 I. V.


Arm Board Assembly

HA546200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71072 3" Arm Board Cushion (Includes 1 • 528-0074-00 • Arm Board Cushion - 3" ..................... 1
Items 1 and 2) ....................................... 1 • 528-0074-01 • Arm Board Cushion - 1" ..................... 1
71084 1" Arm Board Cushion (Includes • 528-0074-02 • Arm Board Cushion - 2" ..................... 1
Items 1 and 2) ....................................... 1 • 528-0074-03 • Arm Board Cushion - 4" ..................... 1
71085 2" Arm Board Cushion (Includes 2 • • 053-0105-26 • • Velcro (Not Shown) .......................... 1
Items 1 and 2) ....................................... 1
71093 4" Arm Board Cushion (Includes
Items 1 and 2) ....................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-47


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71073 Siderail Clamp PARTS LIST

HA540500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71073 Side Clamp Assembly (Includes 1 • 520-0055-00 • Handle ................................................ 1
Items 1 and 2) ...................................... 1 2 • 520-0063-00 • Clamp Housing ................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-48


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71074 Conventional PARTS LIST
Ether Screen

2 7

8 6
9 4
10
12
11 3

HA546801

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71074 Conventional Ether Screen Assembly 6 • • 505-704952 • • Thumb Screw ................................... 1
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ...................... 1 7 • • 525-0047-01 • • Spring ............................................... 1
1 • 557-0537-00 • Ether Screen Frame ........................... 1 8 • • 525-0047-00 • • Spring ............................................... 1
2 • 529-0358-00 • Clamp Assembly (Includes 9 • • 557-0538-00 • • Spring Retainer ................................ 1
Items 3 thru 12) .................................. 2 10 • • 550-0641-00 • • Cover Plate ...................................... 1
3 • • 520-0048-00 • • Ether Screen Block .......................... 1 11 • • 040-0008-73 • • Screw ................................................ 2
4 • • 520-0049-00 • • Ether Screen Bracket ....................... 1 12 • • 042-0025-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
5 • • 520-0055-01 • • Handle .............................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-49


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71075 Foot Rest PARTS LIST

5
1

HA540701

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71075 Foot Rest Assembly (Includes Items 3 • 530-0766-00 • Leg Weldment (Left) .......................... 1
1 thru 6) ................................................ 1 4 • 530-0765-00 • Leg Weldment (Right) ........................ 1
1 • 528-0079-00 • Cushion Foot Rest (Includes Velcro) . 1 5 • 040-0250-18 • Screw ................................................. 8
• • 053-0105-26 • • Velcro ............................................... 1 6 • 71073 • Siderail Clamp Assembly (Refer to
2 • 555-0029-00 • Foot Board ......................................... 1 "71073 Siderail Clamp" Elsewhere) .... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-50


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71076 Procto Positioner PARTS LIST

8
3
7

6 5

HA541901

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71076 Procto Positioner Assembly (Includes 5 • 040-0250-28 • Screw (Apply Loctite) ......................... 6
Items 1 thru 8) ...................................... 1 6 • • 042-0025-00 • • Adhesive Loctite ............................ AR
1 • 528-0090-00 • Cushion (Includes Items 2) ................ 1 7 • 553-0320-00 • Tube Plug ........................................... 2
2 • • 053-0150-26 • • Velcro Loop ...................................... 2 8 • 71073 • Siderail Clamp Assembly (Refer to
3 • 555-0030-00 • Knee Board ........................................ 1 "71073 Siderail Clamp" Elsewhere) .. 2
4 • 530-0842-00 • Support Weldment ............................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-51


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71077 Siderail Extender Set PARTS LIST

CA771500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71077 Side Rail Extender Set Assembly 1 • 520-0055-01 • Handle ................................................ 2
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ...................... 1 2 • 520-0076-00 • Side Rail Extension ............................ 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-52


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71078 A/P Cassette Holder PARTS LIST

1
11

12
4

9
7

10
9 6
8
6

13

HA540901

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71078 AP Cassette Tray Assembly (Includes 7 • • 557-0589-00 • • Handle Rod ...................................... 1
Items 1 thru 13) .................................... 1 8 • • 557-0590-00 • • Knob ................................................. 1
1 • 550-0613-00 • AP Cassette Tray ............................... 1 9 • • 516-0258-00 • • Thumb Screw ................................... 2
2 • 553-0203-00 • Antiskid Mat ....................................... 1 10 • • 042-0076-00 • • Adhesive Loctite ............................ AR
3 • 529-0384-00 • AP Cassette Handle Assembly .......... 1 11 • • 041-0010-00 • • Nut ................................................... 1
4 • • 530-0713-00 • • Clamp Weldment ............................. 1 12 • • 516-0238-00 • • Cable Assembly ............................... 1
5 • • 530-0716-00 • • Handle Weldment ............................ 1 13 • • 525-0043-00 • • Spring ............................................... 1
6 • • 552-0635-00 • • Flex Handle Bushing ....................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-53


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71079 Lithotomy Leg PARTS LIST
Holders

4
5

7
2

HA541000

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71079 Lithotomy Leg Holder Assembly 4 • 014-0176-00 • O-Ring ................................................ 1
(Includes items 1 thru5) ....................... 2 5 • 553-0281-00 • Cross Bar Cap ................................... 2
1 • 530-0895-00 • Lithotomy Post Weldment .................. 1 6 • 557-0707-00 • Cross Bar Handle ............................... 1
2 • 530-0896-00 • Lithotomy Hook Weldment ................. 1 7 • 557-0712-00 • Clamp Bolt .......................................... 1
3 • 516-0247-00 • Snap Hook ......................................... 1 8 • 529-0402-00 • Lithotomy Leg Strap (Not Shown) ...... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-54


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71080 Universal Ether PARTS LIST
Screen

17
16
15

18

12 3 2
14
4
13
12
19
9
1 7
11

20 10

8 6
19 5

21

HA541201

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71080 Universal Ether Screen Assembly 10 • 557-0633-00 • Compression Plate ............................. 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 21) .................... 1 11 • 557-0628-00 • Ball Joint Nut ...................................... 1
1 • 529-0417-00 • Ball Joint Assembly (Includes 12 • 553-0281-00 • Crossbar Cap ..................................... 2
Items 2 thru 7) .................................... 1 13 • 557-0712-00 • Clamp Bolt .......................................... 1
2 • • 530-0772-00 • • Support Tube Weldment .................. 1 14 • 557-0707-00 • Crossbar ............................................. 1
3 • • 557-0648-00 • • Ball Joint .......................................... 1 15 • 530-0797-00 • Screen Rod Weldment ....................... 1
4 • • 530-0771-00 • • Ball Joint Socket (Apply Penetrating 16 • 516-0264-00 • Stud (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) .... 1
Grease #064-0005-00) ..................... 1 17 • 557-0590-00 • Knob ................................................... 1
5 • • 557-0625-00 • • Mounting Post .................................. 1 18 • 520-0055-02 • Handle ................................................ 1
6 • • 042-0067-03 • • Groove Pin ....................................... 1 19 • 040-0006-25 • Screw (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 2
7 • • 042-0067-04 • • Groove Pin ....................................... 1 20 • 040-0006-45 • Screw (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1
8 • 557-0634-00 • Ball Joint Grip (Apply Penetrating 21 • 71070 • Siderail Socket Assembly (Refer to
Grease #064-0005-00) ....................... 1 "71070 Siderail Socket" Elsewhere) .. 1
9 • 553-0284-00 • Compression Grommet (Apply
Penetrating Grease #064-0005-00) ... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-55


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71082 Lateral Cassette PARTS LIST
Holder

11

4
5

10
7
6

10

8
12
3

13

HA541101

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71082 Lateral Cassette Holder Assembly 7 • 557-0707-00 • Crossbar ............................................. 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 14) .................... 1 8 • 505-702304 • Screw (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1
1 • 530-0809-00 • Post Weldment (Apply Petroleum 9 • 042-0009-06 • Groove Pin ......................................... 1
Jelly #064-0001-00) ........................... 1 10 • 553-0281-00 • Crossbar Cap ..................................... 2
2 • 516-0263-01 • Bushing .............................................. 1 11 • 557-0621-00 • Cassette Pole ..................................... 1
3 • 557-0689-00 • Swivel Beam ...................................... 1 12 • 045-0001-02 • Washer ............................................... 1
4 • 530-0763-00 • Clamp Weldment ................................ 2 13 • 71073 • Siderail Clamp Assembly (Refer to
5 • 516-0266-00 • Thumb Screw ..................................... 2 "71070 Siderail Clamp" Elsewhere) ... 1
6 • 557-0706-00 • Stud .................................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-56


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71083 Cross Arm Support PARTS LIST
15
27
17 16

16
26

26

20
15

21 26

19
22 26 16

23 16 18
2

8 4
9

14 11 1 7

12 25
10
13
28 5 6
24
12

HA541401

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71083 Cross Arm Support Assembly (Includes 14 • 557-0712-00 • Clamp Bolt .......................................... 1
Items 1 thru 28) .................................. 1 15 • 557-0749-00 • Rail ..................................................... 2
1 • 529-0481-00 • Arm Support Assembly (Includes 16 • 557-0690-00 • Stud (Apply Loctite 042-0025-00) ..... 4
Items 2 thru 7) .................................... 1 17 • 530-0785-00 • Long Latch Weldment (Apply
2 • 557-0648-00 • • Ball Joint .......................................... 1 Petroleum Jelly #064-0001-00) .......... 1
3 • • 530-0771-00 • • Ball Joint Socket .............................. 1 18 • 530-0784-00 • Short Latch Weldment (Apply
4 • • 530-0783-00 • • Support Arm Weldment (Apply Petroleum Jelly #064-0001-00) .......... 1
Penetrating Grease #064-0005-00) ... 1 19 • 557-0650-00 • Collar .................................................. 1
5 • • 557-0625-00 • • Mounting Post .................................. 1 20 • 557-0649-00 • Stop .................................................... 1
6 • • 042-0067-03 • • Groove Pin ....................................... 1 21 • 520-0066-02 • Adjustable Clamp Slide ...................... 1
7 • • 042-0067-04 • • Groove Pin ....................................... 1 22 • 525-0047-03 • Spring ................................................. 1
8 • 557-0634-00 • Ball Joint Grip (Apply 23 • 520-0055-01 • Handle ................................................ 1
Penetrating Grease #064-0005-00) ... 1 24 • 040-0006-45 • Set Screw(Apply Loctite 042-0025-00) 1
9 • 553-0284-00 • Grommet (Apply 25 • 040-0006-25 • Set Screw(Apply Loctite 042-0025-00) 1
Penetrating Grease #064-0005-00) ... 1 26 • 040-0006-61 • Flat Head Screw (Apply Loctite
10 • 557-0633-00 • Compression Plate ............................. 1 #042-0025-00) .................................... 4
11 • 557-0628-00 • Ball Joint Not ...................................... 1 27 • 505-701816 • Sling Sock (Sold by the Yard) ............ 3
12 • 553-0281-00 • Crossbar Cap ..................................... 2 28 • 71070 • Siderail Socket Assembly (Refer to
13 • 557-0707-00 • Crossbar ............................................. 1 "71070 Siderail Socket" Elsewhere) .. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-57 .


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71086 Decubitus Pad PARTS LIST

HA546500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71086 Decubitus Pad Set (Includes 2 • 528-0097-00 • Back Section Pad ............................... 1
Items 1 thru 4) ...................................... 1 3 • 528-0096-00 • Leg Section Pad ................................. 1
1 • 528-0098-00 • Head Section Pad .............................. 1 4 • 516-0305-00 • Pad Conditioner (Not Shown) ............ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-58


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71087 Drain Tray PARTS LIST

4
1

HA547300

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71087 Drain Tray Assembly (Includes 3 • 505-703753 • Spring Pin ........................................... 2
Items 1 thru 7) ...................................... 1 4 • 530-0787-00 • Screen Weldment .............................. 1
1 • 529-0454-00 • Mount Frame (Refer to "Mount 5 • 530-0841-00 • Drape Rod Weldment ........................ 1
Frame Assembly" Elsewhere) ......... Ref 6 • 553-0285-01 • Drain Tube ......................................... 1
2 • 529-0483-00 • Tray Frame (Refer to "Tray 7 • 530-0837-00 • Pan Weldment .................................... 1
Frame Assembly" Elsewhere) ......... Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-59


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Mount Frame Assembly PARTS LIST

3
14

17
4

2 1
17 7
11 10
5 14
18 12 6

16 13
9 8

14
15 14
17

HA546900

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0454-00 Mount Frame Assembly(Includes 9 • 557-0714-01 • Bearing Spacer .................................. 4
Items 1 thru18) ..................................... 1 10 • 516-0263-02 • Flange Bearing ................................... 8
1 • 530-0873-00 • Right Mount Weldment ...................... 1 11 • 557-0736-00 • Roller .................................................. 8
2 • 530-0874-00 • Left Mount Weldment ......................... 1 12 • 516-0341-00 • Thrust Washer ................................... 8
3 • 557-0747-00 • Support Bar ........................................ 1 13 • 041-0250-01 • Nut ...................................................... 8
4 • 042-0001-17 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2 14 • 041-0010-02 • Nut .................................................... 11
5 • 040-0250-13 • Screw ................................................. 2 15 • 516-0340-00 • Draw Latch ......................................... 2
6 • 040-0010-122 • Screw ................................................. 4 16 • 040-0010-102 • Screw ................................................. 4
7 • 040-0250-135 • Screw ................................................. 8 17 • 042-0014-38 • Shoulder Screw .................................. 3
8 • 550-0753-00 • Bearing Plate ...................................... 2 18 • 042-0025-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-60


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Tray Frame Assembly PARTS LIST

13 4

9
3
4

7
10

1 8

12

11
5
6

HA547000

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0483-00 Tray Frame Assembly(Includes 7 • 041-0010-02 • Nut ...................................................... 6
Items 1 thru 7) ...................................... 1 8 • 040-0010-75 • Screw ................................................. 4
1 • 530-0835-00 • Pan Frame Weldment ........................ 1 9 • 557-0723-00 • Pan Support Pad ................................ 4
2 • 530-0805-00 • Latch Weldment ................................. 1 10 • 551-0579-00 • Support Rail ....................................... 2
3 • 516-0263-00 • Flanged Bushing ................................ 2 11 • 040-0010-122 • Screw ................................................. 4
4 • 040-0010-70 • Screw ................................................. 4 12 • 557-0714-00 • Rail Spacer ......................................... 4
5 • 525-0055-02 • Spring ................................................. 2 13 • 042-0025-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
6 • 557-0673-00 • Latch Bar ............................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-61


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71088 Neuro Headrest PARTS LIST
Adapter

2
1

6 5

3
6

3
6
2
4

TORQUE LEGEND
ITEM # TORQUE
5 20 FT-LBS
(27.1 N•M)

HA541501

Used on units manufactured prior to 8-10-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71088 Neuro H.R. Adapter Assembly (Includes 3 • 040-0006-30 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
Items 1 thru 6) ...................................... 1 4 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 3
1 • 530-0791-00 • Neuro H.R. Adapter W.A. ................... 1 5 • 520-0055-00 • Bolt ..................................................... 1
2 • 557-0796-00 • Head Mounting Post .......................... 1 6 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-62


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71088 Neuro Headrest PARTS LIST
Adapter

2
1

3
5

3
5
2
4

HA541503

Used on units manufactured from 8-10-95 to S/N TCB-1108


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71088 Neuro H.R. Adapter Assembly (Includes 3 • 040-0008-47 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
Items 1 thru 6) ....................................... 1 4 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 3
1 • 530-0980-00 • Neuro H.R. Adapter W.A. .................... 1 5 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
2 • 557-0796-00 • Head Mounting Post ............................ 1 6 • 520-0055-00 • Handle ................................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-62.1


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71088 Neuro Headrest PARTS LIST
Adapter

2
1

3
5

3
5
2
4

HA541502

Used on units manufactured from S/N TCB-1108 to present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71088 Neuro H.R. Adapter Assembly (Includes 3 • 040-0008-47 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
Items 1 thru 6) ....................................... 1 4 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 4
1 • 530-1143-00 • Neuro H.R. Adapter W.A. ................... 1 5 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
2 • 557-0796-00 • Head Mounting Post .......................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-62.2


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71089 Shoulder PARTS LIST
Arthroscopic Attachment
This assembly has been replaced by the
71126 Shoulder Arthoscopic Attachment

CA770700

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71089 Shoulder Arthroscopic Attachment 2 • 529-0567-00 • Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ...................... 1 (Refer to "Shoulder Arthroscopic Head
1 • 529-0566-00 • Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar Support Rest Assembly" Elsewhere) ............ Ref
(Refer to "Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar
Support Assembly" Elsewhere) ...... Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-63


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Shoulder Arthroscopic PARTS LIST
Lumbar Support Assembly
20

18

17

11

9
13 21
16

12 14
14 11

2
19
3

10
6 12
4 5 13
8
7
15

HA547100

Used on units manufactured prior to 8-10-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0566-00 Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar Support 11 • 042-0009-04 • Groove Pin ......................................... 2
Assembly (Includes Items 1 thru 21) ... 1 12 • 050-2317-00 • Siderail End Stop ............................... 2
1 • 530-0820-00 • Lumbar Support Weldment ................ 1 13 • 042-0001-26 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2
2 • 557-0696-00 • Mounting Pin, Head Right .................. 1 14 • 040-0312-22 • Screw ................................................. 4
3 • 557-0695-00 • Mounting Pin, Leg Right ..................... 1 15 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 2
4 • 551-0554-00 • Pivot Block ......................................... 1 16 • 040-0006-30 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
5 • 042-0001-30 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2 17 • 553-0297-00 • Lumbar Support Board ....................... 1
6 • 557-0768-00 • Pivot Pin ............................................. 1 18 • 040-0250-120 • Screw ................................................. 4
7 • 040-0250-152 • Set Screw ........................................... 1 19 • 041-0250-09 • Acorn Nut ........................................... 4
8 • 040-0625-01 • Set Screw ........................................... 2 20 • 505-708317 • Lumbar Support Cushion ................... 1
9 • 530-0831-01 • Siderail Weldment, Left ...................... 1 21 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
10 • 530-0831-00 • Siderail Weldment, Right ................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-64


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Shoulder Arthroscopic PARTS LIST
Lumbar Support Assembly
20

18

17

11

9
13 14 21
16

12
14 11

2
19
3

10
6 12
4 5 13
8
7
15

HA547100

Used on units manufactured after 8-10-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0566-00 Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar Support 11 • 042-0009-04 • Groove Pin ......................................... 2
Assembly (Includes Items 1 thru 21) ... 1 12 • 050-2317-00 • Siderail End Stop ............................... 2
1 • 530-0982-00 • Lumbar Support Weldment ................ 1 13 • 042-0001-26 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2
2 • 557-0696-00 • Mounting Pin, Head Right .................. 1 14 • 040-0312-22 • Screw ................................................. 4
3 • 557-0695-00 • Mounting Pin, Leg Right ..................... 1 15 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 2
4 • 551-0554-00 • Pivot Block ......................................... 1 16 • 040-0008-47 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
5 • 042-0001-30 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2 17 • 553-0297-00 • Lumbar Support Board ....................... 1
6 • 557-0768-00 • Pivot Pin ............................................. 1 18 • 040-0250-120 • Screw ................................................. 4
7 • 040-0250-152 • Set Screw ........................................... 1 19 • 041-0250-09 • Acorn Nut ........................................... 4
8 • 040-0625-01 • Set Screw ........................................... 2 20 • 505-708317 • Lumbar Support Cushion ................... 1
9 • 530-0831-01 • Siderail Weldment, Left ...................... 1 21 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
10 • 530-0831-00 • Siderail Weldment, Right ................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-64.1


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Shoulder Arth. Head Rest PARTS LIST
35
26

25
37
24
21
34
23 20
21
20
21 22
11
10 29
20

38 19
17 28
27
6 40
18 30 29
36 8
36
9 32
3 16 30
39 31
2 15 40 36
14

7 33 12 13 38
5
38 38

1
HA547200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0567-00 Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest 21 • 045-0016-00 • Washer ............................................... 5
Assembly (Includes Items 1 thru 37) ... 1 22 • 525-0063-00 • Belleville Spring Washer .................. 10
1 • 552-0782-00 • Insertion Tube .................................... 2 23 • 557-0741-00 • Head Rest Pivot ................................. 1
2 • 553-0361-00 • Slide ................................................... 1 24 • 041-0312-06 • Nut ...................................................... 2
3 • 551-0580-00 • Guide Bar ........................................... 1 25 • 505-702330 • Bolt ..................................................... 2
4 • 042-0056-07 • Retaining Ring .................................... 8 26 • 530-0863-00 • Head Rest Weldment ......................... 1
5 • 552-0783-00 • C-Channel .......................................... 1 27 • 557-0739-00 • Ball Joint Bolt ..................................... 1
6 • 553-0362-00 • Guide Block ........................................ 1 28 • 557-0530-00 • Cross Bar Handle ............................... 1
7 • 040-0250-118 • Screw ................................................. 2 29 • 553-0281-00 • Rubber Grommet ............................... 2
8 • 040-0250-120 • Screw .................................................. 2 30 • 040-0006-30 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
9 • 040-0010-74 • Screw ................................................. 1 31 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 1
10 • 553-0298-00 • Upper Block Board ............................. 1 32 • 042-0009-10 • Roll Pin ............................................... 1
11 • 516-0350-00 • Spring Plunger ................................... 1 33 • 040-0250-15 • Set Screw ........................................... 3
12 • 552-0812-00 • Ball Joint Case ................................... 1 34 • 528-0068-00 • Upper Back Cushion (Incl. Velcro) ..... 1
13 • 557-0648-00 • Ball Joint Ball ..................................... 1 • • 053-0105-03 • • Velcro ............................................... 1
14 • 557-0770-00 • Ball Grip ............................................. 1 35 • 528-0087-00 • Head Rest Cushion (Incl. Velcro) ...... 1
15 • 525-0062-00 • Compression Spring .......................... 1 • • 053-0105-31 • • Velcro ............................................... 1
16 • 557-0771-00 • Compression Spring .......................... 1 36 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
17 • 530-0864-00 • Slide Weldment .................................. 1 37 • 053-0050-10 • Hole Plug ............................................ 1
18 • 040-0008-19 • Set Screw ........................................... 1 38 • 064-0005-00 • Penetrating Grease ......................... AR
19 • 557-0740-00 • Head Rest Clamp ............................... 1 39 • 064-0001-00 • Petroleum Jelly ............................... AR
20 • 053-0110-08 • Nylon Washer .................................... 4 40 • 064-0016-00 • Gear Grease ................................... AR
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-65


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71090 Lateral Support Set PARTS LIST
13
12
11
10
9 14
15 14 8

16
7 14

19

20
6
4 3
18
17

HA541601

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71090 Lateral Support Set (Includes Items 9 • • 557-0634-00 • • Ball Grip ........................................... 1
1 and 2) ................................................ 1 10 • • 553-0284-00 • • Compression Grommet .................... 1
1 • 71073 • Siderail Clamp (Refer to "Siderail 11 • • 557-0628-00 • • Compression Plate ........................... 1
Clamp Assembly" Elsewhere) ......... Ref 12 • • 557-0628-00 • • Nut ................................................... 1
2 • 529-0463-00 • Lateral Support Assembly (Includes 13 • • 520-0055-02 • • Handle .............................................. 1
Items 3 thru 19) .................................. 2 14 • • 042-0025-00 • • Adhesive Loctite ............................ AR
3 • • 530-0825-00 • • Plate Weldment ................................ 1 15 • • 040-0006-45 • • Screw ............................................... 1
4 • • 530-0827-00 • • Bar Weldment .................................. 1 16 • • 040-0006-25 • • Screw ............................................... 1
5 • • 530-0826-00 • • Post Weldment ................................. 1 17 • • 528-0089-00 • • Cushion (Includes Item 18) .............. 1
6 • • 525-0056-00 • • Spring ............................................... 1 18 • • 053-0105-07 • • Velcro Loop ...................................... 1
7 • • 520-0055-04 • • Handle .............................................. 1 19 • • 045-0001-01 • • Washer ............................................. 1
8 • • 557-0648-00 • • Ball ................................................... 1 20 • • 516-0281-00 • • Bushing ............................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-66


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71091 Kidney Elevator PARTS LIST

21

15

2 12
17 19
10
4
16 18
20
5 11
6

8 13
14 7

9 HA547401

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71091 Kidney Elevator Assembly (Includes 502-0172-06 Ohmeda Air Hose Assembly
Items 1 thru 14) ..................................... 1 {120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
1 • 528-0092-00 • Kidney Elevator Cushion ..................... 1 502-0172-07 Diss Female Carbon Diox. Hose Assy.
2 • 553-0363-00 • Kidney Elevator Bladder ...................... 1 {120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
3 • 553-0364-00 • Cushion Insert ..................................... 1 502-0172-08 Chemetron Carbon Diox. Hose Assy.
4 • 557-0769-00 • Manifold .............................................. 1 {120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
5 • 516-0343-00 • Plastic Hose Clamp ............................. 1 502-0172-09 Oxequip Carbon Diox. Hose Assy.
6 • 516-0333-00 • Barb Fitting .......................................... 1 {120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
7 • 516-0335-00 • Hose Barb Fitting ................................ 1 502-0172-10 Ohmeda Carbon Diox. Hose Assy.
8 • 516-0334-00 • Female Quick Connect ....................... 1 {120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
9 • 516-0336-00 • Stopcock Valve ................................... 1 502-0172-11 Puritan Bennit Air Hose Assembly
10 • 014-0176-10 • O-Ring ................................................ 1 {120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
11 • 516-0337-00 • Relief-Check Valve .............................. 1 502-0172-12 Schrader Male Nitrogen/Air Hose Assy.
12 • 557-0780-00 • Manifold End Cap ................................ 1 {240" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
13 • 557-0779-00 • Manifold Mount .................................... 1 502-0172-13 Diss Female Nitrogen Hose Assy.
14 • 529-0631-00 • Bulb Hand Pump Assembly ................. 1 {240" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
15 502-0172-00 Schrader Male Nitrogen/Air Hose Assy. 502-0172-14 Dynacn Male Nitrogen/Air Hose Assy.
{120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1 {240" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
502-0172-01 Diss Female Nitrogen Hose Assy. 16 • • Hose Fitting (Specify Hose Style) ........ 1
{120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1 17 • • Hose Assembly (Specify Hose Style) .. 1
502-0172-02 Chemetron Air Hose Assembly 18 • 014-0276-00 • Reducer Nipple (Apply Sealant) ........... 1
{120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1 19 • 529-0667-00 • Pressure Regulator ............................. 1
502-0172-03 Diss Female Air Hose Assembly 20 • 516-0378-00 • Male Quick Disconnect Fitting (Apply
{120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1 Sealant ) .............................................. 1
502-0172-04 Chemetron Air Hose Assembly 21 • 561-0409-00 • Latex Content Warning Label ............... 1
{120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
502-0172-05 Oxequip Air Hose Assembly
{120" Lg. }(Includes Items 16 thru 20) ... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-67 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71092 Infant Arm & Hand PARTS LIST
Table
1

17

21
16

15
3
14

4
20 2
11
13
12 5 6
9
18

8 7
19
10

CA770900

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71092 Infant Arm and Hand Table (Includes 9 • • 042-0009-04 • • Roll Pin ............................................. 4
Items 1 thru 19) .................................... 1 10 • • 530-0926-00 • • Siderail Weldment ............................ 4
1 • 528-0095-00 • Infant Arm and Hand Table Cushion 11 • • 040-0312-51 • • Screw ............................................... 8
(Includes Velcro) ................................ 1 12 • • 557-0740-01 • • R.H. Pan Rail (Shown) ..................... 1
• • 053-0105-13 • • Velcro ............................................... 1 • • 557-0740-00 • • L.H. Pan Rail (Not Shown) ............... 1
2 • 529-0536-00 • Infant Arm and Hand Table Assembly 13 • • 530-0786-00 • • Frame Weldment ............................. 1
(Includes Items 3 thru 16) .................. 1 14 • • 553-0382-00 • • Table Top ......................................... 1
3 • • 557-0718-00 • • Nylon Bumper .................................. 2 15 • • 505-702260 • • Screw ............................................... 8
4 • • 516-0255-01 • • Thumbscrew .................................... 2 16 • • 505-700080 • • Caplug .............................................. 8
5 • • 557-0719-00 • • Drop Handle Stud (Apply Petroleum 17 • 553-0383-00 • Filler Board ......................................... 1
Jelly #064-0001-00) ......................... 2 18 • 530-0845-00 • Pan Weldment .................................... 1
6 • • 045-0001-88 • • Spring Washer ................................. 2 19 • 553-0285-01 • Drain Tube ......................................... 1
7 • • 042-0001-04 • • Roll Pin ............................................. 2 20 • 042-0025-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
8 • • 557-0721-00 • • Drop Handle Bar .............................. 2 21 • 530-0962-00 • Screen Weldment ............................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-68


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71094 Table Side Extenders PARTS LIST

8 9
6 10
7

13
11
14
12

CA771300

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71094 Table Side Extender Set (Includes 6 • • 505-702141 • • Screw ............................................... 3
Items 1 ) ................................................ 1 7 • • 551-0568-00 • • Side Rail ........................................... 1
1 • 529-0495-00 • Table Side Extender Assembly 8 • • 516-0255-00 • • Thumbscrew .................................... 2
(IncludesItems 2 thru 14) ................... 2 9 • • 557-0718-00 • • Nylon Bumper .................................. 2
2 • • 528-0091-00 • • Extender Cushion (Includes Velcro) 1 10 • • 042-0025-00 • • Loctite ........................................... AR
• • • 053-0105-17 • • • Velcro ............................................. 4 11 • • 557-0719-00 • • Drop Handle Stud ............................ 2
3 • • 520-0093-00 • • Table Side Extender ........................ 1 12 • • 557-0721-00 • • Drop Handle Bar .............................. 2
4 • • 557-0746-00 • • Spacer .............................................. 3 13 • • 045-0001-88 • • Spring Washer ................................. 2
5 • • 042-0009-04 • • Roll Pin ............................................. 2 14 • • 042-0001-04 • • Roll Pin ............................................. 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-69 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71096 Work Tray PARTS LIST

HA545200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71096 Work Tray (Includes Item 1) ................. 1 1 • 550-0752-00 • Work Tray .............................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-70


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71097 Tri Clamp 2 PARTS LIST

HA547700

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71097 Tri Clamp 2 (Includes Item 1) ............... 1 1 • 529-0514-00 • Power Grip Assembly ........................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-71


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71098 Flexguard Stirrup Set PARTS LIST

HA547801

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71098 Flexguard Stirrup Set (Includes 5 • • Roll Pin ............................................... 2
Items 1 thru 7) ....................................... 1 6 • 70419 • Foam Insert - Case {10 Sets}
1 • • Stirrup Assembly ................................ 2 (Not Shown) ....................................... 1
2 • 528-0100-00 • Strap Set ............................................ 2 7 • 70420 • Gel-Pad Insert - Set {1 Pair}
3 • 529-0517-00 • Lock Handle Assembly ...................... 2 (Not Shown) ....................................... 1
4 • 528-0099-00 • Single Stirrup Boot Pad ...................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-72


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71099 Guardian Stirrup Set PARTS LIST

5 3

HA547802

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71099 Guardian Stirrup Set (Includes 4 • 528-0099-00 • Single Stirrup Boot Pad ...................... 2
Items 1 thru 6) ....................................... 1 5 • 70419 • Foam Insert - Case {10 Sets}
1 • • Stirrup Assembly ................................ 2 (Not Shown) ....................................... 1
2 • 528-0100-00 • Strap Set ............................................ 2 6 • 70420 • Gel-Pad Insert - Set {1 Pair}
3 • 529-0514-00 • Power Grip Handle Assembly ............ 2 (Not Shown) ....................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-73


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71100 Leg Prep Stand PARTS LIST

4
2

HA547900

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71100 Leg Prep Stand Assembly (Includes 3 • • Lower Bar ........................................... 1
Item 1 thru 6) ........................................ 1 4 • • Screw ................................................. 1
1 • 528-0101-00 • Pad Assembly .................................... 1 5 • • Spacer ................................................ 2
2 • • Upper Bar ........................................... 1 6 • • Nut ...................................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-74


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71101 Snaplock Arm Board PARTS LIST

2 3

5
4
6

HA547500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71101 Snaplock Arm Board Assembly (Includes 5 • • Cover .................................................. 1
Items 1 thru 7) ...................................... 1 6 • • Screw ................................................. 2
1 • • Main Pivot Board ................................ 1 7 • 516-0307-00 • Velcro ................................................. 1
2 • • Spring ................................................. 1 8 Cushion (Refer to "Snaplock Arm
3 • • Release Bar ....................................... 1 Board Cushion" Elsewhere) .............. Ref
4 • • Release Bar Cover ............................. 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-75


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71102 / 71103 Snaplock PARTS LIST
Arm Board Cushion

For use on 71101


Snaplock Arm Board

HA546200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71102 2" Snaplock Arm Board Cushion 1 • • Arm Board Cushion - 2" ..................... 1
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ....................... 1 • • Arm Board Cushion - 4" ..................... 1
71103 4" Snaplock Arm Board Cushion 2 • • 516-0307-00 • • Velcro (Not Shown) .......................... 1
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ....................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-76


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71104 Shoulder Brace Set PARTS LIST

2
6

HA547600

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71104 Shoulder Brace Set (Includes 3 • • Mounting Bar ...................................... 2
Items 1 thru 6) ...................................... 1 4 • • Stop Cap ............................................ 2
1 • 528-0103-00 • Pad ..................................................... 2 5 • • Stop .................................................... 2
2 • • Pad Support ....................................... 2 6 • • Screw ................................................. 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-77


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71105 Universal Patient PARTS LIST
Brace 71113 Circular Head Cushion

HA548000

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71105 Universal Paient Brace Assembly • • 528-0105-00 • • Rectangular Head Cushion .............. 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 3) ...................... 1 3 • 71113 • Circular Head Pad Assembly
1 • • Mounting Bracket ............................... 1 (Includes Circular Head Cushion) ...... 1
• • 529-0517-00 • • Lock Handle Assembly .................... 1 • • 528-0104-00 • • Circular Head Cushion ..................... 1
2 • 529-0518-00 • Rectangular Head Pad Assembly
(Includes Rectangular Head Cushion) 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-78


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71106 / 71107 Uro Catch PARTS LIST
Bags

5
3 1

CA771800

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71106 Uro Drainage System (Includes 3 • • Uro Bag .............................................. 5
Items 1 thru 4) ...................................... 1 4 • 553-0285-01 • Drain Tube ......................................... 1
1 • • Uro Bag Hanger (Includes Item 2) ..... 1 5 71107 Replacement Bag Case (Contains
2 • • 516-0406-00 • • Thumbscrew ..................................... 2 20 Uro Bags) ........................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-79


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71108 Winged Anesthesia PARTS LIST
Screen
3

10
9

11
4

7
5
6

12

HA548101

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71108 Winged Anesthesia Screen Assembly 5 •• • • Knob ................................................. 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 12) .................... 1 6 •• • • Rod .................................................... 1
1 • • Tube ................................................... 1 7 • • Cover .................................................. 2
2 • • Tube Plug ........................................... 1 8 • • Retaining Ring .................................... 2
3 • • Stop ..................................................... 1 9 • • Clamp Housing ................................... 2
4 • • End Cap ............................................. 1 10 • • Set Screw ........................................... 2
• 529-0520-00 • Knob Wing Assembly (Includes 11 • • Clamp ................................................. 2
Items 5 and 6) .................................... 2 12 • • Swivel Clamp ..................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-80 .


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71109 X-Ray Top PARTS LIST

CA771000

Used on units manufactured prior to 9-18-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71109 X-Ray Top Assembly (Includes 3 • 529-0601-00 • Seat Section X-Ray Top (Includes
Items 1 thru 5) ...................................... 1 Item 5) ................................................ 1
1 • 529-0599-00 • Head Section X-Ray Top (Includes 4 • 529-0602-00 • Leg Section X-Ray Top (Includes
Item 5) ................................................ 1 Item 5) ................................................ 1
2 • 529-0600-00 • Back Section X-Ray Top (Includes 5 • GS086065 • Spring Ring ...................................... 16
Item 5) ................................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-81


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71110 Footswitch PARTS LIST
1

3
4
5
6

FOOT CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM


7
TRENDEL- TRENDEL- HEIGHT HEIGHT LATERAL LATERAL

FOOT CONTROL
ENBURG ENBURG RAISE LOWER TILT TILT

SWITCH PAD
RAISE LOWER SWITCHES SWITCHES LEFT RIGHT
SWITCHES SWITCHES SWITCHES SWITCHES
8

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK
BROWN

BROWN

BROWN

BROWN

BROWN

BROWN
WHITE

WHITE

WHITE

WHITE

WHITE

WHITE
BLUE

BLUE

BLUE

BLUE

BLUE

BLUE
6

12 9
BROWN BLUE
BLUE BROWN
BLUE
BROWN
X1

FOOT CONTROL
10 Y1 WHITE
BLACK

INTERFACE
BROWN WHITE
+5V BLACK

BOARD
WHITE WHITE
START
GREEN BLACK
OUT WHITE
GREY

13 11 YELLOW
VEN_FC
CLK
BLACK
WHITE
BLACK
BLUE WHITE
GND BLACK
BLUE
Y12 X12 BROWN

BLUE
BROWN
BROWN
14 BLUE

YELLOW
GREY
BLUE

WHITE 1
2
BROWN 5 6
GREEN 3
4

CA767100

Used on units with Serial Number TEK1000 thru TEK1046


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71110 Footswitch Assembly (Includes 8 • GS085305 • Foot Control Box Weldment ............... 1
Items 1 thru 14) .................................... 1 9 • GS085306 • Foot Control Intreface Board .............. 1
1 • GS085300 • Foot Control Decal ............................. 1 10 • • Lockwasher ........................................ 4
2 • GS085301 • Upper Cover ....................................... 1 11 • • Screw ................................................. 4
3 • GS085302 • Edge Protector ................................... 1 12 • GS085307 • Gasket Seal (Apply Adhesive
4 • • Screw ................................................. 4 #042-0076-00) .................................... 1
5 • GS085303 • Foot Control Cable ............................. 1 13 • GS085308 • Lower Cover ....................................... 1
6 • • Electrical Fitting (Includes Nut) .......... 1 14 • • Screw ............................................... 12
7 • GS085304 • Switch Pad (Apply Adhesive
#042-0076-00) .................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-82


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71110 Footswitch PARTS LIST

2 4

FOOT CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM


TRENDEL- TRENDEL- LATERAL LATERAL
ENBURG ENBURG HEIGHT HEIGHT TILT TILT
RAISE LOWER RAISE LOWER LEFT RIGHT
SWITCHES SWITCHES SWITCHES SWITCHES SWITCHES SWITCHES

3
5

WHITE/ BLACK
WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK
WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK
RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE
RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE

RED/BLUE
6 7

9
10
12
11
RED/BLUE
WHITE/ BLACK
RED/BLUE
WHITE/ BLACK

WHITE/ BLACK
X12 Y12

FOOT CONTROL
5

RED/BLUE
WHITE/YELLOW
WHITE/BLUE

INTERFACE
WHITE/YELLOW BLUE
13 WHITE/BLUE GND

BOARD
YELLOW
WHITE/YELLOW CLK
WHITE/BLUE GREY
WHITE/YELLOW VEN_FC
WHITE/BLUE GREEN
OUT
15 WHITE/YELLOW
WHITE/BLUE START WHITE

16 WHITE/YELLOW
WHITE/BLUE
+5V
BROWN

RED/BLUE
WHITE/BLACK
X1 Y1

17 14 RED/BLUE
WHITE/ BLACK

RED/BLUE
WHITE/ BLACK

18
YELLOW

19 GREY
BLUE
1 WHITE
15 2
6 5 BROWN
3 GREEN
4

CA791800

Used on units with Serial Number TEK1047 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71110 Footswitch Assembly (Includes 10 • GS086826 • Switch Assembly ................................. 6
Items 1 thru 19) ..................................... 1 11 • GS1 • Screw ............................................... 12
1 • GS0 • Foot Control Decal .............................. 1 12 • GS0 • Footswitch Box Weldment ................... 1
2 • GS0 • Upper Cover ....................................... 1 13 • GS085226 • Intreface Board Mounting Tab ............. 4
3 • • Screw ................................................. 4 14 • GS085228 • Foot Control Intreface Board ............... 1
4 • GS085225 • Foot Control Cable .............................. 1 15 • GS1999000 • Screw ............................................... 13
5 • GS084967 • Electrical Fitting (Includes Nut) ............ 1 16 • GS0 • Gasket Seal (Apply Adhesive
6 • • Footswitch Housing Plate (Apply #042-0076-00) .................................... 1
Adhesive #042-0076-00) ..................... 1 17 • GS086827 • Lower Cover ....................................... 1
7 • GS086825 • Switch Boot ......................................... 6 18 • GS086829 • Glide Pad ............................................ 4
8 • GS086822 • Switch Puck ........................................ 6 19 • GS1 • Screw ................................................. 4
9 • GS086823 • Footswitch Retaining Ring ................... 6
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-82.1


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71111 Split Leg Set PARTS LIST
71118 / 71119 Split Leg Pad Set

CA784301

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 71118 Standard Split Leg Pad Set - 1.75" 18 • GS086208 • Clevis .................................................. 2
(Includes [2] Long & [2] Short Pads) .... 1 19 • GS084909 • Gas Spring .......................................... 2
2 71119 X-Ray Top Split Leg Pad Set - 3.5" 20 • GS086216 • Clamp Handle ...................................... 2
(Includes [2] Long & [2] Short Pads) .... 1 21 • 561-0240-00 • Safety Warning Label (Exclamation) .... 4
3 71111 Split Leg Set (R.H. & L.H. Unit Supplied 22 • GS086214 • Clamp Bolt ........................................... 2
[Includes Items 4 thru 32}) ................... 1 23 • GS1500064 • Dowel Pin ............................................ 2
4 • GS086335 • L.H. Leg Board (Shown) .................... 1 24 • GS123006 • Screw ................................................. 4
• GS086336 • R.H. Leg Board (Not Shown) ............. 1 25 • GS086215 • Spacer ................................................ 2
• 053-0105-10 • Self Adhesive Velcro - Loop (19.5") ... 2 26 • GS086252 • Ring Bearing ....................................... 2
5 • GS086333 • L.H. Thigh Board (Shown) ................. 1 27 • GS086473 • L.H. Fork Joint (Shown) ...................... 1
• GS086334 • R.H. Thigh Board (Not Shown) .......... 1 • GS086472 • R.H. Fork Joint (Not Shown) ............... 1
• 053-0105-14 • Self Adhesive Velcro - Loop (4.5") ..... 2 28 • GS1501060 • Groove Pin .......................................... 2
6 • GS1006083 • Screw ............................................... 12 29 • GS086313 • L.H. Mounting Pin (Shown) ................... 1
7 • GS086330 • L.H. Split Leg Wldmt. (Shown) ........... 1 • GS086314 • R.H. Mounting Pin (Not Shown) ............ 1
• GS086331 • R.H. Split Leg Wldmt. (Not Shown) ... 1 30 • GS1229054 • Set Screw ........................................... 4
8 • GS064450 • O-Ring ................................................ 4 31 • GS086242 • Fork Joint Pin ...................................... 2
9 • GS086209 • Front Pivot Pin ................................... 2 32 • GS086212 • Pin ...................................................... 2
10 • GS086203 • Release Handle .................................. 2 33 • GS086226 • Nut ...................................................... 2
11 • GS086205 • Bushing .............................................. 2 34 • GS086210 • L.H. Short Spar (Shown) ..................... 1
12 • GS086204 • Linkage Rod ....................................... 2 • GS086211 • R.H. Short Spar (Not Shown) .............. 1
13 • GS1018012 • Nut ...................................................... 2 35 • GS086247 • Slide Bushing ...................................... 2
14 • GS086206 • Turnbuckle ......................................... 2 36 • GS1060015 • Washer ............................................... 2
15 • GS1226004 • Nut ...................................................... 2 37 • GS086213 • Pin ...................................................... 2
16 • GS086207 • Guide .................................................. 2 38 • 561-0202-00 • Weight Rating Label ............................. 2
17 • GS084914 • Bushing ............................................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-83 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71112 Foot Extension Assy PARTS LIST
71114 Foot Extension Cushion

10

11

16
12
2
15

3
17
16
14

13

4 5
15
7 8
6 18
4 CA770600

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71112 Foot Extension Assembly With 2" Pad 7 • • 550-0829-00 • • Right Angle Support ......................... 1
(Includes Items 1 and 2 {Used on ........ 1 8 • • 040-0250-118 • • Screw ............................................... 2
1 • • 2" Foot Extension Cushion (Used on 9 • • 553-0418-00 • • Foot Extension Board ...................... 1
Units without X-Ray top) .................... 1 10 • • 042-0109-02 • • Screw ............................................... 4
71114 4" Foot Extension Cushion(Used on 11 • • 516-0360-00 • • Spacer .............................................. 2
Units with X-Ray top [Optional]) ........... 1 12 • • 550-0829-01 • • Left Angle Support ........................... 1
• • 053-0105-27 • • Velcro ............................................... 1 13 • • 041-0312-04 • • Acorn Nut ......................................... 2
2 • 529-0571-00 • Foot Extension Assembly (Includes 14 • • 505-703452 • • Lockwasher ...................................... 2
Items 3 thru 18) .................................. 1 15 • • 530-0928-00 • • Siderail Weldment ............................ 2
3 • • 551-0628-00 • • Left Pin Mount Block ........................ 1 16 • • 042-0009-04 • • Groove Pin ....................................... 4
4 • • 557-0695-00 • • Mount Pin ......................................... 2 17 • • 040-0312-22 • • Screw ............................................... 4
5 • • 505-703815 • • Spring Pin ........................................ 2 18 • • 042-0025-00 • • Loctite ........................................... AR
6 • • 551-0629-00 • • Right Pin Mount Block ..................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-84


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71115 Cloward Saddle PARTS LIST

1
3

6
4

CA771700

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71115 Cloward Saddle Assembly 3 • • 529-0594-00 • • Head End Strap Set ......................... 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 6) ...................... 1 4 • • 516-0356-00 • • 2" Hook ............................................ 1
1 • 528-0110-00 • Saddle Assembly (Includes 5 • • 516-0357-00 • • 3" Hook ............................................ 4
Items 2 thru 5) .................................... 1 6 • 528-0109-00 • Leg Pad .............................................. 1
2 • • 529-0595-00 • • Foot End Strap Set .......................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-85


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71116 Conductive Safety Strap PARTS LIST
20715 Nonconductive Safety Strap

8
CA771900

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
1 71116 Conductive Safety Strap Set 4 • 505-701860 • Safety Strap ....................................... 2
(Includes Items 2) ................................ 1 5 • 505-702211 • Screw ................................................. 4
2 • • Adjusting Buckle ................................ 2 6 • 515-713982 • Clamp Bar .......................................... 2
3 20715 Nonconductive Safety Strap Set 7 • 515-713983 • Attaching Block .................................. 2
(Includes Items 4 thru 8) ...................... 1 8 • 516-0310-00 • Fluted Clamping Knob ........................ 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-86


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71117 Standard Pad Set PARTS LIST

2
4

HAxxxx

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71117 Standard Pad Set (Includes 3 GS090218 • Seat / Back Section Cushion ............. 1
Items 1 thru 6) ...................................... 1 4 • Velcro ................................................. 1
1 GS090217 • Head Section Cushion ....................... 1 5 GS090219 • Leg Section Cushion .......................... 1
2 • Velcro ................................................. 1 6 • Velcro ................................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-87


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71120 Side Extender Shelf PARTS LIST

For use on 71092


Infant Arm &
Hand Table 1

4 2

10
5

8
5 9
7

7
CA771600

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71120 Side Extender Shelf Assembly 4 • • 530-0849-00 • • Side Extender Weldment ................. 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 10) .................... 1 5 • • 551-0570-00 • • Side Extender Block ........................ 2
1 • 528-0095-01 • Side Extender Cushion (Includes 6 • • 040-0250-25 • • Screw ............................................... 4
Velcro) ................................................ 1 7 • • 550-0817-00 • • Side Extender Latch ......................... 2
2 • • 053-0105-13 • • Velcro ............................................... 1 8 • • 042-0001-04 • • Spring Pin ........................................ 6
3 • 529-0497-00 • Side Extender Assembly (Includes 9 • • 516-0255-00 • • Thumbscrew .................................... 2
Items 4 thru 10) .................................. 1 10 • • 041-0250-01 • • Nut ................................................... 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-88


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71121 Uro Drain Tray PARTS LIST
1

17
7 15 14

26 19
8 18
26 11 6
17 9
10
28 21

13
22
16
23
12
24 27
25
11
29

CA784000

Used on units with Serial Number TEY-1000 thru TEY-1020


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71121 Uro Drain Tray Assembly (Includes 14 • • 530-0942-00 • • LH Mount Wldt. (Non-Adjustable) .... 1
Items 1 thru 29) .................................... 1 15 • • 551-0641-00 • • Rail Block ......................................... 2
1 • 530-0841-00 • Drape Rod Weldment ........................ 1 16 • • 505-702279 • • Screw ............................................. 10
2 • 530-0787-00 • Screen Weldment .............................. 1 17 • • 530-0942-00 • • RH Mount Wldt.([Adjustable] Shown])1
3 • 529-0605-00 • Mount Frame Assembly(Includes 18 • • 042-0014-40 • • Shoulder Screw ................................. 5
Items 4 thru28) ................................... 1 19 • • 550-0871-00 • • Stop Plate ........................................ 4
4 • • 530-0944-00 • • Drain Pan Weldment ........................ 1 20 • • 041-0010-07 • • Acorn Nut - High Crown ................... 2
5 • • 551-0642-00 • • Rail Brace ........................................ 2 21 • • 557-0855-00 • • Slide Pin ........................................... 2
6 • • 505-701930 • • Screw ............................................... 8 22 • • 525-0047-04 • • Compression Spring ........................ 2
7 • • 505-703240 • • Acorn Nut - Low Crown .................... 8 23 • • 551-0664-00 • • Spring Block ..................................... 2
8 • • 553-0423-00 • • Slide Rail .......................................... 2 24 • • 530-1010-00 • • Catch Weldment .............................. 2
9 • • 040-0008-89 • • Screw ............................................. 16 25 • • K904835 • • Roll Pin ............................................. 2
10 • • 530-0943-00 • • Latch Weldment ............................... 1 26 • • 042-0025-00 • • Loctite ........................................... AR
11 • • 040-0010-121 • • Screw ............................................... 6 27 • • 525-0066-01 • • Torsion Spring .................................. 2
12 • • 516-0263-00 • • Flange Bushing ................................ 2 28 • • 064-0001-00 • • Petroleum Jelly ............................. AR
13 • • 525-0055-02 • • Extension Spring .............................. 2 29 • 553-0285-01 • Drain Tube ......................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-89


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71121 Uro Drain Tray PARTS LIST
1

29 3

17
7 15 14

26 19
8 18
26 11 6
17 9
10
28 21

13
22
16
23
12
24 27
25
11
30

Note: If interference is encountered (7100 with


serial numbers TDW1204 thru TDW1225),
kit number 502-0191-00 should be used.
Refer to manual page #6-7.1
CA784001

Used on units with Serial Number TEY-1021 thru Present


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71121 Uro Drain Tray Assembly (Includes 15 • • 551-0641-00 • • Rail Block .......................................... 2
Items 1 thru 29) ..................................... 1 16 • • 505-702279 • • Screw ............................................. 10
1 • 530-0841-00 • Drape Rod Weldment .......................... 1 17 • • 530-0942-00 • • RH Mount Wldt.([Adjustable] Shown]) . 1
2 • 530-0787-00 • Screen Weldment ................................ 1 18 • • 042-0014-40 • • Shoulder Screw.................................. 5
3 • 529-0680-00 • Mount Frame Assembly(Includes 19 • • 550-0871-00 • • Stop Plate ......................................... 4
Items 4 thru 29) ................................... 1 20 • • 041-0010-07 • • Acorn Nut - High Crown .................... 2
4 • • 530-0944-00 • • Drain Pan Weldment.......................... 1 21 • • 557-0855-00 • • Slide Pin ............................................ 2
5 • • 551-0642-00 • • Rail Brace ......................................... 2 22 • • 525-0047-05 • • Compression Spring .......................... 2
6 • • 505-701930 • • Screw ............................................... 8 23 • • 551-0664-00 • • Spring Block ...................................... 2
7 • • 505-703240 • • Acorn Nut - Low Crown ..................... 8 24 • • 530-1041-00 • • Catch Weldment ................................ 2
8 • • 553-0423-00 • • Slide Rail ........................................... 2 25 • • K904835 • • Roll Pin .............................................. 2
9 • • 040-0008-89 • • Screw ............................................. 16 26 • • 042-0025-00 • • Loctite ............................................ AR
10 • • 530-0943-00 • • Latch Weldment ................................ 1 27 • • 525-0066-01 • • Torsion Spring .................................. 2
11 • • 040-0010-121 • • Screw ............................................... 6 28 • • 064-0001-00 • • Petroleum Jelly .............................. AR
12 • • 516-0263-00 • • Flange Bushing ................................. 2 29 • • 550-0990-00 • • Shim .............................................. AR
13 • • 525-0055-02 • • Extension Spring ............................... 2 30 • 553-0285-01 • Drain Tube .......................................... 1
14 • • 530-0942-00 • • LH Mount Wldt. (Non-Adjustable) ...... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-89.1


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71122 Extreme Reverse PARTS LIST
Trendelenberg Attachment

5 !
3
4
4

CA785400

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71122 Extreme Reverse Trendelenberg Attach- 3 • 71073 • Siderail Clamp (Refer to "Siderail Clamp
ment (Includes Items 1 thru 3) ............. 1 Assembly" Elsewhere) .................... Ref
1 • 529-0657-00 • Extreme Reverse Trendelenberg Table 4 • 561-0240-00 • Safety Alert Label ............................... 6
(Refer to "Extreme Reverse Tren- ........ 5 • 561-0323-00 • E. R. T. A. Label ................................. 2
delenberg" Elsewhere) .................... Ref
2 • 529-0624-00 • Foot Rest (Refer to "Foot Rest
Assembly" Elsewhere) .................... Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-90


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Extreme Reverse PARTS LIST

Trendelenberg Attachment

30

31
34
30

29 32
28
11

33 27
2
4
3
10
12
26 10
25

10 11
23
9
24
15 13
14
4

5
22 18
16 6
17 7
21 8
20 19 35
CA785300

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0657-00 Extreme Reverse Trendelenberg Attach- 20 • 042-0001-04 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2
ment (Includes Items 1 thru 38) ........... 1 21 • 557-0721-00 • Drop Handle ....................................... 2
1 • 040-0250-143 • Screw ............................................... 20 22 • 551-0652-00 • C-Clamp ............................................. 2
2 • 533-0430-00 • Poly Top ............................................. 1 23 • 530-0955-00 • R.H. Siderail (Shown) ........................ 1
3 • 551-0649-00 • L.H. Rail ............................................. 1 24 • 530-0955-01 • L.H. Siderail (Not Shown) .................. 1
4 • 530-0954-00 • Cross Member Support ...................... 3 25 • 557-0852-00 • Bumper ............................................... 2
5 • 040-0312-55 • Screw ............................................... 12 26 • 505-702260 • Screw ............................................... 20
6 • 551-0648-00 • L.H. Rail ............................................. 1 27 • 551-0655-00 • Cross Bar ........................................... 1
7 • 557-0836-00 • Wheel ................................................. 2 28 • 042-0001-26 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2
8 • 042-0014-41 • Shoulder Bolt ...................................... 2 29 • 050-2317-00 • Siderail End Stop ............................... 2
9 • 551-0654-00 • Leg Stop Block ................................... 2 30 • 551-0653-00 • Head Section Mounting Block ............ 2
10 • 505-702259 • Screw ............................................... 12 31 • 530-0953-00 • Head End Cross Member Support ..... 1
11 • 045-0001-46 • Washer ............................................. 16 32 • 040-0312-54 • Screw ................................................. 2
12 • 040-0312-51 • Screw ............................................... 14 33 • 520-0055-05 • T-Handle ............................................ 2
13 • 550-0883-00 • R.H. Attachment Plate (Shown) ......... 1 34 • 528-0114-00 • Cushion (Includes Velcro) .................. 1
14 • 550-0883-01 • L.H. Attachment Plate (Not Shown) ... 1 • • 053-0105-26 • • Velcro ............................................... 2
15 • 551-0651-00 • Clevis ................................................. 2 35 • 042-0009-04 • Groove Pin ......................................... 2
16 • 042-0001-32 • Roll Pin ............................................... 2 36 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
17 • 551-0650-00 • Clamp Block ....................................... 2 37 • S006-00331 • Penetrating Oil ................................ AR
18 • 042-0056-05 • Retaining Ring ..................................... 2 38 • 064-0001-00 • Petroleum Jelly ............................... AR
19 • 557-0835-00 • Drop Handle Bolt ................................ 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-91


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Foot Rest Assembly PARTS LIST

2
3

6 7

5
4

CA785500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0624-00 Foot Rest Assembly (Includes 4 • 530-0950-00 • Foot Rest Frame Weldment ................ 1
Items 1 thru 7) ....................................... 1 5 • 040-0250-28 • Screw ................................................. 4
1 • 528-0115-00 • Cushion Assembly (Includes Velcro) ... 1 6 • 553-0320-00 • Square Tube Plug ............................... 4
2 • • 053-0105-25 • • Velcro ............................................... 1 7 • 045-0001-46 • Washer ............................................... 4
3 • 55-0426-00 • Foot Rest Board .................................. 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-92


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71123 X-Ray Top PARTS LIST

CA771000

Used on units manufactured after 9-18-95


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71123 X-Ray Top Assembly (Includes 3 • 529-0644-00 • Seat Section X-Ray Top (Includes
Items 1 thru 5) ...................................... 1 Item 5) ................................................ 1
1 • 529-0642-00 • Head Section X-Ray Top (Includes 4 • 529-0645-00 • Leg Section X-Ray Top (Includes
Item 5) ................................................ 1 Item 5) ................................................ 1
2 • 529-0643-00 • Back Section X-Ray Top (Includes 5 • GS086065 • Spring Ring ...................................... 16
Item 5) ................................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-93


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71124 Leg Transfer Frame PARTS LIST

CA786200

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71124 Leg Transfer Frame Assembly 3 • 040-0010-47 • Screw ................................................. 2
(Includes Items 1 thru 5) ....................... 1 4 • 550-1003-00 • Angle ................................................... 1
1 • 528-0066-00 • LegHolder Cover ................................. 1 5 • 053-0131-00 • Velcro ................................................. 2
2 • 530-1046-00 • Leg Transfer Frame Weldment ............ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-94


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71125 I.A. Extension PARTS LIST

6 2

7 10
9
8

CA794900

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71125 I.A. Extension Assembly 4 • • GS086313 • • Mounting Pin, Right Hand ................. 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 10) ..................... 1 5 • • GS086314 • • Mounting Pin, Left Hand ................... 1
1 • 528-0126-00 • Cushion ................................................. 6 • • 529-0685-00 • • Carbon Fiber Board Assembly .......... 1
(Includes Velcro) ................................. 1 7 • 561-0203-00 • Weight Rating Label ............................. 1
2 • • 053-0105-13 • • Velcro Loop ....................................... 2 8 • 053-0105-15 • Velcro Loop ......................................... 2
3 • 529-0684-00 • Carbon Fiber Board Assembly 9 • 053-0131-07 • Velcro Hook w/ P.S.A. ......................... 2
(Includes Items 4 thru 6) ..................... 1 10 • 10360 • Safety Strap ........................................ 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-95


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71126 Shoulder PARTS LIST
Arthroscopic Attachment

This assembly replaces the 71089


Shoulder Arthoscopic Attachment

CA798100

Used on units manufactured after 9-24-97


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71126 Shoulder Arthroscopic Attachment 2 • 529-0690-00 • Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest
(Includes Items 1 and 2) ........................ 1 (Refer to "Shoulder Arthroscopic Head
1 • 529-0697-00 • Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar Support Rest Assembly" Elsewhere) ............. Ref
(Refer to "Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar
Support Assembly" Elsewhere) ........ Ref
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-96


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Shoulder Arthroscopic PARTS LIST
Lumbar Support Assembly
20

18

17

11

9
13 14
16

1
12
11

2
19
14
3

10
6 12
4 5 13
8
7
15

CA798000

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0697-00 Shoulder Arthroscopic Lumbar Support 10 • 530-0831-00 • Siderail Weldment, Right ...................... 1
Assembly (Includes Items 1 thru 21) ..... 1 11 • 042-0009-04 • Groove Pin .......................................... 2
1 • 530-1073-00 • Lumbar Support Weldment .................. 1 12 • 050-2317-00 • Siderail End Stop ................................. 2
2 • 557-0696-00 • Mounting Pin, Head Right .................... 1 13 • 042-0001-26 • Roll Pin ................................................ 2
3 • 557-0695-00 • Mounting Pin, Leg Right ....................... 1 14 • 040-0312-22 • Screw ................................................. 4
4 • 551-0554-00 • Pivot Block .......................................... 1 15 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ................................................ 3
5 • 042-0001-30 • Roll Pin ................................................ 2 16 • 040-0006-30 • Set Screw (Apply Loctite
6 • 557-0768-00 • Pivot Pin .............................................. 1 #042-0024-02) .................................... 3
7 • 040-0250-119 • Set Screw ........................................... 1 17 • 553-0297-00 • Lumbar Support Board ........................ 1
8 • 040-0625-01 • Set Screw(Apply Loctite 18 • 040-0250-120 • Screw ................................................. 4
#042-0024-02) .................................... 2 19 • 041-0250-09 • Acorn Nut ............................................ 4
9 • 530-0831-01 • Siderail Weldment, Left ........................ 1 20 • 505-708317 • Lumbar Support Cushion ..................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-97


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Shoulder Arth. Head Rest 35 PARTS LIST
26

25
37
24
21
34
23 20
21
20
21 22
11
10 29
20

38 19
17 28
27
6 40
18 30 29
36 8
36
9 32
3 16 30
39 31
2 15 40 36
14

7 33 12 13 38
5
38 38

1
HA547200

Used on units built prior to 9/24/97


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0567-00 Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest 21 • 045-0016-00 • Washer ............................................... 5
Assembly (Includes Items 1 thru 40) ..... 1 22 • 525-0063-00 • Belleville Spring Washer .................... 10
1 • 552-0782-00 • Insertion Tube ..................................... 2 23 • 557-0741-00 • Head Rest Pivot .................................. 1
2 • 553-0361-00 • Slide .................................................... 1 24 • 041-0312-06 • Nut ...................................................... 2
3 • 551-0580-00 • Guide Bar ............................................ 1 25 • 505-702330 • Bolt ..................................................... 2
4 • 042-0056-07 • Retaining Ring ..................................... 8 26 • 530-0863-00 • Head Rest Weldment ......................... 1
5 • 552-0783-00 • C-Channel ........................................... 1 27 • 557-0739-00 • Ball Joint Bolt ....................................... 1
6 • 553-0362-00 • Guide Block ........................................ 1 28 • 557-0530-00 • Cross Bar Handle ............................... 1
7 • 040-0250-118 • Screw ................................................. 2 29 • 553-0281-00 • Rubber Grommet ................................ 2
8 • 040-0250-120 • Screw .................................................. 2 30 • 040-0006-30 • Set Screw ........................................... 2
9 • 040-0010-74 • Screw ................................................. 1 31 • 520-0055-03 • Handle ............................................... 1
10 • 553-0298-00 • Upper Block Board .............................. 1 32 • 042-0009-10 • Roll Pin ................................................ 1
11 • 516-0350-00 • Spring Plunger ..................................... 1 33 • 040-0250-15 • Set Screw ........................................... 3
12 • 552-0812-00 • Ball Joint Case .................................... 1 34 • 528-0068-00 • Upper Back Cushion (Inc. Velcro) ....... 1
13 • 557-0648-00 • Ball Joint Ball ....................................... 1 • • 053-0105-03 • • Velcro ............................................... 1
14 • 557-0770-00 • Ball Grip .............................................. 1 35 • 528-0067-00 • Head Rest Cushion (Inc. Velcro) ......... 1
15 • 525-0062-00 • Compression Spring ............................ 1 • • 053-0105-31 • • Velcro ............................................... 1
16 • 557-0771-00 • Compression Spring Guide ................. 1 36 • 042-0024-00 • Loctite .............................................. AR
17 • 530-0864-00 • Slide Weldment .................................... 1 37 • 053-0050-10 • Hole Plug ............................................. 1
18 • 040-0008-19 • Set Screw ........................................... 1 38 • 064-0005-00 • Penetrating Grease .......................... AR
19 • 557-0740-00 • Head Rest Clamp ................................ 1 39 • 064-0001-00 • Petroleum Jelly ................................. AR
20 • 053-0110-08 • Nylon Washer ..................................... 4 40 • 064-0016-00 • Gear Grease ................................... AR
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-98 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
Shoulder Arth. Head Rest PARTS LIST

12

29

27
11 28
10

16 30
14
26
6
3
9
8 21
25
2 20
15 24
7 5 18
13
19 23

4 22

17

1
CA798200

Used on units built after 9/24/97


Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
529-0690-00 Shoulder Arthroscopic Head Rest 15 • 040-0312-61 • Screw ................................................. 4
Assembly (Includes Items 1 thru 30) ... 1 16 • 057-0048-00 • Pivot Bar ............................................. 1
1 • 552-0782-00 • Insertion Tube .................................... 2 17 • 016-0126-06 • Handle ................................................ 1
2 • 553-0361-00 • Slide ................................................... 1 18 • 505-701691 • Thrust Bearing .................................... 1
3 • 551-0580-00 • Guide Bar ........................................... 1 19 • 505-701692 • Steel Race .......................................... 2
4 • 042-0056-07 • Retaining Ring .................................... 8 20 • 505-702330 • Screw (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) ... 1
5 • 552-0783-00 • C-Channel .......................................... 1 21 • 525-0063-00 • Belleville Spring Washer ...................... 1
6 • 553-0362-00 • Guide Block ........................................ 1 22 • 550-0811-00 • Lock Nameplate .................................. 1
7 • 040-0250-118 • Screw ................................................. 2 23 • 040-0312-49 • Screw (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) ... 1
8 • 040-0250-120 • Screw .................................................. 2 24 • 516-0349-00 • Handle ................................................ 1
9 • 040-0010-74 • Screw ................................................. 1 25 • 557-0885-00 • Spacer ................................................ 1
10 • 553-0298-00 • Upper Block Board ............................. 1 26 • 530-1065-00 • Slide / Clamp Weldment ....................... 1
11 • 516-0350-00 • Spring Plunger ................................... 1 27 • 557-0884-00 • Bolt ..................................................... 1
12 • 528-0068-00 • Upper Back Cushion (Incl. Velcro) ..... 1 28 • 530-1064-00 • Headrest Weldment ............................ 1
• • 053-0105-03 • • Velcro ............................................... 1 29 • 528-0133-00 • Upper Back Cushion (Incl. Velcro) ...... 1
13 • 550-1028-00 • Clevis ................................................. 1 • • 053-0131-11 • • Velcro ............................................... 1
14 • 040-0250-88 • Screw (Apply Loctite #042-0025-00) . 1 30 • 042-0009-10 • Groove Pin .......................................... 1
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-98.1 Printed in U.S.A. .


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71129 X-Ray Armboard PARTS LIST

CA809300

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71129 X-Ray Armboard 2 • 053-0105-26 • Velcro Loop ........................................ 2
(Includes Items 1 thru 4) ...................... 1 3 • 553-0504-00 • Carbon Fiber Board ........................... 1
1 • 528-0146-00 • Cushion .............................................. 1 4 • 528-0159-00 • Restraint Strap ................................... 1

Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-99


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
71130 I.A. Board (36-inch) PARTS LIST

1
3

2
4
6
3

5
4

7 9

CA820600

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
71130 I.A. Board (36-inch) 5 • • 561-0244-00 • • Cleaning Instructions Label ............... 1
(Includes Items 1 thru 8) ...................... 1 6 • • 061-0041-00 • • Law Label ......................................... 1
1 • 10360 • Safety Strap ....................................... 1 7 • 529-0780-00 • Carbon Fiber Board Assembly
2 • 528-0126-00 • Cushion (Includes Items 3 thru 6) ...... 1 (Includes Item 8 and 9) ....................... 1
3 • • 053-0131-25 • • Velcro Hook ..................................... 2 8 • • 561-0343-00 • • Serial Number / X-ray Label .............. 1
4 • • 053-0105-13 • • Velcro Loop ...................................... 2 9 • • 561-0203-00 • • Weight Rating Label ........................... 2
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-100 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents
SECTION VI
73020 Leg Transfer Frame PARTS LIST

12
11
10
9
8

17
3 3
2

7 1 9 18
19
2 17
3 16
4 3 15
6 5
14
7
13
CA809500

Item Part No. Description Qty. Item Part No. Description Qty.
73020 Leg Transfer Frame 10 • 053-0105-07 • Velco Loop ......................................... 2
(Includes Items 1 thru 18) .................... 1 11 • 528-0162-00 • Frame Cover ....................................... 1
1 • 041-0312-01 • Nut ...................................................... 2 12 • 528-0126-00 • Cushion ............................................... 1
2 • 045-0001-118 • Washer ............................................... 4 13 • 551-0750-00 • Pin Block ............................................. 1
3 • 040-0250-150 • Screw ................................................. 9 14 • 041-0250-01 • Lock Nut .............................................. 3
4 • 557-0947-00 • Pivot Pin ............................................. 2 15 • 550-1105-00 • Left Leg Spar ....................................... 1
5 • 551-0749-00 • Sliding Pin Block ................................ 1 16 • 552-0987-00 • Tube .................................................... 1
6 • 557-0696-00 • Mounting Pin ...................................... 2 17 • 042-0085-03 • Tube Connector ................................. 2
7 • 042-0001-00 • Roll Pin ................................................ 2 18 • 530-1209-00 • Frame ................................................. 1
8 • 550-1105-01 • Right Leg Spar .................................... 1 19 • 040-0312-68 • Screw ................................................. 1
9 • 040-0312-66 • Screw ................................................. 4
Always Specify Model & Serial Number

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 6-101


© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004
Return To Table Of Contents

COMMENTS
The Technical Publications Department of Schaerer If you see something in one of our manuals that you like
Mayfield USA takes pride in its manuals. or dislike, please let us know. Also, if there is some-
We are sure that our manuals will fill all your needs when thing you feel we could do to produce a better manual,
you are performing scheduled maintenance, servicing, or please let us know.
repairs on a SMI product. However, if you find any
errors or feel there should be a change, addition, or If an error is found, please list the page and paragraph/
deletion to the manuals, please let us know. We will figure in which the error was found along with a brief
correct any errors that we are made aware of and we description of what the error is. If the correction to the
will review requests for changes, additions, or deletions error is known, please include that information also. If a
to the manuals and incorporate those requests deemed change, addition, or deletion is being requested, please
appropriate. list the page and paragraph/figure needing the change,
along with a brief description of how you feel the
paragraph/figure should be changed.

Page Paragraph/Figure Description

Please fax or mail a copy of this completed comment


sheet to:

Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc.


ATTN: Technical Publications Dept.
4900 Charlemar Drive
Cincinnati, Ohio 45227
Fax: (513) 561-0195.

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Page 7-1 Printed in U.S.A.


Return To Table Of Contents

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004


Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc.
4900 Charlemar Drive, Cincinnati, Ohio 45227 U.S.A.
800-755-6381 FAX 513-561-0195

Return To Table Of Contents

Subject To Change Without Notice

© Schaerer Mayfield USA, Inc. 2004 Printed in U.S.A.

You might also like